Normal view

Before yesterdayMain stream

The Australian government just told thousands of people to throw out their routers — despite experts warning it could be a major security risk

  • The Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC) has bricked thousands of routers
  • Flashing alternative firmware like OpenWRT is an option that the ACCC has ignored
  • Disposed SamKnows SK-WB8 routers can pose a security risk if they’re not first wiped with a factory reset

The Australian government’s competition regulator, the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC), has initiated the bricking of some 4,000 routers, rolled out across the country in 2020 in order to collect information on broadband speeds.

Issued as part of the Measuring Broadband Australia (MBA) program, the routers were whiteboxes from SamKnows, a subsidiary of Cisco, and given a finite lifespan. That date was reached in June 2026, with the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers remotely disabled on June 30.

As a consequence, Australians are likely to toss the bricked routers, resulting in a sharp increase in e-waste. In doing so, they risk breaches of digital security if the routers are not first wiped. Worse, the ACCC’s position is further confused by the fact that these routers can be flashed, making their destruction quite pointless.

Data discarded, but the routers still work

Since the June 30 cut-off, the routers are known to power up, and while bricked for internet access, can seemingly be reused with custom router firmware. The nature of the data collected by the routers for the MBA program was for measurement and customer registration, and this has apparently been deleted, according to emails sent to volunteers of the program.

While accurate figures are unknown, by December 2020 over 2,600 of the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers had been distributed by the ACCC, with 4,000 planned for release across the lifespan of the MBA program.

Attempts to contact the ACCC and Cisco to learn more about why volunteers of the MBA program are being encouraged to dispose of perfectly usable routers have been met with stock, non-committal responses.

The ACCC gave ArsTechnica a potted history of the device and the MBA program, as well as stating that “volunteers are encouraged to unplug their disabled whitebox and dispose of it in an environmentally responsible manner via free e-waste recycling services.”

Should you ditch your ACCC router?

If there is no reason to keep your ACCC-supplied router and have a replacement ready, it is important to factory reset the device before disposal. This ensures that any administrator passwords, ISP details, and custom network settings are deleted, keeping them from falling into the wrong hands.

Finding a safe disposal option will help to ensure the router is correctly dismantled. The ACCC has emailed recipients of the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers informing them of the correct disposal procedure, with a link to a live list of e-waste services.

However, if you have the time and inclination to flash OpenWRT, a guide explaining how to do this is available on the OpenWRT page for the SamKnows SK-WB8.

'This computer works almost like a guitar': Fingernail-sized quantum chip uses vibrations to store data

  • ETH Zurich quantum chip sees superconducting qubit act as CPU and the vibrational modes of a fingernail-width acoustic resonator serve as quantum RAM
  • The approach borrows from classical computer architecture as it completely flips the script on how modern quantum computing might store short-term data
  • The team demonstrated a universal gate set and ran small instances of the quantum Fourier transform and period finding

A guitar string essentially stores a note based on how it vibrates, and if one plucks it differently, an entirely different note plays.

A team of researchers at ETH Zurich has leveraged the same principle to build a quantum chip that stores information by replacing the string with microscopic acoustic resonators.

This allows the chip to increase its working memory significantly, essentially increasing the storage capacity, a prohibitively expensive commodity in quantum computing, significantly.

A vibrations-based quantum storage play

ETH Zurich's research is led by quantum physicist Yiwen Chu, who used tiny mechanical vibrations to both store and process information. The vibrations, however, go far beyond the range of human hearing, happening inside a quantum chip where they essentially replace or complement the working memory of a quantum computer.

The study, published by the Hybrid Quantum Systems group, lists Professor Yiwen Chu, along with doctoral students Yu Yang and Igor Kladarić, as lead authors and focuses on replicating the division of labor seen in a classical computer.

A superconducting transmon qubit serves as the CPU, while the working memory (the quantum equivalent of RAM) is a high-overtone bulk acoustic wave resonator, or HBAR, whose many vibrational modes each serve as a memory slot.

The Qubit essentially swaps a quantum state from a vibrational mode (reads it, in classical computer terms), manipulates it (modifies it), and swaps it back (writes it). This makes for a unique configuration that most modern quantum computers do not follow, in which processing and storage are two distinct segments; most designs treat both memory and compute similarly.

The approach has advantages, however: acoustic waves have wavelengths roughly a hundred thousand times shorter than electromagnetic ones, allowing an entire quantum chip to be extremely small, as the research team states, even if the actual computer will be many orders of magnitude larger.

The chip has passed stress tests, including a proof of feasibility, which also included testing using two of the most commonly used methods to benchmark a quantum computer: the quantum Fourier transform and a period-finding algorithm.

The endgame here, as noted by the research team, is quantum random-access memory (QRAM), which would allow modern quantum computers to access a much larger store of quantum memory than current specifications allow. Whether this pans out depends on both the scalability of the approach and the computational power in play.

USAF wants to replace $30 million MQ-9 Reaper drones with cheaper UAVs after "dozens" were lost in Iran, costing taxpayers billions

  • Pentagon seeks an affordable drone capable of replacing many MQ-9 Reaper missions
  • Reaper drones hit hard in Iran, and losses force demand for lower-cost unmanned combat aircraft
  • New aircraft must combine long range with substantial payload capacity

The United States Air Force is examining a lower-cost unmanned aircraft concept after losing “dozens” of MQ-9 Reaper drones during the recent conflict involving Iran.

Those losses have intensified concerns about relying upon expensive aircraft in environments where increasingly affordable air defenses can destroy them.

With roughly 135 Reapers in service and each drone costing about $30 million, officials increasingly question whether existing loss rates remain sustainable.

Pentagon seeks a lower-cost drone with long range and heavy payload

Rather than pursuing a more advanced version of the MQ-9, defense planners are exploring a drone intended for larger-scale deployment.

The Defense Innovation Unit is seeking proposals for a Massed Modular Aircraft, or MMA, capable of performing many missions currently assigned to the Reaper.

According to the solicitation, the Pentagon believes dependence upon “exquisite” aircraft costing more than $30 million is becoming increasingly difficult to sustain.

The concept favours quantity alongside capability, allowing forces to continue operating even after suffering substantial battlefield attrition.

Unlike many smaller drones commonly associated with swarm operations, the proposed aircraft would retain significant reach and carrying capacity.

The solicitation calls for a payload of at least 2,800 pounds, compared with roughly 3,800 pounds carried by the MQ-9.

Requirements also include an unrefueled combat radius of at least 2,300 nautical miles and a one-way transfer distance exceeding 8,000 nautical miles.

The drone must travel at speeds above 200 miles per hour while remaining capable of operating from 6,000-foot runways and improvised airstrips.

Defense planners also want enough onboard power and cooling capacity to support diverse internal and external mission equipment.

The specifications mention 25kW of available electrical power and 5kW of cooling capacity for future mission systems.

Ambitious timeline aims for operational capability by 2031

The proposal places considerable emphasis upon autonomy, allowing a single operator to supervise several aircraft simultaneously during complex missions.

While no specific dimensions were included, the performance requirements indicate an aircraft broadly comparable in size to the MQ-9.

Officials have also not disclosed a preferred procurement price, though expectations suggest a figure substantially below the Reaper's estimated $30 million cost.

The timeline remains aggressive, with full-scale prototype flight testing expected within 21 months following contract award.

Initial Operating Capability is planned for fiscal year 2031, with 20 mission-ready aircraft delivered to an operational unit.

Recent combat experiences appear to have influenced the concept's development, particularly situations where defenders exhausted interceptors before attackers exhausted drones.

The solicitation argues that maintaining continuous MMA operations could pressure opponents into consuming costly defensive missiles at unsustainable rates.

“Keeping a constant airborne MMA presence to launch weapons, gather intelligence, perform electronic warfare missions, or relay communications will force an adversary to stay on the defensive,” the Defense Innovation Unit stated.

Via Defense News

Quote of the day by Sam Altman: 'It also takes a lot of energy to train a human' — a staunch defense of the cost of AI training

The AI buildout is well and truly underway with OpenAI CEO Sam Altman leading the charge, having made various deals with companies including Oracle and Nvidia to guarantee the infrastructure needed to train future AI models is installed. But as this ensues, the spotlight has been thrown on how much energy these models will need.

Eating machines

Altman was speaking during an AI summit in India earlier this year when making the remarks to The Indian Express.

Quote of the day

This article is part of TechRadar Pro's QOTD project to provide an insight into the minds of the brightest and most recognized figures in the technology industry today and in years gone by. Read the full series here.

The OpenAI chief was being questioned about the substantial amount of energy that AI has already been consuming – and will be projected to continue consuming – for both training and inference. Bringing these models online, after all, and keeping them running require a huge amount of resources, not only in terms of the energy to power the data centers, but the water for cooling, and the components and resources in building the hardware.

Altman's defence hinged on the idea that people, too, require plenty of energy in order to reach utility — while AI can be trained much quicker. This view, in essence, frames machine intelligence as a like-for-like competitor with human intelligence.

Energy efficiency

Altman argued that humans are deeply inefficient, and that you should compare the total energy spent to create a human expert versus a machine expert. There's also an argument that energy efficiency of AI could improve over time.

But detractors were scathing in their criticism of this entire point of view – saying this framing doesn't take into account the fact that the human brain operates on roughly 20 watts of power. This isn't to mention the ethically gray and dehumanizing nature of the remarks.

Orbiting space data centers may face an unexpected hurdle — from environmental politics

  • Environmental groups seek broader review before massive satellite constellations receive approval
  • More than one million proposed satellites face increased regulatory scrutiny
  • FCC is reconsidering satellite environmental review rules

Environmental groups have petitioned federal regulators to pause approval of orbital data center satellite constellations pending a full environmental review process.

Earthjustice recently filed a petition on behalf of DarkSky International, Environment America, and Public Employees for Environmental Responsibility, known as PEER.

Combined proposals from SpaceX, Starcloud, Blue Origin, and Cowboy Space could place well over a million satellites into low Earth orbit.

Why regulators are being asked to slow down

The petition asks the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to prepare a Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement before approving any pending applications currently under review.

Such a review, required under the National Environmental Policy Act, would examine risks, alternatives, costs, and cumulative impacts together across every proposal.

Environmental groups argue the agency's current approach treats satellite licenses as automatically excluded from any detailed environmental scrutiny under existing federal rules.

They say that framework no longer fits proposals measured in hundreds of thousands, or potentially millions, of individual spacecraft rather than dozens.

The filing lists specific concerns, including rocket emissions, reentry pollutants, ozone depletion, orbital debris, and disruption to astronomy research conducted worldwide.

The petition specifically challenges the FCC's default assumption that these projects individually and cumulatively carry no environmental impact whatsoever on nearby ecosystems.

It further warns that light pollution and wildlife disruption cannot be properly assessed through isolated regulatory reviews conducted individually rather than collectively.

The petition states that these proposals compound risk "synergistically and cumulatively" in ways single-project reviews cannot capture on their own.

Industry ambitions collide with regulatory uncertainty

Backers of orbital computing describe their projects in sweeping, civilization-changing language while offering few environmental details in return for regulatory approval.

Companies including SpaceX, Blue Origin, Starcloud, and Cowboy Space have not publicly detailed environmental mitigation plans for their satellites currently under regulatory review.

MOL and Hitachi have separately explored floating data center concepts, showing wider commercial interest beyond traditional orbital satellite proposals currently facing regulatory review.

The FCC is separately reconsidering its environmental review rules, acknowledging rapid growth across the broader commercial space industry over the past decade.

If the commission agrees, orbital data center operators could face considerable regulatory delay before launching any additional hardware skyward into low Earth orbit.

Some industry analysts have already questioned whether orbital data center economics make sense given high launch and maintenance costs involved in space deployment.

Analysts note that environmental reviews of this scope could take years, delaying deployment timelines.

This could delay deployment schedules and extend regulatory timelines if a comprehensive environmental review becomes mandatory.

Whether the FCC ultimately requires a full review remains uncertain, given ongoing industry pressure and competing national security interests tied to space dominance.

Until regulators decide, the fate of orbital computing may depend as much on environmental politics as on rocket technology or launch capacity itself.

Via The Register

Top AI tools such as OpenClaw and Github Copilot can be hijacked to create new massive botnets

  • AI hallucination can be weaponized, new report warns
  • HalluSquatting is short for “adversarial hallucination squatting”
  • GitHub Copilot, Gemini CLI, and OpenClaw are all affected

Your favorite AI service could be subverted to deploy code that turns your phone or PC into a botnet, according to researchers at Intuit, Technion, and Tel Aviv University.

The technique has been given the name HalluSquatting, a portmanteau of adversarial hallucination squatting, and is similar to typosquatting in that it relies on a mistake in order to distribute malicious code. While typosquatting might occur with the incorrect input of a website URL, HalluSquatting pivots on an LLM being unable to identify a resource or repository with 100% accuracy.

Relying on an LLM’s tendency to hallucinate repository resource identifiers, this weakness could be scaled up to conduct massive ransomware campaigns, botnets, and more.

Push-me-pull-you

Previous LLM-based malware operations have relied on pull-based attacks. In this scenario, a prompt designed to jailbreak or otherwise subvert the AI is (for example) placed on a website and the LLM encouraged to gather the information, thereby reducing its internal security.

What the researchers have shared in their paper, is that pull techniques are being combined with push attacks, which are traditionally executed as code injection.

The paper’s introduction summary states: “By preemptively registering hallucinated resources—a technique we call adversarial hallucination squatting (HalluSquatting)—we demonstrate remote tool execution and remote code execution at scale across a range of popular agentic LLM applications, which could be exploited to the establishment of a botnet.”

Once an attacker has identified the resource likely to be misnamed by an LLM, and squatted on it (to embed adversarial prompts), the work is done. All that remains is for a user to trigger the resource, the AI chatbot or agent to initiate the response, and the squatted resource will be accessed.

Promptware attack

Following this, the adversarial content held within the squatted resource is activated, triggering the tool invocation stage. This is the promptware attack, where attacker-controlled instructions are executed, with results potentially including turning the device you’re using into a botnet zombie.

LLMs such as the Cursor, Cursor CLI, Windsurf, GitHub Copilot, Cline coding assistants have been used in the testing of this avenue of attack along with Gemini CLI, and the OpenClaw, ZeroClaw, and NanoClaw AI assistants. The researchers successfully achieved remote tool execution (essentially remotely accessing and controlling the LLMs) and remote code execution (RCE, where malicious code is executed remotely).

Some mitigation is available, including LLM developers blocking fetch operations in favor of a search tool, and resource owners enforcing strict naming, perhaps in favor of globally unique resource names. However, these are will require collaboration by disparate parties, and may take a while to implement.

The risk of LLM-based malware is increasing, and some has already been spotted in the wild. Of these, the JADEPUFFER attack is perhaps the most notable, as it isn’t simply AI-based malware – it is a full ransomware attack run entirely by an LLM.

This software team will charge you $10,000 a week to remove all AI-generated code from your systems — and use AI to do it

  • The three man team is known as “Slopfix”
  • It claims to be able to reduce AI generated codebases by up to 65% in size
  • They aim to "refactor vibecoded codebases back to maintainability"

Vibecoding has a lot to answer for, not least some excessively large codebases. A new team of software engineers are collaborating to reduce the size of these cumbersome projects… with a $10,000 per week bill.

Slopfix is the name of the team (comprising a trio: Maciej, Kuba, and Krzysztof), but its aim is efficiency and functionality, rather than code golf, where code is reduced to the shortest possible length.

However, while this might seem like a noble task and a service worth paying for, Slopfix isn’t taking a stand against the use of AI. In fact, it is employing AI tools to detect the AI flab in your codebases.

Use an AI to catch an AI

Challenges around vibecoded projects have increased in recent months, as the limitations of the technology become apparent.

While using an AI to program based on your prompts and requirements is straightforward, agents habitually begin to lose context and logic once the project reaches a certain size or age. Once that happens, you’re looking at duplication, features breaking, and of course, the dreaded hallucination.

Slopfix is targeting companies that have adopted vibecoding, built huge codebases, and found that they’re running into issues. To find the problematic AI code, however, Slopfix is employing AI.

They state that a full “screen by screen, endpoint by endpoint” evaluation of the vibecoded app is made, which aims to find the duplicated functions, broken logic, and other issues. There’s also the promise of a two-week warranty for anything they break.

All of this is aided by Claude Code “on a very short leash” which Slopfix uses find problems. They clearly state that “the agent doesn’t get a vote.” Instead, they’re relying on their experience as developers to improve your code.

$10,000 seem a bit steep?

While the price might seem high, $10,000 for one successful week’s work for three seasoned developers shouldn’t really be a budget breaker.

The fee covers successful work only, and as the Slopfix website states, payment is in proportion to how much of the reduction target the team hits, with $10,000 being the price for hitting the target – it’s not the default fee.

However, there is a lot of preparation involved, and the analysis of your codebase is conducted free of charge. If they can't fix your project's issues, they'll let you know and refuse the contract.

As software consultancies go, Slopfix is an unusual case. But as the problems with vibecoded projects begin to become apparent, competing consultancies may begin offering similar services.

Cheaper than an iPhone: Price of record-breaking Ukraine AI FPV drone slashed to $500 as range increases sixfold to 68 miles

  • Vyriy 15 FPV with The Fourth Law's TFL-1 AI guidance reportedly struck Russian logistics 68 miles (110 KM) away
  • Ever-innovating Ukrainian drone industry continues to achieve economies of scale even as it becomes a growing threat to Russian advances
  • With a payload capacity of 8kg and the ability to be equipped with a thermal imaging module as well as electronic warfare deterrence, it offers an interesting alternative to comparable fixed-wing drones that cost thousands of dollars

Basic FPV drones are hardly a new thing in a market flooded with hundreds, if not thousands of options that can cost as little as $100 to 200, but the Russia-Ukraine conflict might have upped the ante on affordability for a different kind of UAV that leverages the same tech: attack drones.

The Vyriy 15 is a self-styled "kamikaze drone" by the company that offers a stated strike range of 40-70km with up to a 8kg payload in tow which can be retrofitted with a thermal imaging module as well as an extended band VTX module to make jamming it harder.

With a control range of up to 30KM and a flight duration of 20 minutes (with a payload) and a cruising speed of 60-100 km/h, its not the most technologically advanced drone out there, but at its purported price tag of $500, it doesn't need to be.

An FPV strike record backed by AI

On the 10th of July, Yaroslav Azhnyuk, the CEO of Ukrainian autonomy developer The Fourth Law, announced on X what he called "a new FPV strike record": a Vyriy 15 quadcopter, flown by Ukraine's 5th Border Guard Detachment and fitted with his company's AI terminal-guidance module, had flown 110 km (68 miles) to strike a Russian logistics target.

This is both a significant achievement for Ukraine's domestic drone industry and a key indicator of how fast the Russia-Ukraine war has turned into one of attrition, with supply lines becoming increasingly targeted to prevent significant advances in either direction.

It also showcases how AI on the battlefield is shaping the conflict: the Vyriy 15 is, by default, a manually controlled drone that would otherwise need an operator or a relay to be closer to the theater of war.

The competition is American-made Hornets, fixed-wing drones that can cost upwards of $5,000, a 10-fold increase in cost for an already cash-strapped Ukrainian military that is increasingly looking towards localized solutions.

The optional AI module used to set the record is The Fourth Law's TFL-1, a machine-vision terminal-guidance module that operates on a fire-and-forget principle: once the operator visually designates a target, an onboard computer takes over the final approach, essentially countering Russian jammers that would otherwise disrupt a video link.

If Ukraine manages to mainstream such warfare in the future while cutting costs down to a tenth of what they do right now, reliably striking as deep as 100km into enemy territory while proving difficult to jam or costly to intercept, drones like the Vyriy 15 could signal an evolution in the modern battlefield even as aggression with low-cost drone swarms is already being rewarded in other conflicts such as the US-Iran war.

‘A candidate who was hostile from day one never produces that baseline’: Nation states spies applying for legit jobs are hard to spot

Geopolitical tensions are mounting, and nation states are employing new types of strategies to gain intelligence. A recent Five Eyes warning, for example, accused Chinese military intelligence officers of using professional networking sites and online job platforms to target individuals of interest.

In this specific case, the agents pose as recruiters advertising seemingly legitimate work to build relationships and, ultimately, get their hands on non-public information. Popular sites like LinkedIn, Indeed and Upwork have all seen this new type of attack take place.

At the same time, a parallel threat sees operatives applying for jobs within trusted organizations with access to intelligence, creating insider threats that experts warn AI might be mostly responsible for.

Generative AI, for example, can create documents, write applications and even supply live answers during real-time remote interviews, meaning that a small group of fake applicants can extend their reach much more quickly.

Rather than attacking existing workers, nation states are creating their own job candidates

Once inside an organization and with access to company tools like PCs, emails and other internal systems, nation state spies can then move laterally to acquire the information they sought.

Security experts at Exabeam warn that, because this technique is still evolving, it might not always be so easy to spot. Additionally, motives can differ, with Chinese intelligence operations typically seeking military, political or economic information. North Korean agents, on the other hand, tend to be tied to stealing money, which could also come with the side effect of data and intelligence theft.

Exabeam even observed this type of attack first-hand, when a North Korean-affiliated applicant used a false identity to apply for a job at the company. After passing technical tests, a video interview and other standard checks, the suspect’s laptop was quickly flagged for unusual activity.

In the following Q&A with AI Strategy and Security Research VP Steve Povolny, I discuss these new types of attacks, who’s responsible for stamping them out and what we can do to prevent similar incidents from happening more commonly.

  • The Five Eyes alliance recently warned that foreign intelligence groups are using job platforms to recruit insiders. How significant is this threat, and what is driving its growth?

This is among the most serious access-driven threats facing cleared workers, and it keeps growing because the economics now favor the attacker.

Foreign intelligence services no longer need handlers and dead drops when they can post a job ad on LinkedIn or Upwork and let candidates self-select based on the access listed in their own resumes. Generative AI lets them run thousands of these conversations at once, drafting outreach and scoring which applicants sit closest to sensitive information without a trained officer.

The Five Eyes alert describes a scaled, automated funnel, and that scale is what makes it dangerous.

  • A parallel risk runs alongside that warning: adversaries who secure employment directly rather than recruiting an existing employee. Which scenario presents the greater defensive challenge, and why?

The infiltration model gives defenders less to work with, which makes it the harder problem. When an adversary recruits someone already on staff, most of the suspicious behavior happens outside the company on platforms the employer never sees, yet the insider remains a known person with a verified identity and a real history.

When the adversary becomes the employee, the company has onboarded a fabricated person and handed them a laptop and standing network access on day one. No behavioral baseline exists, since everything that account does counts as a first. The deception also clears the controls most organizations trust, so the failure lands before any security tool gets a vote.

  • Exabeam identified a North Korea-affiliated individual who gained employment at the company. How did the operative clear Exabeam's hiring process, and what first signaled that something was wrong?

He cleared it by performing well on the parts we test and forging the parts we verify. Applying under the alias Trevor Rothluebber, he aced the technical interview and take-home assessment, passed the video interview and cleared our standard pre-employment process including the background check and I-9 validation.

Our hiring team flagged a suspicion that he leaned on generative AI for live help during the video call, the first soft signal. The hard signal arrived the moment he logged into his corporate account. Our threat intelligence feed matched his username to activity previously associated with North Korean operatives and rated it high risk, and that single match reframed how the team read everything that followed.

Simultaneously, Exabeam’s platform detected a number of anomalies inconsistent with a brand new employee’s first day, and escalating in severity within hours. Incident response quietly isolated and reimaged his laptop before any real damage could be done.

  • The candidate completed applications, interviews and assigned work without raising alarm. In retrospect, what indicators were present, and why did standard screening miss them?

The indicators existed, but they lived in places our screening was never built to read. The driver's license he submitted was either AI-generated or very badly manually modified, and the tell was physical. The image had unique aberrations, such as the ears in the photo which had an unnatural and pixelated modification an artifact that image generators still produce, and a reviewer skims past.

The live AI assistance during the interview was another, since his answers carried a fluency that did not match the natural hesitation you expect when someone reasons through an unfamiliar problem. Standard screening missed all of it because background checks and identity validation confirm whether documents are internally consistent and whether a record exists, and they never ask whether the human attached to those documents is real.

Further fabrication of documents such as I-9 were missed by a 3rd party identity verification company, and validation of (fake) job references was not properly identified.

  • How did AI contribute to the deception? What did the fraudulent documentation involve, and what capabilities does AI introduce that traditional forgery methods lack?

AI showed up at nearly every stage. The fraudulent documentation centered on a forged driver's license we believe was generated rather than physically produced, paired with a stolen identity that gave the paperwork a real history to rest on.

During the interview the candidate appeared to have run an AI copilot feeding him answers in real time, and many of these tools now stay invisible to everyone else on the call even while the candidate shares a screen. What AI adds over traditional forgery is volume and believability together. A skilled forger could always produce one convincing passport, but the craft capped how many operations could run at once.

Generative tools remove that ceiling, so a single actor can fabricate convincing documents and coach themselves through a live technical interview across dozens of applications at once, and the forgery stopped being the bottleneck it used to be.

  • The Five Eyes warning focused on China, while the Exabeam case involved North Korea. Do these actors share tactics and objectives, or do they represent distinct operational models that overlap on method?

They overlap heavily on method while running on different motives, which defenders should sit with. The Chinese operation the Five Eyes described aims at intelligence collection, pulling government and military insight out of people who already hold access.

The North Korean program that hit us and so many others in this industry is funded differently, since much of its purpose is revenue for a sanctioned regime, with intrusion and theft riding alongside the paycheck. The objectives diverge, yet the tradecraft has converged on one toolkit of fabricated identities, AI-assisted documents, manufactured professional histories and the patient relationship-building that lets an operative stay quiet.

When two adversaries with separate goals reach the same playbook, that tells you the playbook works and other actors are already watching.

  • Conventional insider threat programs are built to detect employees who become compromised over time. How should organizations identify a candidate who was an adversary from the point of hire?

Our mindset must shift toward treating the moment of hire as the start of the highest-risk window rather than the end of vetting. Traditional insider programs watch for drift, the employee who gradually turns after a financial shock or a grievance, so they depend on a baseline built over months.

A candidate who was hostile from day one never produces that baseline, which forces you to scrutinize the earliest behavior most closely. In our case, the catch came from putting new accounts under enhanced monitoring and letting an AI agent correlate scattered signals that no single alert would have justified escalating.

The working principle is to give hiring workflows and new-hire activity the same suspicion you already apply to production access.

  • Where should accountability for this threat reside within an organization? Is it a security function, an HR function, or a gap that persists because ownership is unclear?

Accountability most often lives in the gap right now, and that gap is exactly why the threat works. Hiring sits with HR and talent acquisition, who are measured on filling roles quickly and are not equipped to run identity verification at an intelligence-grade level.

Detection sits with security, which usually gains no visibility into a candidate until that person already holds a badge and a laptop, and the adversary exploits the seam between the two.

The workable answer is shared ownership with a clean handoff, where security sets the identity and behavioral standards hiring must meet and stays involved through the first weeks of employment rather than inheriting the problem once onboarding closes.

  • Many mid-sized companies lack dedicated threat intelligence resources. What practical measures can such organizations implement to reduce their exposure?

Useful defense does not require a dedicated threat intelligence team. The interview itself is the cheapest control available, and small changes make it far more revealing.

Underspecifying a problem on purpose shows whether a candidate asks clarifying questions like a real engineer or simply produces a confident answer and switching the problem partway through tests whether they adapt or whether something is feeding them responses.

Asking for an external webcam that shows the workspace instead of a shared screen removes one of the easiest hiding spots for an interview copilot. Beyond hiring, the highest-leverage move is placing every new employee on a watchlist for closer monitoring through their first weeks, which costs configuration time rather than budget.

Even a basic, low-cost threat intelligence feed would have surfaced the username match that broke our case open.

  • What is the most contested prediction on this issue, one that many security leaders would currently dispute?

My contested prediction is that within a couple of years the verified human interview, run live and in person for any role with meaningful access, returns as a security requirement. Many security leaders will fight that because it breaks the remote-first hiring model they spent years optimizing.

The objection I expect is that it does not scale and shrinks the talent pool, and those concerns are legitimate. My counter is that the economics have already flipped for high-access roles, since the cost of onboarding a single fabricated adversary now dwarfs the friction of one in-person verification step.

The deeper claim underneath it is that remote identity verification as we practice it today is no longer reliable for sensitive positions, and AI is what made it unreliable. Most security leaders are not ready to say that out loud yet.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

Experts flag new scam targeting fans seeking tickets for Celine Dion concerts

  • Group‑IB warns of scams exploiting Celine Dion’s concert comeback, with fraudsters selling duplicate Ticketmaster tickets and spoofing sites like AXS and Paris La Défense Arena
  • Scammers embed themselves in Facebook fan groups and marketplaces, even using voice messages to build trust and make fake offers seem legitimate
  • Fans are advised to only buy from official distributors, verify tickets in person if using resellers, and contact banks to dispute charges if scammed

Celine Dion is back, and hackers are already trying to exploit the fact for their own financial gain, experts have warned.

A report from security researchers Group-IB has claimed there are numerous scam campaigns all across the internet and social media, looking to exploit gullible fans and steal their money.

Its aptly named “The Scam Will Go On” report said it saw scammers lurking in Facebook Groups, Facebook Marketplace, and other fan-centric spaces, offering concert tickets for sale. The tickets themselves, hosted on Ticketmaster, are valid. However, the scammers only have a few tickets which can be redeemed by the first person who reaches the venue. Everyone else will be denied entry, since their tickets will already have been used.

How to avoid getting scammed

But that’s not the only scam. Some people don’t want to pay an unknown third person via wire, and would prefer to purchase the tickets directly from a service.

For those people, the scammers created entire websites, spoofing ticketing distributors such as AXS and Ticketmaster. Group-IB also saw fake websites spoofing Celine Dion and Paris La Défense Arena, the stadium where the concert will take place.

“We see that such an event generates excitement and provides scammers with another opportunity to make a fortune at the expense of unsuspecting fans,” Group-IB warned.

“Scammers are using increasingly sophisticated techniques, such as embedding themselves into social networking fan groups and speaking directly to their victims via voice messages to make the interaction more personal and gain their victims’ trust more easily. Furthermore, official ticketing platforms are being misused to make scams seem legitimate.”

The researchers recommend fans only visit official websites and those of official distributors, and if they absolutely must buy from a reseller, to make sure they’re purchasing a physical ticket, in person. Those that fell for the scam should call their bank and lodge an objection on their credit card.

The GMKtec G10 mini PC is 'a terrific little system' — and now our top budget machine gets a big discount

If you're looking for a reliable and cheap mini PC, the GMKtec G10 is our top choice. For general day-to-day work, with the scope to upgrade, there's plenty to like about the machine we called "a terrific little system" for the price.

Right now, the GMKtek G10 mini PC is $288 (was $400) at Amazon — a $112 saving on a genuinely capable budget mini PC. Meanwhile, in the UK, the G10 is now £260 (was £319) at Amazon.

Today's top mini PC deal

AMD Ryzen 5 3500U (4-core/8-thread, up to 3.7GHz) with Radeon Vega 8 graphics, 16GB dual-channel DDR4 RAM, and a 512GB PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSD. Dual M.2 2280 slots support up to 16TB of total storage, and RAM is upgradeable to 64GB. Includes 2.5GbE Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and triple 4K display output via HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort, and USB-C. Windows 11 Pro pre-installed.

In the UK: now £260 (was £319)View Deal

In our review, we found it well-balanced for light office tasks, web browsing, and streaming. If that's the goal for your setup, it's ideal. For more powerful machines designed for demanding graphical workloads, we've selected the top mini PC deals for video editing and gaming.

So, what's on offer here? The Ryzen 5 3500U isn't new silicon — it's a 2019-era Zen+ chip on a 12nm process that still holds up very well against the sluggish Intel N-series chips (N100, N150) that populate most budget mini PCs at this price. The four cores and eight threads, courtesy of AMD's multithreading implementation, give it a genuine edge in multitasking and anything that touches video decoding or light image processing.

Where the G10 stands out is memory and storage. 16GB of dual-channel DDR4 and a 512GB NVMe SSD is a generous starting configuration at this price, and GMKtec gives you real room to grow: two SO-DIMM slots support up to 64GB of RAM, and two M.2 2280 slots support up to 16TB of combined storage. Having two drive bays also makes cloning an existing installation onto a bigger drive simple if you outgrow the included SSD.

2.5GbE Ethernet is the other feature worth calling out, since most rivals in this price bracket still ship with a single Gigabit port. If you're setting this up as a home server, NAS front-end, or Proxmox node, that faster wired connection is a genuine practical upgrade over the competition, and the Ryzen 5 3500U's AMD-Vi support means virtualization software runs without issue.

The Radeon Vega 8 graphics are dated by 2026 standards and won't handle demanding modern games, but they're meaningfully more capable than Intel's UHD graphics for everyday tasks like 4K video playback, light photo editing, or older and indie titles at lower settings.

Good to know: this machine needs a bit of patience out of the box. We found the G10 performs noticeably better after a trip into the BIOS to switch from Balanced to Performance mode, and the fan does get audible under sustained load in that mode. It's not a plug-and-play polished experience — with around 30 minutes of setup, you'll get this chip at its best.

For a cheap mini PC with genuinely generous memory, storage headroom, and fast networking, the G10 is a solid budget pick that features in our guide to the best mini PCs.

Anker's compact Solix S2000 home backup battery is 50% off and can run your fridge for 35 hours

If you want home backup power without a bulky, heavy unit taking up a corner of the garage, this is a genuinely good price for it. Right now, the Anker Solix S2000 is $600 (was $1199) at Amazon — a massive 50% off on a 2kWh power station built specifically for keeping essentials running through an outage.

The headline feature here is the size-to-capacity ratio. At 35.7lbs and roughly the footprint of a large kitchen bin, the S2000 packs in 2,010Wh of LiFePO4 capacity in a chassis around 30% smaller and 25% lighter than typical 2kWh power stations. That matters if you're planning to keep this somewhere specific in the house rather than store it in a garage.

Today's top portable power station deal

2010Wh | 1500W

Anker's portable power station comes with a well-sized 2010Wh battery capacity rated for 10,000 charge cycles, 1,500W continuous AC output (3,000W peak), and a 10-millisecond UPS switchover. For me, the stand-out here is that the unit is rated for up to 35 hours of fridge backup. Recharges via wall outlet, solar (up to 400W), car outlet, generator, or alternator charger. Measures 8.2 x 11.1 x 12.7in and weighs 35.7lbs.View Deal

Anker's OptiSave system is the other notable piece of engineering. It drops the unit's active idle power draw down to around 6W with the AC outlets enabled, and roughly 2W with everything switched off — well below the 14-20W idle draw typical of competing 2kWh stations. Since a backup power station mostly sits idle waiting for an outage, or cycles a fridge compressor on and off, that lower standby drain translates into meaningfully more real-world runtime rather than just a better spec sheet number.

Port placement is a small but genuinely useful design choice: two AC outlets sit on the back for always-on gear like a fridge or router, while three more AC outlets plus USB-C and USB-A ports sit on the front for everyday devices. That split keeps cables from getting tangled if you're running multiple things at once, and the 10ms UPS switchover means a connected computer or router won't even blink when the grid drops.

The 10,000-cycle LiFePO4 battery is rated for roughly 15 years of typical use, which is close to double the cycle rating most mainstream power stations in this capacity class advertise — a genuine long-term value argument if you're planning to keep this around rather than replace it after a few years.

Important notes: the S2000 caps out at 1,500W continuous output, so it's not the right choice if you need to run power tools, space heaters, or other high-draw appliances — Anker's own larger Solix units handle that heavier lifting. Solar input is also capped at 400W, lower than some rivals that accept 600-1,000W, so it's better suited to topping up with a single panel than building out a larger solar array. And with only two USB-C ports and one USB-A port, it's clearly built around AC backup duty first, device charging second.

For anyone who wants dependable home backup without the bulk of a typical 2kWh unit, the SOLIX S2000 at $599.99 is a strong buy.

Also consider: More portable power station deals

1070Wh | 1500W

We recommend this one for camping this summer - it's practically built for the job. In our review, it also earned top marks, making it one of the best of its class. View Deal

1024Wh | 1800W

Earning top marks in our tests, we awarded this portable power station an Editor's Choice badge thanks to its compact design, versatile charging options, and robust performance. View Deal

1024Wh | 2000W

A complete portable power setup in one purchase. The C1000X Gen 2 packs 1024Wh capacity with a 2000W continuous output (3000W peak with SurgePad). And it charges from flat to full in 49 minutes via wall outlet — the fastest recharge in its class, certified by Guinness World Records. The included 100W bifacial solar panel captures sunlight from both sides, giving you roughly 15–20% more power output than a standard single-sided panel. View Deal

HP's Smart Tank 5101 all-in-one cartridge-free printer includes up to two years of free ink and it's nearly 30% off right now

If you're anything like me, one of the biggest frustrations with printing is the cost of ink. Over time, it can easily cost more than the printer itself, making refillable ink tank models an increasingly popular choice. They're built to keep running costs down while reducing the hassle of replacing ink cartridges on a regular basis.

So this deal immediately stood out to me. The HP Smart Tank 5101 all-in-one printer is down to $190 (was $260) at Amazon, saving you $70.10. In the UK, it's known as the HP Smart Tank 5107, and it's discounted to £150 (was £210) at Amazon.

Instead of relying on traditional cartridges, this model uses ink tanks that hold enough ink to print thousands of pages before needing a refill. Best of all, it comes with up to two years of ink in the box, so it will be ages before you need to spend out.

Today's top HP Smart Tank printer deal

Refillable ink tanks and up to two years of included ink help keep printing costs low, while wireless printing, scanning, copying, AI-assisted page formatting, and mess-free refills make everyday printing simple and reliable at home.

In the UK: now £150 (was £210)View Deal

Refilling the ink is easy because the bottles slot directly into the tanks and empty automatically without needing a squeeze or creating a mess, removing one of the biggest frustrations people have with refillable printers.

Printing speeds reach up to 12ppm in black and 5ppm in color, while the built-in scanner and copier mean it can handle far more than simple printing tasks. Wireless connectivity over 2.4GHz Wi-Fi lets everyone in the house or small office send jobs without plugging into a computer.

HP also says the Smart Tank 5101 continues producing sharp text and rich colors without the complicated maintenance routines often associated with ink tank printers.

Auto Power On helps reduce waiting around by waking the printer the moment a job is received, while borderless printing adds extra flexibility for photos, invitations, and creative projects.

Another useful addition is HP AI formatting, which automatically cleans up web pages and emails before printing, removing unnecessary content and awkward page breaks, stopping you wasting paper on unwanted content.

For the price, the Smart Tank 5101 is not only much cheaper than normal, it also comes with enough ink to keep many households printing for a very long time.

If your current printer burns through ink far too quickly, or you're thinking of buying your first all-in-one model, this is a terrific choice to get you started.

For more options, check out our round up of the best ink tank printers you can buy, as well as the best home printers.

Also consider

This all-in-one inkjet printer prints, scans and copies while offering Wi-Fi and USB connectivity for flexible setup. Its refillable ink tank system replaces traditional cartridges, and the compact design includes a 100-sheet rear paper tray, flatbed scanner and support for everyday home and small office printing.

In the UK: now £150 (was £240)View Deal

Squarespace's new limited-release tools aim to help sellers tap into FOMO

  • Squarerspace launches new limited-release tool
  • Features include a limited-time cart, purchase quantity limits, and low inventory badges
  • Available globally now, although limited to some subscription plans

From game consoles to toilet roll, there are countless examples of how scarcity can make a product more desirable. Whether a smart marketing tactic or a simple issue with supply, limited availability drives FOMO. Now, Squarespace, one of the biggest website builders on the market, has launched new tools to help users with limited releases and product "drops."

So, whether you want to drive anticipation behind a one-off t-shirt design or want to cap spaces in an exclusive yoga class, Squarespace aims to equip sellers with everything they need to turn a limited availability product or service into the hottest buy on the internet.

Driving urgency

Key features of Squarespace’s new tool include:

  • A reserved cart feature that holds items during checkout for a limited time, with a countdown timer, helping drive urgency and replenishing stock if the user fails to check out
  • Inventory management tools that allow merchants to set quantity limits, preventing individuals from sweeping inventory, whilst also driving a sense of exclusivity
  • Seamless checkout, offering a shortcut to purchase, so customers don’t have to navigate away from the store page to view their cart and check out
  • Hype generation tools, including low inventory badges and email campaigns, to help merchants build anticipation and signal scarcity.

"We're seeing entrepreneurs shifting away from always-on discount models and toward highly curated, exclusive releases that celebrate the value of their work," said Kevin Doerr, President of Squarespace. "With our new limited release selling tools, we are putting entrepreneurs in control of when and how they sell – reducing the operational burden and giving them everything they need to build hype, handle surges in demand, and deliver a seamless checkout experience.

According to a press release shared with TechRadar earlier this week, limited release tools are available globally, although availability does vary depending on your subscription plan.

New phishing campaign hits LastPass, Bitwarden users - password manager customers warned not to fall for this scam

  • Attackers are spoofing LastPass and Bitwarden with phishing emails from fake newsletter domains, tricking users into signing bogus DocuSign documents
  • Victims are redirected to malicious “compliance” domains flagged by Microsoft Defender and Cloudflare, already taken offline
  • Neither password manager was breached; this is domain spoofing, and users are urged to verify sender addresses and domains before clicking links

Criminals have been found impersonating popular password managers LastPass and Bitwarden online in an attempt to trick users into sharing their login credentials, and thus access to a treasure trove of passwords and other secrets.

LastPass recently issued a warning to its customers, raising awareness of the ongoing phishing campaign.

However the scam also now seems to have spread to other password managers, with Bitwarden customers also apparently being targeted.

Passwords are safe

In the campaign, LastPass users received emails from the address “hello@lastpassnewsletter.com”.

This address does not belong to LastPass, and is in no way affiliated with the password manager. In the message, the victims are told that the company’s security policies have been updated, and that they should navigate to a specific landing page and sign a DocuSign document.

The email comes with a ‘Review & Access Terms’ button which, if clicked, redirects the victims to lastpasscompliance[dot]com, yet another domain unaffiliated with the password management platform.

BleepingComputer claims this domain has already been flagged as malicious by both Microsoft Defender for Office 365, and Cloudflare and is currently offline.

Digging deeper, the journalists uncovered another campaign, almost identical, but now targeting Bitwarden users. In this case, the victims were being mailed from the “hello@bitwardennewsletter.com” addresses and were being redirected to bitwardencompliance[dot]com. Identical methodology, just slightly personalized.

It is important to note that neither LastPass nor Bitwarden were compromised as part of this attack.

The companies’ infrastructure is intact, and the passwords are safe. This is a typical domain spoofing attack in which the crooks purchase a domain similar to the legitimate one, in hopes that the victims won’t spot the difference.

As usual, the best course of action is to always be skeptical of incoming emails, and to double-check the domains and email addresses from which they are sent. It is also good to cross-reference these emails with any older messages that are proven to be authentic, to see if the domains and addresses match.

WD Red Plus 8TB deal: Our pick for 'the best value' NAS drive is nearly $100 off

Mechanical hard drives (HDDs) still make the most sense when you need huge amounts of dependable storage, especially in a NAS that runs around the clock. If you're looking to expand your setup without overspending, I've found a terrific deal for you at Amazon.

The 8TB WD Red Plus NAS is currently down to $259 (was $355) at Amazon - a solid $96 off the usual asking price. Considering the 4TB version we tested is a little under $200 right now, that's a very welcome discount.

That's a great price, then, for a drive built specifically for always-on network storage, making it a great opportunity to add capacity to an existing NAS or form the basis of a brand new one.

Today's best WD NAS deal

Built for NAS systems, this 8TB hard drive uses CMR technology, a 256MB cache, and SATA 6Gb/s connectivity to deliver dependable storage, reliable performance, and smooth operation for always-on workloads.View Deal

Reviewing the 4TB WD Red Plus, our drive expert Mark even noted that the 8TB and 10TB models "offer the best value."

8TB of storage is plenty of room for family photos, videos, backups, documents, and media libraries.

Unlike desktop hard drives, this model is built for RAID-optimized NAS systems and uses NASware firmware to improve compatibility with supported enclosures.

It's intended for small and medium business environments, although it's just as useful for home users.

The drive spins at 5640RPM and combines SATA 6Gb/s connectivity with a generous 256MB cache to deliver dependable performance for file transfers, backups, and media streaming.

It also uses CMR recording technology, which many NAS owners prefer because it delivers more consistent write performance than SMR drives during heavier workloads.

Western Digital rates the drive for workloads of up to 180TB per year, making it suitable for systems that see regular activity not just occasional backups.

Support for NAS systems with up to eight drive bays also gives you flexibility if your storage needs is likely to grow over time.

Although SSDs dominate for operating systems and applications, traditional hard drives offer far better capacity for the money and saving almost $96 makes this one of the better prices I've seen recently.

For more picks, take a look at guides to the best NAS devices, best NAS hard drives (including the WD Red Pro) and best NAS and media server distros.

Work and study laptop deals: I found the HP OmniBook 3, Asus Vivobook 14, and Dell 15 under $600 right now

Whether you're an office worker or a student, I always find now is a great time to pick up a laptop for work and study that's actually worth the money.

MacBooks might be expensive, Chromebooks can be underpowered, but there are plenty of big-brand Windows 11 machines under $600 right now that can handle productivity tasks, schoolwork, creative projects, and everyday use without issue, and will stay useful well beyond the next school year.

These are the three deals that stood out to me right now.

Today's best laptop deals

Powered by Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor, this Copilot+ PC combines 16GB of memory, a 512GB SSD, a 14-inch touchscreen, Wi-Fi 6E, and up to 32.25 hours of battery life for students and everyday productivity.View Deal

My top pick overall here is HP's OmniBook 3, which is currently $599.99 (was $949.99) at Best Buy. It runs on Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor with up to 32.25 hours of battery life, making it an excellent choice for office professionals and students planning to spend many hours away from a power outlet.

It comes with 16GB of memory alongside a 512GB SSD, making it far better equipped for multitasking and running Microsoft's growing collection of AI features. The laptop also features a 14-inch 1920 x 1200 touchscreen, Wi-Fi 6E, and HDMI 2.1 for hooking up an external monitor.

Powered by Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor, this Copilot+ PC pairs 16GB of memory with a 512GB SSD, a 14-inch WUXGA display, USB4, Wi-Fi 6E, and up to 29 hours of battery life.View Deal

Another great choice is Asus' Vivobook 14. Also on sale at Best Buy, the model is priced at an even more affordable $548.

It combines the same Snapdragon X processor as the OmniBook 3 with 16GB of memory, a 512GB PCIe 4.0 SSD, and a 14-inch 1920 x 1200 IPS display.

Although it skips the touchscreen, it does keep the Copilot+ PC AI features, 45 TOPS NPU, WiFi 6E, HDMI 2.1, USB4, and impressive 29-hour battery life.

At 3.28lb, it's also the lightest laptop here, making it a great fit for students carrying it between classes. If you don't need touch support, I'd say this is the best all-round buy of the three.

Powered by Intel's Core i7-1355U processor, this laptop combines a 15.6-inch 120Hz Full HD display, 512GB SSD, WiFi 6, and plenty of ports, making it a dependable choice for schoolwork and everyday computing. It only has 8GB of RAM though.View Deal

Finally, there's the Dell 15 Laptop for $550 (was $750) at Dell. Powered by a 13th Generation Intel Core i7-1355U processor, it comes with a 512GB PCIe NVMe SSD, and 15.6-inch Full HD 120Hz IPS display which will make it useful for recording notes, writing essays, multitasking, and so on.

The laptop includes Wi-Fi 6, USB-A, USB-C and HDMI ports, as well as an SD card reader, and a headphone jack. My biggest reservation is that it only comes with 8GB of DDR5 memory, which really isn't enough in 2026. You can upgrade the laptop to 16GB of RAM if you want, but that will cause the price to skyrocket to $949.99.

For more top choices, we've also tested the best student laptops, best business laptops and the best laptops for engineering students.

Hundreds of GitHub repos found posing as real software to push malware

  • ArcticWolf uncovered 292 malicious GitHub repositories spoofing legitimate tools and products, delivering a new BoryptGrab infostealer variant
  • Malware steals from 19 browsers, 32 crypto wallets, messaging apps, Steam, and Windows Credential Manager, and uniquely bypasses Chrome’s App‑Bound Encryption via code injection
  • Most repos have been removed, but some remain active; GitHub’s popularity makes it a prime target, underscoring the need to vet code before use

Russian actors have reportedly created hundreds of malicious GitHub repositories masquerading as legitimate software but acting as a dangerous infostealer.

Cybersecurity researchers ArcticWolf discovered the campaign after finding their own products spoofed as part of the attack.

In total, the researchers found 292 fake repositories, spoofing things like security products, developer tools, macOS utilities, games, and more. Each repository contained a README file with the download URL.

Obviously malicious

Victims who download the program get a variant of the BoryptGrab infostealer family that grabs data from 19 browsers (passwords, cookies, payment information), 32 cryptocurrency wallets, Telegram, Discord, and Steam sessions, credentials for Meta’s Max, data from Windows Credential Manager, and more. It can also exfiltrate files from Desktop and Documents, and grab screenshots.

While most of the features can be found in other BoryptGrab variants, this one is unique in a sense that it can bypass Chrome’s App-Bound Encryption through direct code injection into the browser process.

While it hasn’t been specifically said that the threat actors are Russian, the compressed data is later sent to a Russia-based command-and-control (C2) infrastructure.

What’s also worth mentioning is that the malware is not designed to last. It has no anti-analysis layer, and doesn’t even try to hide itself in any specific manner. It does not establish persistence and simply tries to grab as much sensitive data as it can on the first attempt.

The attack, which seems to have started in the final days of June, is almost thwarted now, since most of the malicious repositories have been removed from GitHub. Citing “researchers”, BleepingComputer reported that several dozen still remain active, though.

Because of its importance and popularity in the open-source community, GitHub is currently one of the most targeted platforms on the internet, which is why it’s important to double-check and vet every piece of code before it’s applied to a project.

Could now finally be a good time to buy an AI PC? This report says so

  • AI PCs are emerging as a viable option to run local AI without unpredictable costs
  • One-time PC cost alleviates the need to fork out for cloud token fees
  • Broader research reaffirms rising popularity of smaller models

New Gartner data has claimed now could actually be a good time to buy AI PCs, as cloud computing faces numerous challenges in a rapidly-changing business world.

Data center construction is slipping behind demand as supple chains strain and local communities oppose new projects, meaning that metered compute could end up costing some companies more than they'd bargained for.

By shifting some of their AI processing locally, companies could be able to avoid some of those extra monthly costs with a one-time purchase of a more powerful PC as part of their regular refresh cycles.

AI PCs present an ideal hybrid compute model

While AI PC adoption started pretty slow with companies struggling to understand the benefits, they're now being seen as a cloud fallback option rather than a primary benefit in their own right.

With AI usage increasingly sharply and unpredictable token consumption hitting companies hard, forecasting monthly costs is a new major challenge that many face.

Small language and reasoning models, including specially trained models for individual business use cases, ultimately need fewer resources than leading frontier models, allowing them to be run locally as part of a broader hybrid approach.

Gartner predicts that speech and chat, text generation, image and audio generation and more could soon shift to workers' PCs, with only the most intensive tasks routed via hyperscaler data centers.

By as soon as 2029, the company's researchers anticipate that around one-third (30%) of enterprises could use AI PCs to reduce cloud AI token costs. By 2030, 70% of corporate PCs could be able to run some GenAI tasks locally.

Omdia researchers also noticed a shift in AI model usage, with smaller and medium models proving popular, with domain-specific tasks not needing the full breadth of compute.

"Older GPUs are retaining value and remaining in service, as they continue to offer a cost-effective option for small and midsized model inference and disaggregation," Senior Principal Analyst for Advanced Computing Alexander Harrowell said.

Via The Register

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

How brands can preserve customer ‘digital patience’

As the common phrase goes – ‘patience is a virtue’. The ability to endure, wait and yield to time without complaint is widely seen as a positive personality trait. Yet patience is situational, and everyone has a limit.

In a customer service context, people will wait longer when the stakes are high, or when they trust that delays will lead to better security, accuracy or care. If they’re dealing with another human, they also tend to be far more forgiving.

Alongside that limited patience, customers are also increasingly distracted. The average Brit now sits on over 1,000 unread emails in their inbox, according to recent research, alongside juggling around 25 non-work notifications a day.

People are not short of communication, but saturated. Attention is at a premium, and anything irrelevant is quickly deprioritized or disappears entirely.

This is particularly acute for the 36-55-year-old cohort, which boast the highest unread email counts, and the greatest pressure to stay online for work. Two-fifths of 36-50-year-olds say they feel more disconnected than ever, despite increased digital interactions.

Balancing careers, caregiving, mortgages and performance metrics, the attention and mental load on this group is significant. If brands are adding irrelevant noise and difficulty into these environments, tolerance is low.

This simultaneous feeling of burnout and impatience is heightened by the fact that the instant nature of the attention economy, and the incentives of digital platforms, has rewired expectations.

If there is no sense of progress or urgency conveyed with a digital service, then reassurance falls away and the chances someone will give up on the process rapidly increases. Clear, proactive explanations, combined with customer experience design that maintains continuity across every channel and interaction are vital.

Setting clear expectations

Digital saturation and the attention economy have also meant that first impressions are decisive. If in those initial moments of engagement there is any sense of delay or stalling, people will reconsider if they need the product or service in the first place.

These early moments are therefore a critical opportunity to build seamless customer journeys, closing these ‘patience deficits’ by finding and fixing areas that cause frustration. When there are unavoidable moments where waiting is required, brands must turn these into opportunities to strengthen loyalty and trust.

Customers want assurance that every click, confirmation or verification step serves a purpose. Uncertainty is the true enemy of patience, so give customers better visibility and control to help build trust.

Other industry research found that 25% of consumers there think ‘transparency about what’s happening and why’ is one of the most important things to them in a digital customer experience, with 45% valuing clear instructions and easy-to-follow steps. If there’s an action they don’t need to take or unnecessary duplication, remove it.

Poor design can lead to digital impatience, and exacerbate the overload of digital admin. Ensure that digital and automated channels are fast, reliable and transparent when it comes to waiting times. Competitive advantage will come from being the most considered, not the loudest.

Turning impatience into opportunity

At the same time, when customers know brands are protecting their data, there is an opportunity to earn patience through careful application of friction. Digital speed bumps like two-factor authentication, framed in the right way, can become symbols of care, not inconvenience – so in designing the customer journey, brands should take advantage.

The reality of digital patience is made more complex by the fact that more people are interacting with machines for customer service than ever before. AI agents, designed and used effectively, have raised expectations – but when AI gets stuck, misunderstands intent or is otherwise poorly designed, it backfires and becomes counterproductive. In those moments, many of us prefer to just talk to a human.

The purpose and context of interactions matter, so organizations must take care to match automation to the complexity and stakes of each task. Examine which tasks are best for AI agents to take on, and be clear about when AI is in use, explaining its role in plain language.

For those tasks which require more reassurance, empathy and accountability, human alternatives may be preferable. In these situations, we tend to be slightly more patient – 84% will stay patient on the phone with a real person, perhaps because we know we’re more likely to be able to connect on a human level, and get some understanding and reassurance in response to our enquiry.

If a service is too slow, however, then more than half of consumers say that delays lead them to think less of a brand, leave negative reviews, or warn others to steer clear.

Brands should provide the choice of human support and digital self-service tools in a way that reflects these dynamics. When switching between the two, brands should also carry context over, so that customers never need to repeat themselves.

Digital patience is a precious resource. Poor design which frustrates and builds impatience can see it easily lost, but with care, it is equally easy to earn. When brands anticipate frustration and design for reassurance, they convert fleeting attention into enduring trust, and find opportunities to strengthen relationships and loyalty.

We've featured the best ecommerce platform.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

How parked domains became a cybercrime goldmine

Every day, millions of people type a web address into their browser, usually in a flurry of rapid keystrokes, and arrive exactly where they intended.

However, a small but significant number of people don’t.

They might miss a letter, type an extra letter in their haste, or get some letters mixed up. Instead of hitting linkedin[.]com, they hit linkdein[.]com. Those mistakes gave way to one of the internet’s least glamorous destinations – the parked domain.

Most internet users have encountered them at some point, even if they didn't know what they were looking at. Typically, a parked domain would just be a sparse, messy page filled with adverts and a search bar with very little else.

They existed because someone, somewhere, recognized that in the early days of the internet a percentage of users would inevitably mistype a popular website – so they registered the most similar-looking domain names for themselves in a move known as “typosquatting” and earned advertising revenue from the resulting traffic.

If just 0.1% of the millions of people accessing amazon[.]com accidentally went to the amazn[.]com domain they’d bought, that’s still a worthwhile payday. It was a mundane corner of the digital economy, built on convenience, coincidence, and the occasional typo.

History can be a harsh teacher, but it can also sow complacency. In 2026, a lot of security teams still regard parked domains as little more than lazy digital billboards – inconvenient and annoying, but not a meaningful security concern.

However, the infrastructure surrounding parked domains has evolved considerably from the amateurish, pop-up-ridden advertising pages of the early internet. What was once a simple case of opportunistic domain monetization now sits inside a far more complex ecosystem of advertisers, brokers, and traffic distribution networks.

In many cases, a user's accidental visit no longer ends on a parked page at all. Instead, it triggers a journey through a chain of intermediaries operating largely out of sight. Somewhere along that journey, legitimate advertising can give way to fraud, scams, and malware distribution.

In other words, one of the web's most familiar and overlooked mechanisms has become one of the most lucrative and insidious vehicles for cybercrime.

From Mistype to Malware

The transformation of parked domains from digital curiosities into cybersecurity risks has been subtle, and that’s one of the reasons it’s so dangerous. For decades, the model followed the same patterns – a user would land on a parked domain, see a collection of banners, click on something accidental or otherwise, and generate a small amount of revenue for the domain owner.

It was cynical, but at least it was transparent because users could at least see where they had ended up and decide for themselves what to do next – usually just close the tab and go where they meant to. The only real danger here came from the occasional misleading or malicious ad rather than the mechanics of the domain itself.

Today things are different. Changes within the online advertising industry, including tighter policies around traditional domain monetization, have encouraged cybercriminals and fraudsters to try new approaches to keep the train of monetization moving.

Increasingly, users who arrive at a parked domain don't encounter a parked page at all. Instead, they’re immediately redirected elsewhere through a process known as “zero-click advertising”, sometimes referred to as direct search.

What appears to be a simple typo can trigger a rapid auction in which a user's visit is bought, sold, and passed between multiple advertising partners before they ever see a destination website. Most of this activity unfolds in fractions of a second and entirely beyond the user's view, and while many of those transactions remain legitimate, the sheer complexity of the ecosystem creates opportunities for abuse.

Somewhere within that chain, traffic can be acquired by actors whose interests extend far beyond advertising revenue, opening the door to scams, malware, fraudulent software, and a host of other malicious outcomes.

The Malvertising Economy

One of the reasons parked domain abuse is still underestimated and difficult to pin down is that the attack path rarely follows a straight line. When most people imagine a cyberattack, they picture a malicious website waiting at the end of a link, ready to ensnare an unsuspecting user.

But in this case, by the time a user reaches the content they're ultimately shown, their traffic may have already passed through a maze of advertising exchanges, brokers, redirectors, and cloaking services.

Each participant sees only a fragment of the overall journey, making it remarkably difficult for the “good guys” to determine which “bad guys” are responsible for what. It’s a little like trying to investigate a crime scene where the evidence constantly rearranges itself.

The cowardly threat actors involved in this type of cybercrime exploit this ambiguity. They use sophisticated cloaking techniques which allow them to examine visitors before deciding which content to serve up – where are they based? What kind of browser are they using? What operating system is their device running?

A security researcher in California might see a harmless landing page, while a finance broker in London might be served up a credential harvesting scam. This selective delivery makes malicious activity harder to detect and even harder to reproduce.

What’s worse, parked domain abuse is rarely aimed at a specific industry or organization. The actors deploying parked domains are usually financially motivated, and their primary interest is in acquiring traffic, so they’re not going to discriminate.

Once they’ve ensnared a victim, they become a commodity moving through an invisible marketplace where every click has value and every redirection creates another opportunity for exploitation.

The blind spot in traditional security

So where does all of this leave defenders? Parked domain abuse doesn’t behave like a conventional cyber threat. While security teams are used to investigating suspicious websites, malicious files, or compromised accounts that leave a relatively obvious trail, parked domain campaigns are different because the underlying traffic distribution is constantly changing.

The same typo domain can send one user down an entirely different path than the next. By the time an analyst attempts to recreate what a victim experienced, the route may no longer exist and any “evidence” has effectively evaporated. How do they defend against something they can't see or recreate?

One thing is guaranteed – regardless of how many redirects, intermediaries, cloaking systems, or advertising platforms sit between the initial typo and the final destination, every step in the journey depends on the domain name system (DNS). Often described as the internet's address book, DNS is responsible for translating domain names into the destinations users ultimately reach.

Put simply, each lookup leaves behind a breadcrumb that helps reveal relationships that would otherwise remain hidden, and that visibility has allowed researchers investigating typosquatted versions of well-known domains to follow the trail beyond the initial deception. Patterns start to emerge between seemingly unrelated cases of malware, involving the same parking providers, cloaking services, and traffic distribution infrastructure.

By examining historical DNS records and mapping the relationships between domains over time, it has become possible to connect incidents that appear to be unrelated and expose the networks operating behind them. Instead of playing “whack a mole” and chasing surface level domains, DNS mapping has allowed defenders to target the entire machine.

The greatest danger posed by parked domains isn't the typo itself, but the assumption that the infrastructure behind that typo is benign. For years, parked domains occupied a strange corner of the internet, largely ignored by security teams and rarely considered worthy of serious scrutiny.

But today, they offer cybercriminals something far more valuable than advertising revenue – access to legitimate systems, trusted business models, and vast streams of user traffic that can be manipulated and monetized at scale.

As threat actors continue to refine their use of cloaking, traffic distribution, and advertising networks, the distinction between legitimate online activity and malicious activity will become increasingly difficult to spot from the outside.

Protect yourself against malware with the best antivirus software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Team Group T-Force GA PRO Gen5 2 TB NVMe SSD Review – Tuned Specs For Entry-Level Gen5 Builders

15 July 2026 at 18:50

A TeamGroup GA PRO PCIe NVMe M.2 solid-state drive with 2TB capacity is placed on a wooden surface, shown against its packaging box.

Back in 2023, T-Force by TeamGroup introduced its first Gen5 SSD solution, the CARDEA Z540. Based on the Phison E26 controller, this SSD offered up to 12.4 GB/s speeds, making it a solid option back then. At the moment, there are plenty of Gen5 SSD controllers in the market, Phison has its new E28 and E31T, the SMI SM2508 is doing great, and InnoGrit, along with Samsung, has its own solutions offering really fast storage capabilities on NVMe products. TeamGroup has also streamlined its product family over the years, now leveraging the G-series branding in "GE", "GC", and "GA". The […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/review/team-group-t-force-ga-pro-gen5-2-tb-nvme-ssd-review-tuned-specs-for-entry-level-gen5-builders/

'No new vulnerability is needed to bypass UEFI Secure Boot': Experts find attackers can exploit decades-old flaws to gain access to key systems

  • ESET discovers 11 vulnerable UEFI shim bootloaders signed by Microsoft, allowing attackers to bypass Secure Boot and deploy malicious bootkits
  • Any UEFI system trusting Microsoft’s 2011 third‑party certificate could be exposed, potentially billions of devices; attackers can bring old trusted shims to new systems
  • Microsoft has revoked the vulnerable shims, and users should apply the latest UEFI revocations (Windows auto‑updates, Linux via LVFS) to block exploitation

Cybersecurity experts from ESET have discovered 11 vulnerable UEFI shim bootloaders, all signed by Microsoft, which could allow threat actors to exploit ancient vulnerabilities and bypass UEFI Secure Boot, deploying all sorts of malicious bootkits.

A shim is a small, intermediary bootloader that works as a bridge between a computer's firmware (UEFI) and the operating system's bootloader. Its primary purpose is to allow operating systems to work with UEFI Secure Boot without having Microsoft sign every Linux bootloader individually.

Any UEFI-based machine that trusts the Microsoft Corporation UEFI CA 2011 third-party UEFI certificate authority (CE) certificate, regardless of the operating system, was said to be vulnerable to the shims (versions 0.9 and older). That would put the number of potentially vulnerable devices in the billions, since almost all modern x86 PCs use UEFI firmware, and most of them trust the Microsoft Corporation UEFI CA 2011 certificate out of the box.

Revoking the shims

However, ESET reported its findings to CERT/CC and the vulnerable UEFI applications were all revoked.

The shims come from different tools such as PC diagnostic software, Linux distribution, and other UEFI-based utilities, the researchers explained. They also added that, since the attackers can bring their own vulnerable shims to any UEFI system with the Microsoft third-party UEFI certificate enrolled, they can exploit systems that are, at first, not affected.

To block the vulnerable shims, users should apply the latest UEFI revocations from Microsoft, it was said. While Windows systems will most likely do it automatically, Linux systems users should do it through the Linux Vendor Firmware Service.

“What makes these old shims dangerous is not a novel vulnerability; it’s that no new vulnerability is needed to bypass UEFI Secure Boot,” says ESET researcher Martin Smolár, who discovered the vulnerable shims.

“An attacker needs no complicated exploitation primitives — only a copy of an old, still-trusted but unrevoked shim binary and a basic understanding of how UEFI shims work. That is enough to bypass such an essential security feature as UEFI Secure Boot."

Microsoft just released its biggest Patch Tuesday ever, with a mammoth 622 fixes including three dangerous zero-days

  • Microsoft’s July 2026 Patch Tuesday fixed a record 622 vulnerabilities, including 58 critical, two exploited in the wild, and one publicly disclosed, plus 428 Chromium bugs
  • Actively abused flaws include CVE‑2026‑56155 (AD FS privilege escalation) and CVE‑2026‑56164 (SharePoint privilege escalation), alongside notable issues in BitLocker and Copilot
  • Surge in fixes is linked to Microsoft’s use of Anthropic’s Mythos AI, with patch volumes rising sharply since its adoption

Microsoft has released its July 2026 Patch Tuesday download, marking another record-breaking update, addressing hundreds of flaws across the ecosystem.

The release, which is currently rolling out to Microsoft users, fixes a staggering 622 vulnerabilities, including 58 critical-severity ones, two that were observed as being abused in the wild, and one which has already been publicly disclosed.

On top of that, Microsoft shipped fixes for another 428 Chromium bugs, as well.

A jump in numbers

There are simply too many vulnerabilities to mention all of them, however two that are being exploited in the wild are CVE-2026-56155 and CVE-2026-56164. The former is described as an “Insufficient granularity of access control in Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS)” bug, which allows an authorized attacker to elevate privileges locally. It carries a severity score of 7.8/10 (high).

The latter is a “Missing authentication for critical function in Microsoft Office SharePoint” bug that allows an unauthorized attacker to elevate privileges over a network. Microsoft assigned it a medium severity score (5.3/10), but the National Vulnerability Database gave it a 9.8/10 (critical).

Other notable mentions include CVE-2026-50661, a protection mechanism failure in Windows BitLocker that allows unauthorized attackers to bypass a security feature with a physical attack, and CVE-2026-48561, an improper neutralization of special elements used in a command in Microsoft Copilot, that allows an unauthorized attacker to execute code over a network.

If you think fixing 622 vulnerabilities in a month is a lot, you’re absolutely right. It’s well above what Microsoft is used to do, and this is most likely due to the company now using the fabled Mythos - Anthropic’s cybersecurity-oriented AI.

In June 2026, roughly a month and a half after the release of Mythos, Microsoft fixed 206 flaws, which raised eyebrows because it was significantly above the company’s usual amount of bugs fixed.

In May it fixed 120 flaws, in April 167, and in March - 79.

A18 Pro Supply Constraints Have Become An Impenetrable Obstacle, As Analyst Says MacBook Neo Shipments Will Drop By 40%, AI Testing TSMC’s Fortitude

15 July 2026 at 16:30

A18 Pro chip supply is hammering MacBook Neo shipments

The MacBook Neo has turned into an instant hit, and even with the price bumps that Apple introduced that made the company’s most affordable notebook $100 more expensive for both configurations, the bigger figure isn’t what’s derailing the portable Mac’s momentum. It’s the lack of chip supply for the A18 Pro, and according to an analyst, Apple’s MacBook Neo shipments are expected to suffer considerably, with up to a whopping 40 percent drop. It appears that AI firms gobbling up the entire supply have made the situation quite uncomfortable for both TSMC and Apple. Updated shipment forecast states the MacBook Neo will […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/a18-pro-supply-constraints-can-lead-to-a-40-percent-drop-in-macbook-neo-shipments/

"The difference between launching now and launching never": How vibe coding is turning small business ideas into functional apps in record time

A new customer booking system, a bespoke CRM, or an app that can be sold as a new revenue stream. Small businesses are rarely short of great ideas, but often lack the time, funding, or technical expertise to go from idea to functional app.

This is the gap that vibe coding aims to fill, helping small businesses launch apps by combining plain English prompts with AI.

I caught up with Yoav Orlev, Head of Product at Base44, to get some insight into how small businesses can get the most out of vibe coding platforms. We also discuss some of the common pitfalls and risks associated with vibe coding and how to overcome them.

Vibe Coding has a lot of buzz around it, but what does it actually mean for the small businesses that can benefit from it?

The same quality output without the same budget

Instead of needing to know how to build an application, small business owners can just describe what they want and it gets built. They’re essentially having a conversation with AI instead of wrestling with tools, templates, or code. There are significant advantages to vibe-coding, including:

Removing the “gatekeepers"

Previously, a small business owner who wanted a professional website had two options: pay a developer (expensive) or spend hours learning code (time-consuming). Vibe coding collapses both into a single conversation. A florist, a personal trainer, a local accountant, anyone can now describe their business and get a professional application without any technical knowledge.

Speed to market changes everything

A small business can go from idea to functional application in minutes, not weeks. For a new business owner, that's the difference between launching now and launching never.

Iteration becomes effortless

Want to change your text? Swap your color scheme? Add an agent? Instead of digging through menus or calling a developer, you just type what you want changed via natural conversion. Small businesses can now move and adapt as fast as their ideas do.

The playing field levels out

Enterprise businesses have had dev teams, agencies, and big wallets for years. Vibe coding gives small businesses access to the same quality output without the same budget. This is a significant shift, letting smaller businesses compete with larger ones.

Vibe coding means that for the first time, the barrier to having a custom application is no longer technical skill or budget. That's a meaningful unlock for millions of small business owners who previously felt locked out of the growing digital economy.

For years, small businesses have benefited from drag-and-drop tools. How has vibe coding changed this approach? What new benefits does it bring to the table?

Users are now not operating a tool but collaborating with one.

Drag-and-drop was a genuine breakthrough. It opened up web creation to anyone, regardless of technical skill or budget constraints. Users needed to know what they wanted, where to put it, and how to make it look right, but they had more access and guidance than ever before.

Vibe coding starts the create-and-build process with a conversation. Users describe their business and goals, and the platform builds around that. It's a fundamentally different kind of interaction than drag-and-drop. Users are now not operating a tool but collaborating with one.

Vibe coding isn't here to replace drag-and-drop, and that's an important distinction. Both have real advantages. Vibe coding wins on speed and ease of use. Drag-and-drop gives users precision and hands-on creative control. The real breakthrough for small businesses is having both working together seamlessly by describing what they need, letting AI get there fast, then fine-tuning the details manually without ever switching platforms or starting over.

That combination is what gives small businesses a truly holistic way to build and grow an online presence. Less time building and more time focusing on their business.

If an entrepreneur wanted to build a tool for their business today, where should they start? What does a good prompt look like?

A first prompt doesn't need to be perfect. Get something on the screen, react to it, and refine from there.

The best place to start is with the problem, not the solution.

Before opening any tool or writing a single prompt, an entrepreneur should get specific about what's actually slowing their business down. Is it taking bookings manually over the phone? Chasing invoices? Answering the same customer questions over and over? The clearest prompts come from the clearest problems.

When it comes to writing a good prompt, specificity is everything.

A weak prompt sounds like "build me a website for my business." A strong prompt sounds like "I run a mobile dog grooming service in Chicago with three employees. I need a way for customers to book appointments online, see my pricing by dog size, and get automatic confirmation texts."

The more context users give, such as industry, customer, specific workflow, and the outcome that’s trying to be achieved, the more useful the result. Think of it less like a search query and more like briefing a new hire on their first day. The AI works best when it understands not just what you want, but why you need it.

From there, iteration is your best friend. A first prompt doesn't need to be perfect. Get something on the screen, react to it, and refine from there. The most effective builders treat it as a back-and-forth conversation rather than a one-shot request.

What are some common examples of small businesses using vibe coding to build internal tools? Which do you believe are the most valuable and why?

The range of tools small businesses are building with vibe coding is remarkable. We're seeing everything from custom booking and scheduling systems, to lightweight CRM and lead tracking tools, client-facing portals, invoice generators, staff onboarding wikis, loyalty program trackers, and more.

The most valuable apps tend to be the ones replacing a manual process that was quietly costing the business time or customers. Custom booking systems are one standout. For service-based businesses, time is the product, and a system built around their exact workflow has a direct and immediate impact on revenue. Lightweight CRM tools are another reason because most small businesses aren't losing customers due to bad service; they're losing them because follow-up falls through the cracks. A tool built around how they actually sell, rather than how generic software thinks they should, makes all the difference.

The common thread is fit. What makes vibe coding genuinely powerful for small businesses is that they can build exactly what they need and tailored for them, rather than settling for something “close enough.” That's a shift that levels the playing field in a very real way.

Can entrepreneurs also use vibe coding to build customer-facing tools and new revenue streams? What are some good examples of this?

Absolutely! This where vibe coding starts to look less like a productivity tool and more like a genuine business accelerator. The same technology that helps a small business automate internal processes can also help them build entirely new products, services, and revenue streams that simply weren't accessible before without a development budget.

The examples are wide-ranging. A personal trainer can go beyond selling sessions and build a branded fitness app where clients track workouts and access custom programs, turning a one-to-one service into a scalable product. A marketing consultant can build a self-serve audit tool that generates leads while they sleep. A local chef can launch a meal planning subscription with a custom interface rather than relying on a third-party platform that takes a cut of every transaction. A retailer can build a personalized product recommendation quiz that increases average order value without touching their core website.

What all of these have in common is that they were previously only realistic for businesses with developer resources and big pockets. Vibe coding changes that entirely. The barrier to launching a new revenue stream is no longer technical and costly. It's just having the idea and the ambition to act on it.

Some business owners (myself included) have found ourselves stuck in a loop where AI fixes one issue, but breaks several others. What are some golden rules users can apply to get back on track when the ‘vibe’ goes wrong?

  1. If possible, try to break down your request into smaller pieces. Sometimes, when trying to add too many features at once, the agent makes a mistake.
  2. If something doesn't work at first, be very specific and clear. In many cases, it can also be helpful to state what the AI shouldn't do. For example, tell AI to change the layout, but make sure not to change any colors in the app.
  3. Almost all vibe coding platforms allow users to revert. So if you are failing to add something 3 or 4 times in a row, then revert to the last successful version and try in a slightly different way.
  4. Search the tool documentation. There are usually many examples and “how tos” that can carry you over a certain hurdle.

What are some of the pitfalls and risks that entrepreneurs should be aware of when vibe coding internal tools and potential products? 

There are 2 main pitfalls we see.

  1. Not giving your product to users. We talk to a lot of users who keep building more and more features, since it's so easy, yet they hold off releasing the product, fearing it's too early. Don't. AI is all about moving as fast as possible. If you have a working product that will help someone, put it in the hands of users and get feedback as quickly as possible. Worry less about the perfect product and more about usage.
  2. Security is huge. Most tools nowadays offer security scans, but as a builder, make sure you take the time to really understand how the scan works, what it covers, and what issues you might face. Most tools will cover you, but only if you know how to leverage them. Take the time to learn it or consult someone who can walk you through it.

Why AI recommendations are becoming ecommerce’s most valuable source of traffic

When a trusted friend recommends a product or service to you, it can alter the way you think about the potential purchase. You tend to lower your guard, with the knowledge that some of the filtering work has already been done on your behalf.

This is particularly true when that friend understands your tastes and priorities, and how much you’re looking to spend; the recommendation carries weight before you even visit the website or look at the product page. By the time you click, a large part of the decision has already been made.

Now there is evidence that AI recommendations can have a similar effect on consumers.

We recently analyzed web traffic and conversion data from more than 35,000 ecommerce brands using Shopify and it revealed something significant: referrals from AI tools such as ChatGPT are converting at an average rate of 3.6%, compared with 1.23% for traditional Google search traffic. AI referrals are also generating around 30% higher revenue per session.

For ecommerce businesses, these findings point to an important change in consumer behavior that presents both an opportunity and a challenge.

The buying journey is changing

For years, digital marketing strategies have been built around search engines. A user enters keywords, compares links, visits multiple sites and eventually makes a decision. Brands compete to win the click, then persuade the customer after they arrive.

AI is changing the sequence.

Consumers are no longer simply typing broad phrases like “best running shoes” or “cheap Bluetooth speaker”. Instead, they are asking the likes of ChatGPT highly detailed questions tailored to their exact needs.

Where previously the user might have received a list of product websites to explore, now they are being given a specific tailor-made recommendation.

In effect, AI platforms are compressing the consideration stage of the buying journey. Much of the evaluation happens before the consumer reaches the brand’s website. By the time they click through, they already have a degree of confidence in the recommendation they have been given – much like the case of the recommendation from a friend.

This creates a different type of visitor altogether.

Traditional search traffic can often be broad and exploratory. AI-referred visitors, however, increasingly resemble ‘pre-qualified’ leads. They arrive with clearer expectations and stronger buying intent, which helps explain the higher conversion rates.

Why visibility now means something different

For brands, the opportunity is clear: higher intent traffic generally means stronger revenue per visitor and more efficient acquisition.

The challenge, however, is that many ecommerce businesses are still measuring success using frameworks built for the ‘traditional’ approach.

A large proportion of marketing strategies remain heavily focused on traffic volumes, click-through rates and keyword rankings. Yet AI recommendation systems rely on different signals. Visibility inside AI-generated answers depends less on traditional advertising tactics and more on credibility, authority and contextual relevance across the wider web.

Brands are no longer only competing for search rankings. They are competing to become trusted sources within the information ecosystem AI tools rely upon.

That has major implications for how companies think about content and discoverability.

Reviews become more influential because AI systems frequently incorporate them into recommendations. Third-party editorial coverage matters more because it contributes to authority and trustworthiness. Community discussions on forums and social media also gain importance because they help establish credibility and context.

The businesses that perform well in AI-driven discovery are likely to be those with strong reputations spread consistently across multiple trusted sources, rather than those relying purely on aggressive performance marketing.

Rethinking marketing measurement

There is another important lesson in this data. Many businesses may currently have an incomplete understanding of which channels are genuinely driving growth.

One of the perennial challenges with digital advertising is ‘attribution distortion’. In simple terms, platforms optimize for conversions, often retargeting existing customers or users who were already close to purchasing. This can create inflated perceptions of acquisition performance.

At the same time, AI-referred traffic may still be under-measured inside many organizations because it remains a comparatively new source of inbound visitors.

The danger is that businesses continue over-investing in channels that appear successful according to legacy metrics while underestimating emerging forms of high-intent traffic.

This matters because AI-driven discovery is likely to become more important over time.

Consumer expectations are evolving rapidly. People increasingly want answers tailored to their exact circumstances rather than broad lists of generic options. AI interfaces are naturally suited to that type of interaction because they can process nuance and context in ways traditional search engines struggle to replicate.

What brands should do next

Brands therefore need to rethink not only where they advertise, but how they present their offer online altogether.

That starts with understanding how the business appears across the wider digital landscape. Are reviews consistent and trustworthy? Is the brand being referenced by credible publications and communities? Is product information clear, accurate and useful?

It also means creating content that answers real consumer questions in detailed and genuinely helpful ways, rather than simply targeting high-volume keywords.

None of this means traditional search is disappearing overnight. Search engines remain hugely important, and publishers continue to play a central role in shaping the information AI systems consume and reference.

What is changing is the path consumers take before making decisions.

The era of winning attention purely through visibility is gradually giving way to an era of winning trust before the click ever happens.

We've tested the best email marketing platforms on the market.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Why transaction data may be the missing link to AI ROI

AI took enterprises by storm, with many opting for integration as fast as possible in fear of falling behind the more ambitious tech adopters. But speed alone isn’t always an advantage and as a result, 95% of enterprise pilot programs still failed to deliver measurable financial returns just last year.

Now that we’re a few years past the initial AI explosion, the pressure is on to prove true ROI from these projects.

Businesses have most frequently poured resources into AI tools aimed at boosting productivity and automating workflow in hopes to target the most universal, longest standing business goal: doing more with less. But what leaders should be doing is identifying where the technology can solve the biggest issues specific to today’s business climate. One of those issues is cash flow forecasting.

This year, 52% of American CFOs named cost management as their most worrisome internal concern. While a well-oiled cost management strategy remains critical for creating a strong financial cushion and remaining resilient, balancing fixed operations with constantly shifting real world variables is never easy.

As companies increasingly look for ways to remain nimble and improve decision-making, those that can leverage AI to forecast trends in cash flow demand, churn risk, and spending pattern shifts will find themselves on a quicker path to ROI. Doing so requires harnessing the right data, and these financial signals are hidden in the transaction layer.

While businesses have long mined transaction data for traditional analytics and reporting, it’s far under-utilized in AI strategies. There needs to be a shift from viewing these insights as archival records of past performance to real time indicators of what’s to come.

Making revenue forecasting more adaptive

There are several revenue indicators that lie within bottom funnel operations that AI has the ability of turning into actionable insights. From frequently adjusted terms within contract renewals to the average time it’s taking customers to finalize transactions, purchase signals like these can help AI systems make smarter predictions about demand or accounts receivable.

To provide a more granular view into the value of this data layer, let’s look at upgrade or renewal activity for example. Customer retention is a key element to maintaining predictable cash flow and is among the first to go during an economic shakeup.

Tracking accounts that consistently upgrade a product or service on time to see that they suddenly miss a milestone could immediately flag eventual churn risk. These deviations should also be compared across similar accounts to segment risk based on geography, product lines, or size and industry.

From there, leaders can act proactively with strategies like targeted discounts or incentive measures to encourage retention. Alternatively, accounts that are expanding faster than expected could provide predictions into other customers who might be ready for higher value offerings.

Identifying cues like those that often precede cancellations, along with delayed payments, reduced usage, or smaller order size for instance, can equip finance or leadership teams with rolling forecasts. Whereas on the other hand, monthly or quarterly forecasts typically only rely on historical averages and don’t provide the real time guidance needed for a quickly shifting marketplace.

This can manifest into a powerful decision-making engine. One that is dynamic enough to support flexible cost management strategies. Seeing where cash-flow is moving allows leaders to make more informed decisions.

For example, if it’s consistently being found that these customers are upgrading at slower rates then it may be a good indicator to preemptively reduce inventory or relax timelines for product development teams. In turn, leaders can avoid allocating too many resources to demand that may not end up materializing.

This also gives teams more flexibility to adjust spending and production before any cash flow pressure sets in.

An important element to keep in mind is that these purchasing behavior insights often sit across separate systems. While sales teams may have insights into average order values, only legal or finance may know how payment terms are changing across clients.

First mapping where all of these metrics currently live is critical to then unify them into one place for predictive models to cross-analyze everything against each other and make stronger recommendations.

Connecting to ROI directly

Many businesses have revolved their AI projects around generative AI for efficiency gains in producing content or developing software for instance. But not only are these task-level initiatives harder to prove a measurable impact from, in some cases they end up hurting productivity in the long run with added time spent reviewing and editing AI outputs.

When it comes to analyzing data for forecasting and predictions, AI has shown immense value and is tied to more tangible business outcomes. Now, forecasting real time insights tied directly to revenue can help leaders remain adaptable in an increasingly unpredictable economy, offering a fast track to ROI on these projects.

We've featured the best AI website builders.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Apple Intelligence Scales The Regulatory Hurdle In China, Giving A Modicum Of Consumers, Who Care About AI, Encouragement To Upgrade To The iPhone 18 Pro

15 July 2026 at 15:24

Apple Intelligence receives regulatory filing in China

The rollout of Siri AI wouldn’t have mattered in China or the EU since strong regulatory checkups would mean Apple needed to expose itself to another headache that could take months, if not years, to complete. Fortunately, one tipster reveals that the Cupertino giant has crossed that bridge because Apple Intelligence has received its regulatory filing in the region. New progress with Apple Intelligence in China means talks over potential localized partnerships with the likes of Alibaba and Baidu were fruitful The image below, shared by prolific tipster Ice Universe, is an official Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC) registration list […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-intelligence-clears-regulatory-filing-in-china/

Tandem OLED-Based ASUS ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM And PG32UCWM 4K Monitors Are Now Available

15 July 2026 at 14:29

An ASUS ROG gaming setup featuring a monitor displaying the ROG logo and a gaming desktop tower with ROG branding on a wooden desk.

The newest and flagship ASUS Tandem OLED monitors have been officially released, including full specifications. ASUS Officially Launches ROG Swift OLED PG32UCWM and PG27UCWM Tandem OLED Monitors, Featuring Tandem OLED Coupled With TrueBlack Glossy Surface Popular hardware and peripheral manufacturer, ASUS, has officially released two of its best 4K OLED gaming monitors for retail, alongside revealing their full specifications. These are the ROG Swift OLED PG32UCWM and ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM, which were introduced several months ago along with more OLED models. Both gaming monitors boast 4K resolution and offer dual mode configuration for enthusiasts, including 4K@240Hz and FHD@480Hz. The […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/tandem-oled-based-asus-rog-swift-oled-pg27ucwm-and-pg32ucwm-4k-monitors-are-now-available/

Redmi Note 17 Pro vs Redmi Note 15 Pro: Know What’s Upgraded, Downgraded, and Unchanged

14 July 2026 at 23:15
Redmi Note 17 Pro vs Redmi Note 15 Pro

Redmi has just unveiled the Redmi Note 17 Pro as the successor to last year’s Redmi Note 15 Pro. There is speculation that the Note 17 Pro heading to the global market in the coming months could be identical to the Chinese variant, with the battery likely being the main difference. Instead of delivering incremental improvements across every area, Redmi has shifted its priorities this generation by reallocating internal space and manufacturing costs. A closer look at the official specifications reveals exactly where the upgrades and compromises have been made, helping buyers decide whether the new model better suits their everyday needs.

Redmi Note 17 Pro vs Redmi Note 15 Pro
Redmi Note 17 Pro vs Redmi Note 15 Pro

What’s upgraded

The biggest improvements on the Redmi Note 17 Pro revolve around battery life, durability, charging, and storage performance. Rather than chasing a slimmer profile, Redmi has focused on delivering a long-lasting device with stronger protection and faster everyday performance.

  • Massive Battery Upgrade: Battery capacity increases dramatically from 7000mAh to 9000mAh, promising significantly longer usage and multi-day battery life under demanding workloads.
  • Faster Charging: Wired charging has been upgraded from 45W to 67W, helping reduce charging times despite the much larger battery.
  • Improved Storage: The 256GB and 512GB variants move from UFS 2.2 to UFS 3.1 storage, delivering faster app loading, file transfers, and multitasking performance.
  • Stronger Display Protection: Redmi replaces its previous proprietary glass with Corning Gorilla Glass Victus 2, offering better drop resistance.
  • Newer Software: The phone ships with Xiaomi HyperOS 3 instead of HyperOS 2, bringing the latest software optimizations.
  • Higher Touch Sampling: Peak touch sampling increases from 2560Hz to 3200Hz in supported scenarios, improving touch responsiveness.

What’s downgraded

Accommodating a 9000mAh battery while keeping pricing competitive has resulted in noticeable compromises, particularly in the camera system, wireless connectivity, and portability.

  • Simplified Camera System: The main camera changes from the larger 1/1.95-inch Sony LYT-600 sensor to a smaller 1/2.76-inch Samsung S5KJNS sensor, reducing low-light performance. The 8MP ultra-wide camera has also been removed in favor of a basic 2MP depth sensor.
  • Reduced Selfie and Video Capabilities: The front camera drops from 20MP to 8MP. Video recording is now limited to 1080p at 30fps, losing the previous model’s 4K recording and 60fps support.
  • Connectivity Downgrade: Wireless connectivity steps back from Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.4 to Wi-Fi 5 and Bluetooth 5.1.
  • Larger and Heavier Body: Thickness increases from 7.78mm to 8.46mm, while weight rises to 226 grams due to the much larger battery.
  • Lower Performance Ceiling: Redmi has swapped the older MediaTek Dimensity 7400-Ultra to the Qualcomm Snapdragon 6s Gen 4 platform. This chip runs at a lower maximum clock rate of 2.4GHz compared to the older chip’s 2.6GHz peak, while the absolute maximum RAM option is capped at 12GB instead of offering the 16GB tier available on the previous generation.

What’s unchanged

Despite the redesign, Redmi has retained several key features that define the Note Pro series, ensuring the overall user experience remains familiar.

  • Same Display: Both phones feature a 6.83-inch 1.5K AMOLED flat display with a 2772 × 1280 resolution, a 120Hz refresh rate, and 3840Hz PWM dimming.
  • Same Durability Ratings: The comprehensive IP66, IP68, IP69, and IP69K water and dust resistance certifications remain unchanged.
  • 22.5W Reverse Charging: Both devices support 22.5W wired reverse charging, allowing them to power other compatible devices.
  • Core Features Retained: Stereo speakers, NFC, an infrared blaster, and an optical in-display fingerprint scanner continue to be part of the package.

Final Thoughts

The Redmi Note 17 Pro represents a different approach rather than a straightforward upgrade. Its biggest strengths are the huge 9000mAh battery, faster charging, improved storage, stronger display protection, and newer software. However, these gains come at the expense of camera quality, wireless connectivity, recording capabilities, portability, and peak hardware performance.

If your priority is exceptional battery life, durability, and reliable day-to-day endurance, the Redmi Note 17 Pro is the stronger choice. On the other hand, users who value better cameras, lighter ergonomics, faster wireless standards, and more versatile video recording may still find the Redmi Note 15 Pro to be the more balanced smartphone.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Redmi Note 17 Pro vs Redmi Note 15 Pro: Know What’s Upgraded, Downgraded, and Unchanged appeared first on Gizmochina.

Huawei Pura 90s Pro and Pro Max launch globally with Kirin 9030S; Pro Max features industry-first 200MP RYYB telephoto, LOFIC tech

14 July 2026 at 17:56

Huawei just officially rolled out the Pura 90s Pro and Pura 90s Pro Max to international markets, giving the Pura 90 lineup a proper global push beyond China.

The two models share a lot of the same DNA but carve out their own identities depending on what you’re after: size, charging speed, and a few camera tweaks. The Pura 90s Pro Max packs a generous 6.9-inch flat LTPO OLED display (1,308 x 2,880 pixels). The smaller Pura 90s Pro goes with a 6.6-inch LTPO panel (1,256 x 2,760) that’s easier to handle one-handed. Both screens use an anti-reflective coating that supposedly slashes reflections by up to 70%, and they’re protected by Kunlun Glass (second-gen on the Pro).

Photography is still the star of the show here. The Pro Max steals the spotlight with an industry-first 200MP RYYB telephoto sensor (1/1.28-inch, f/2.6, 4x optical zoom) that supports macro shots and even 20x telephoto video thanks to strong CIPA 7.0 stabilization. Its main camera is a 50MP 1/1.28-inch LOFIC RYYB sensor with a versatile 10-step adjustable aperture (f/1.4 to f/4.0) and OIS, backed by a 40MP ultra-wide. The Pura 90s Pro packs the same 50MP main (without LOFIC), a 12.5MP ultra-wide, and its own 50MP 4x telephoto.

Under the hood, both phones run on Huawei’s new Kirin 9030S chipset, available with 12GB of RAM and 256GB or 512GB of storage. They ship with EMUI 16 (based on AOSP 16). Connectivity looks solid: 5G, eSIM, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, and Huawei’s NearLink.

Both phones get a 6,000mAh battery (though EU models drop to 5,500mAh because of regulations). Charging is faster on the Pro Max with 100W wired and 80W wireless, while the Pro settles for 66W wired and 50W wireless.

Pricing and availability:

On the availability front, they’re launching gradually. In Malaysia, the Pro starts at MYR 3,700 for the 12/256GB version and MYR 4,000 for the 12/512GB model, with pre-orders already underway. The Pro Max is listed at MYR 4,900 for the 12/512GB.

In Europe, pricing kicks off at roughly €900 for the Pro 12/256GB, rising to €1,050 for the 12/512GB. The Pro Max starts at €1,150 for 12/256GB and goes up to €1,300 for the 12/512GB. Expect rollouts soon in Singapore and the Middle East (with a July 16 launch event) as well.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Sources: Pura 90s Pro | Pura 90s Pro Max)

The post Huawei Pura 90s Pro and Pro Max launch globally with Kirin 9030S; Pro Max features industry-first 200MP RYYB telephoto, LOFIC tech appeared first on Gizmochina.

New York becomes the first US state to ban hyperscaler data centers, says it will 'lead the way in creating the strongest standards in the nation for data center development'

  • New York State has temporarily banned new, large-scale data centers
  • One-year moratorium affects new 50MW+ campuses
  • NY wants to assess community, environmental and grid impacts

New York State has banned the construction of new hyperscaler data centers, marking the latest step as mounting local opposition against AI and cloud facilities builds, with communities citing concerns over rising electricity costs, water consumption and other environmental factors,

State Governor Kathy Hochul is responsible for introducing the first statewide moratorium on new campuses, which imposes a one-year pause while the state looks into the environment, energy supply and communities.

Projects that have already been permitted will still continue as expected, but new buildouts will face restrictions and delays until the moratorium is lifted.

Data centers banned in NY - for one year

The one-year ban buys the state time to evolve regulations to address some of the challenges presented by large hyperscaler data centers, including strained grid supplies, emissions and other environmental impacts, and stresses on local communities.

Under the new ban, campuses that require at least 50MW of electricity will be affected, which for an AI data center isn't all that much. Some of the largest measure power consumption in the hundreds of megawatts, or even gigawatts in the case of high-profile, flagship campuses like OpenAI's Stargate Project.

"[The moratorium] comes as the direct result of immense public pressure from people across the state demanding their elected leaders protect them from Big Tech's assault, which threatens the state's clean air and water and New Yorkers' financial security," New York State's Food & Water Watch Director Laura Shindell said.

"New York has always been at the forefront of innovation and change but we’ve also always guaranteed that New Yorkers benefit," Hochul noted.

Although New York represents the first statewide temporary ban, other regions have also been looking to pause buildouts as they assess the damages. Just last month, Seattle also voted to ban new projects for a year.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

The gap between AI potential and AI reality Is a leadership problem

For years, the central question around AI was whether it really works the way much of the market’s hype says it does.

That debate is settled, and we’ve seen what AI can do. The more important question now – and one most organizations still aren’t asking – is whether we’re working alongside it the right way.

That shift in framing matters. Budgets have been allocated, tools deployed, and pilot programs have graduated into full-scale production.

And yet, something is still missing.

IBM’s Institute for Business Value found that only 25% of AI initiatives have delivered their expected ROI, and just 16% have successfully scaled across the business despite years of investment and genuine enthusiasm for what the technology can do.

The problem isn’t AI itself; the bottleneck stems from what organizations have or have not built around it.

That’s a leadership problem, and fixing it will require more than buying better tools or scheduling more trainings.

Stop Investing in the Wrong Places

The instinct for most organizations has been to buy the latest platforms, stand up a few pilot programs, and bring in a vendor to train their workers. That approach addresses the surface-level challenge, but misses the greater underlying issue. The truth is the greatest barrier to AI maturity is the lack of investment in the human infrastructure needed to support it.

The companies seeing the strongest AI outcomes are rarely those with the most sophisticated or expensive models. They’re the ones that have fundamentally rethought how their people work. Among organizations that Boston Consulting Group designated as AI leaders, roughly 70% of resources went towards people and process changes, 20% to IT infrastructure, and only 10% to the AI models themselves. Most organizations have that ratio backwards.

When leaders become hyper-focused on deploying the right tools and launching the right uses cases, they neglect the organizational muscles that are essential to using AI responsibly and consistently. All the tools in the world won’t close that gap without the right training, guardrails, and policies to back them up. And building that support structure must be a leadership priority, not an afterthought.

The Productivity Gains Are Real, But Fragile

None of this is to say AI isn’t creating real value. It absolutely is – at least, for the companies using it well. But those gains are more fragile that many leaders realize. They evaporate when companies lack support for their employees across their interactions with the technology, or when they fail to clearly communicate where human judgement and critical thinking are still essential.

The data here is hard to ignore. Among employees who use AI on the job, less than 8% report receiving extensive training with their tools. And that number has barely budged despite a sharp increase in daily usage. Moreover, 60% say it often takes them longer to figure out how to accomplish a task with an AI tool than it does to simply do it themselves.

Companies are deploying AI faster than they are enabling people to use it, and in doing so, may be creating exactly the friction and confusion they were trying to eliminate.

What Leaders Owe Their People

This is where leadership has to show up differently. The gap between AI potential and AI reality isn’t going to close through procurement decisions or new rollout announcements. It closes with deliberate, ongoing investment in people. That means three things:

Focus trainings on people, not just tools: AI is evolving faster than training curriculums can keep up. Invest in training role-specific judgements, helping people understand where AI makes them faster and where it introduces challenges or risks.

Move beyond adoption rate metrics: If 80% of your organization is using AI and productivity is still flat or declining, adoption is the wrong metric. Measure time-to-completion on real work tasks and be honest about what you find. Some use cases that are slowing people down simply shouldn’t be using AI.

Stop treating AI policy as a compliance checkbox: Companies getting this right have built AI governance into how they plan and execute work daily, not appended into and acceptable use document. That means leaders who model where they use AI and where they don’t, and who are willing to explain why.

Making AI Potential a Reality

The technology is ready. But leaders need to be able to do more than allocate budget and monitor usage.

They need to decide when AI should and should not be used, what to rebuild rather than automate, and how to support their teams throughout all of it.

Those are the questions most organizations are still failing to ask, and until they do, the ROI gap isn’t going anywhere.

We've ranked the best HR software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'SMBs need to move from disconnected pilots to true alignment': Study finds European firms are getting more out of AI than other markets

  • SAS finds EU SMBs are seeing better results from real-world AI deployments
  • Compliance is still a major headache for one in four leaders
  • Preparing for the EU AI Act could have helped

A new AI readiness report from SAS has claimed European small businesses are among the most ready to achieve the most ROI from artificial intelligence compared with other global regions.

While North American SMBs perform better in planning, building and enabling, they fall short on actual deployment, indicating that European SMBs have progressed beyond pilots to actual implementation.

However, the number of businesses globally that are still in the earlier stages of AI readiness is much greater, with 37% considered 'experimental' and 33% considered 'opportunistic'. Nine in 10 of the stage-one (experimental) companies haven't even got a formal AI strategy in place, the report reveals.

AI deployment is higher in Europe, but overall deployment is still low

Compared with the number of businesses in the early stages of AI readiness, only 9% have fully embedded AI into strategy, operations and decision-making.

For many, it's the fundamental building blocks that are still holding them back. Nearly half say data is still scattered across systems (45%) and that AI tools operate independently from one another (46%). Compliance, security and risk management is still the biggest barrier for 24% of the survey's respondents.

"Organisations treating governance as a foundation rather than an obstacle are often the ones best positioned to execute," SAS Global Channels SVP John Carey wrote.

The report also implies that preparing for regulation like the EU AI Act could have positioned companies better to maximize their AI ROI, while other regions are seemingly lacking in this area.

IDC Research VP Daniel-Zoe Jimenez urged businesses to focus on aligning data, people and resources to avoid disconnected pilots. "Experimenting with the technology is one thing. Deploying it strategically and sustainably is quite another."

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

White House launches 'Gold Eagle' cybersecurity clearinghouse to share and patch AI-discovered software flaws

  • White House, Treasury, DHS and DoW come together to launch Gold Eagle scheme
  • The initiative will prevent duplicated work and prioritize vulnerability remediation
  • Gold Eagle will also help to identify which systems could be at risk

The US Government has launched Gold Eagle, a new clearinghouse which looks to centralize vulnerability discovery and remediation against a backdrop of evolving AI-powered security threats.

Gold Eagle will serve as a central hub between federal agencies, AI developers, open-source software developers and critical infrastructure companies, in a bid to increase the speed of vulnerability discovery and prevent major incidents from occurring in the first place.

The scheme came about under President Trump's June 2 2026 executive order 'Promoting Advanced Artificial Intelligence Innovation and Security' and represents collaboration between the Treasury, the DHS' Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) and the Department of War.

US Gold Eagle scheme addresses growing vulnerability exploitations

Under the scheme, vulnerabilities scanning will happen centrally to ensure multiple organizations aren't independently repeating the same work. Gold Eagle will also identify which software, networks and critical infrastructure could be at risk, before coordinating fixes. The White House described the scheme as a "force multiplier."

Although AI is largely to blame for the increase in attacks, Gold Eagle is set to fight fire with fire by employing AI to identify bugs too, using models like Anthropic's Mythos.

"Through this strategic partnership, we will expand existing security measures to safeguard software and networks in the 21st century and continue to promote advancements in artificial intelligence," DHS Secretary Markwayne Mullin wrote.

The concept of a dedicated clearinghouse centralizes vulnerability management to ensure the right bugs are being prioritized and to cut through the noise of lower-quality reports. Its assistance will most likely be felt by the open-source community, which has limited resources and financial backing to identify and fix issues as effectively as enterprise software vendors.

"Under the leadership of President Trump, we are bringing a wartime footing to the cyber domain to relentlessly patch vulnerabilities," Secretary of War Pete Hegseth added.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

The network perimeter is dead. Now what?

The National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC)’s recent advisory detailing how the Russian cyber actor APT28’s exploited vulnerable routers to enable DNS hijacking highlights a dangerous blind spot in enterprise security today.

Traditional perimeter-based security models are increasingly failing at the edge, and this should be uncomfortable reading for any security leader still anchoring their strategy to perimeter defense.

This is the same story we saw play out in 2024, when Chinese state sponsored bad actors linked to Volt Typhoon exploited an unpatched, end-of-life FortiGate 300D firewall to compromise a domain admin account, escalate privileges, create a new user, and establish persistence deep enough to survive a device restart.

One unpatched edge device. One breach vector. Total access. The perimeter didn’t just fail; it handed attackers the keys. According to the FBI, this breach remained undetected for over 300 days, and the same exploit was used to gain access to over 100 separate utility companies across the US.

These two incidents aren’t outliers. They’re a pattern. And the pattern is telling us that the old model is finished. Add to this the recent news about the power and sophistication of the latest generation of agentic AI tools such as Anthropic’s Claude Mythos, and it really is time to act quickly.

The problem with perimeter thinking

Legacy security was built on a simple assumption: draw a line between trusted internal systems and untrusted external ones, defend the line, and you’re protected. It made sense when company data lived in on-premises data centers and employees showed up to the office. The boundary was real and defensible.

That world is gone. Edge nodes are now everywhere; in factories, retail stores, utility substations, and customer premises, and the clean network borders of the past have either blurred or disappeared entirely. Edge devices themselves rarely have dedicated security capabilities. IoT and OT systems in particular frequently lack the robust features needed to detect and resist advanced threats.

Worse, software-based management tends to fail precisely when it matters most. When the software layer is compromised or unresponsive, organizations lose visibility and control at the exact moment they can least afford to.

Then there’s credential theft. According to Verizon’s 2025 Data Breach Investigations Report, the human element is a factor in 60% of breaches and attackers have become highly effective at exploiting it. They don’t need to break in, they walk in, using legitimate credentials, through the front door.

Once inside, now often augmented by AI capabilities, they move laterally from a single-entry point across operational systems, compromising entire environments in minutes. A security architecture built around password authentication offers almost nothing against this type of attack.

What resilience actually looks like

The security conversation has shifted. For years the focus was on keeping attackers out. That is still necessary, but it’s no longer sufficient. What organizations are increasingly recognizing is that resilience depends just as much on what happens after a compromise; specifically, whether security teams retain visibility and control when it counts.

Lost visibility during an incident, even a contained breach, can quickly spiral and escalate. This is driving a serious rethink of how distributed infrastructure is managed, particularly as edge environments extend further across factories, retail locations, utilities and a myriad of remote sites.

Out-of-band management (OOBM) is one approach gaining real traction here. Rather than relying on the production network for management traffic, OOBM operates on an entirely separate, highly secure parallel path. That means that even when the main network is compromised or down, edge devices remain manageable, visible and controllable.

Crashed devices can be remotely rebooted, or even re-configured. Powered-off devices can still be reached. And critically, administrative access is separated from the primary production network targeted by attackers, thereby reducing exposure to the credential-based attacks that are now the most dominant breach vector.

The operational benefits are real too: fewer costly emergency site visits, faster data recovery times, and preserved control during high-pressure incidents when software management tools have gone dark.

The reckoning

What’s becoming clear is that perimeter security, on its own, is no longer a viable strategy. The edge has expanded too far, credentials are too easily stolen, and attackers are too fast once they’re in.

The organizations that will weather the next wave of incidents aren’t necessarily those with the most sophisticated perimeter defenses. They’re the ones that have accepted the compromise will happen and built the visibility, control and recovery capability to deal with it when it does.

Everyone else is building blind spots. And attackers, increasingly, know exactly where to look.

We've reviewed and ranked the best password managers.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

The Disney settlement is a story about two layers of infrastructure that no longer line up

In February 2026, the California Attorney General announced a $2.75 million settlement with Disney DTC and ABC Enterprises, the largest in the history of the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA).

Most of the noise has focused on the legal and interpretive dimensions: how the settlement reads against the statute, what it signals about enforcement posture, and what it adds to an enforcement record that has been building for more than three years.

Since the first major CCPA action against Sephora, in 2022, for failing to honor opt-out requests, settlements with DoorDash, Tilting Point, Healthline, Sling TV and Jam City have progressively expanded the technical specificity of what compliance has to look like in practice.

For privacy leaders trying to decide what to do on Monday morning, the most useful lessons from the Disney settlement are technical. In many enterprises, there is a gap between two initiatives that operate in parallel: a privacy tech layer focused on cookies, cookie banners, and webforms, and a data layer that runs on identity graphs, pseudonymous profiles and cross-system data flows.

The four technical claims leveled by the California Attorney General: gaps in how opt-outs reach logged-out users, disconnected opt-out tooling, missing cross-brand propagation, and absent opt-out functionality on apps and connected TV, are four symptoms of this misalignment

These challenges and claims are not unique to Disney, nor do they reflect negligence. They are consequences of timing. The privacy layer in most enterprises is built to satisfy a regulatory model that took shape between 2018 and 2022, when "consent management" largely meant deciding which cookies fired on a webpage.

The data layer it was bolted onto had been evolving for a decade by then, towards exactly the kind of cross-device, partner-dependent identity resolution that makes modern advertising and personalization possible. The two were never properly integrated in most enterprise environments because, for several years no one seemed to mind.

What the recent enforcement record establishes is that they do now.

One principle, four symptoms

The settlement's central principle is unusually direct: "If a business can associate a consumer's devices with the consumer for advertising purposes, it can and must associate those devices with the consumer for purposes of honoring the consumer's opt-out rights."

In other words, the scope of your opt-out obligation is defined by the scope of your data monetization, not by the scope of your consent management platform. If your advertising stack resolves an anonymous device signal to a known profile to target a consumer, you have, for the purposes of the law, identified that consumer.

The obligation follows the use of identity capabilities, not who built them. If identity is being used to target a consumer with ads, the same identity must be used to exclude them once they opt out.

That single principle unifies the four technical points of the settlement.

The first: identity parity concerns whether opt-outs cover consumers who aren't currently logged in. Many enterprise programs apply opt-outs only to authenticated users, on the reasoning that the business doesn't know who a logged-out user is. The settlement reframes that. If your advertising infrastructure uses pseudonymous profiles—the device-level identifiers that ad-tech systems use to recognize the same person across visits without a login - to target that user, then for the purposes of the law, you have identified them. The opt-out has to reach the same identity.

The second: architectural fragmentation concerns how opt-out requests travel through the systems meant to enforce them. Most enterprise privacy programs run two separate products: a consent management platform (CMP) that governs which trackers and tags fire on the website, and a data subject rights (DSR) tool that handles webform submissions like Do Not Sell or Share requests. When those products aren't integrated, a consumer who submits a webform may stop appearing in certain backend records, but the CMP keeps firing the same tags on every page they visit, and data sharing continues. The webform captured the request. The collection infrastructure never received it.

The third: cross-brand propagation concerns whether an opt-out submitted on one property reaches the others that share its data infrastructure. If a media company runs three streaming services on a single advertising stack, and a customer opts out on one, the law treats that as an opt-out across all three because the data is monetized across all three. The technical capability to propagate the signal usually exists; the compliance logic that ties opt-outs to it rarely does. The same point extends downstream: if ad-tech partners already hold a consumer's data, blocking tags on your own site doesn't reach what they have. They need to be actively notified, through a workflow that runs every time an opt-out is processed.

The fourth: non-browser surfaces concerns the consumer-facing channels that aren't a website. Cookie-based consent tools were built for browsers. They do not, by default, extend to mobile apps, connected TV environments, or any other surface where data is collected outside the browser. In Disney's case, consumers on a connected TV app could only opt out by going to a webform on a different device - a webform that had no effect on the code transmitting data from the TV app to its ad-tech partners. The mechanism existed; the obligation it was meant to satisfy went unmet.

The difficulty is structural

The four technical gaps above share a common root, and fixing them points to something more fundamental than patching individual systems. None of this is straightforward to operationalize.

Modern data infrastructure is genuinely complex and rebuilding how the privacy and data layers of an enterprise stack actually communicate is not the kind of project that gets completed in a quarter. But the structural difficulty points to something deeper than implementation effort: a flaw in how most organizations have framed the problem from the start.

Privacy as a data infrastructure question, not a regulatory one

Privacy programs built around regulations are, by design, reactive. A new law passes, a settlement lands, an enforcement sweep reveals an unexpected gap, and the program scrambles to respond. That cycle is the predictable outcome of treating privacy as a compliance checklist rather than a capability embedded in how data actually moves through the organization. Regulations will keep coming, and they will keep changing. No program designed around any single regulatory framework will stay current for long.

The more durable approach starts in the data infrastructure itself. When privacy controls are built into the data layer, tied to identity resolution and data flows rather than bolted onto individual regulatory requirements, they adapt. A new regulation adds a specific obligation, but the underlying framework for honoring consumer choices across identifiers and systems is already in place to absorb it. The work becomes configuration, not reconstruction.

The path forward is not another tool layered on top of existing infrastructure to satisfy the next regulation. It starts by embedding privacy controls into the data layer itself, tied to how data actually flows through the organization. That foundation does not need to be rebuilt every time the regulatory landscape shifts. It absorbs change. For privacy leaders looking to get off the reactive cycle for good, that is where the work begins.

The best business VPN helps you connect safely and securely online to your business.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

How automation is easing IT’s patching pressure

The disclosure-to-exploit window used to be measured in weeks; for weaponized vulnerabilities, it now runs in hours. Out-of-cycle patches that used to be exceptional have become routine across enterprise environments of meaningful size.

This pattern now has a name. You might have heard it already: the Patch Apocalypse. Sounds a bit dramatic, but the impact warrants the drama.

It describes something measurable — software flaws are being discovered, disclosed and weaponized faster than most patch management programs were built to handle.

Several factors are converging at once. Frontier AI models are accelerating vulnerability research — Anthropic's Project Glasswing and comparable initiatives have produced thousands of high-severity findings in compressed timeframes.

Attackers are using the same class of tooling to reverse-engineer patches far faster than previously thought possible. Public disclosures are arriving on shorter cycles.

For any team responsible for keeping production systems patched, this all translates to a backlog that grows faster than the available maintenance management windows can drain it. And “drain” is the right word here, because that’s also the impact on the team: it’s very, very draining.

This is far from an anecdotal observation. The workforce cost is already visible.

Recent UK data shows what’s happening at the personnel level: 42% of UK IT professionals report high levels of stress from their jobs, and 76% say that stress is affecting their physical and mental health. 30% report difficulty concentrating, 35% report trouble sleeping and 30% report increased anxiety and depression.

Why traditional patching is breaking down

Patch management was built around predictability. Vendor releases on a known schedule. A defined maintenance window. Manual testing in a staging environment. Communication, approval, deployment, verification.

The model worked when most enterprise software was released on predictable monthly or quarterly schedules, when threat actors needed weeks to weaponize a disclosed CVE, and when out-of-cycle patches were rare enough that a program could absorb them without restructuring. When those scenarios change, the model’s validity changes.

Two structural changes have done most of the work:

Volume is the first. When a single AI model can autonomously surface thousands of high-severity vulnerabilities across major operating systems and browsers — as Project Glasswing did within weeks of its April launch — the downstream effect is more CVEs arriving sooner, with public patches available, all flowing into the same backlog the IT team was already trying to clear.

Velocity has compounded that. Attackers have access to the same class of capability. Patches can be reverse-engineered in as little as 72 hours, sometimes far less. Any system unpatched in that window is exposed to working exploits.

Combine the two, and a patch program that was already running near capacity has to absorb a step change in volume, with shorter deadlines and less predictability about when the next critical disclosure will land. That’s a lot of pressure, and it’s what’s driving the stress data up.

Automation is taking center stage

As an operating model, automation is far better-equipped to survive a Patch Apocalypse than previous iterations. Three important principles underscore the model’s efficacy:

1. Continuous, risk-based triage. The CISA Known Exploited Vulnerabilities list is the non-negotiable top tier. An Exploit Prediction Scoring System threshold appropriate to the environment can drive priority for everything else. Below that threshold, work waits for the maintenance ring.

2. Automated test and deployment rings. The test cycle has to compress to fit the exploit window. Even with top-tier skills and best intentions, a human checklist cannot move at that speed. The familiar sequence — test ring, early-adopter ring, broad production, mission-critical — has to be instrumented and capable of running without manual coordination at every stage.

3. Closed-loop verification. A patch isn’t deployed until the install is confirmed on every endpoint, and a CVE isn’t closed until a rescan confirms it. Compliance evidence is produced as a byproduct of the workflow, not assembled from a spreadsheet the week before an audit.

Industry data points in the same direction. 67% of IT professionals say AI tools and automation will free up their time for more interesting, fulfilling work. 66% say the same tools will help them provide better service to end users. Less than one in three organizations report having fully embedded automation in their IT workflows.

Who’s paying the cost

Any cost considerations regarding patch programs need to take the human cost into account. A patch program running on legacy assumptions will absorb the Patch Apocalypse by burning out the team running it. The stress figures are showing the early signs. The downstream cost includes attrition, error rates, lost productivity and the slow erosion of the institutional knowledge that holds a program together.

On the other hand, programs where automation runs the workflow have the potential to absorb the same volume without requiring the team to absorb it personally. Continuous prioritization, instrumented rings and verification embedded in the workflow take variable, manual work out of the critical path.

Two-thirds of IT professionals see AI and automation as a route to better work — fewer frantic escalations and more time on the problems that need human judgement.

The Patch Apocalypse is very much here, and is poised to reach every program. Is the workflow underneath built to absorb the impact? If not, consider the whole scope of what — and who — is at stake.

We've reviewed and ranked the best endpoint protection software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

UN Secretary General says 'Killer Robots' must be stopped, calls autonomous weapons "morally repugnant"

  • UN Secretary General calls for a global ban on autonomous "killer robots”
  • Guterres argues that delegating life-or-death decisions to machines is “morally repugnant”
  • Governments should take a stance now – not wait for something catastrophic to happen

UN Secretary General António Guterres has called for lethal autonomous weapons, which he describes as ‘killer robots’ to be prohibited under international law following recent discussions at the first Global Dialogue on Artificial Intelligence Governance in Geneva.

Guterres’ demand to ban these weapons focuses on those capable of identifying, selecting and attacking targets without human oversight, which leaves artificial intelligence and other computer systems in charge of a life-or-death decision.

He ultimately argued that certain decisions must remain exclusively human, and the decision to take a life is well into the boundary of requiring human oversight. Transferring the decision-making to killer robots would be “morally repugnant” and “politically unacceptable,” he argued.

AI requires global regulation as military AI poses major threats

Key to the Secretary General’s argument is that he urges governments to take action and ban such robots now, rather than waiting for an autonomous weapon to cause a major incident before rethinking their strategies.

“Let us not wait for atrocity to act,” Guterres said. “Some decisions must remain forever human – none more than taking a human life.”

The issue is becoming more urgent now that AI models and advanced chips are already being used within military intelligence, targeting and other battlefield systems.

More broadly, Guterres’ thoughts align with those of Anthropic, which recently had a dispute with the Pentagon after seeking guarantees that its models would not be used for autonomous weapons or surveillance.

While the Pentagon had rejected those limitations, arguing that it should be able to use Anthropic’s models for any lawful purpose, the case highlights how private companies are becoming increasingly intertwined with digital warfare.

Reporting by the Wall Street Journal cited a similar view by Pope Leo XIV, who warns that AI-controlled weapons could promote an “anti-human” view of warfare. He warned that the autonomy could reduce some dangers and distance political leaders from the human consequences of conflict.

There’s a need to balance the pros and cons of AI

However, artificial intelligence does promise several benefits to modern warfare, particularly in its ability to process huge amounts of information extremely quickly. With modern compute, militaries can respond to threats at lightning speed, improve their accuracy and precision, reduce soldier risk and potentially reduce civilian casualties, too.

Critics also question whether human oversight of AI systems is at all meaningful if the person in charge only has seconds to act on AI-generated information in the first place.

It’s also yet to be determined which party or group of parties should be held accountable for any incidents or mishaps – human operators, commanders, hardware manufacturers and software developers are just some of the parties up for judgment.

“We may be the last generation able to set the terms on which humanity and machines coexist,” Guterres warned separately in an X post, warning that AI must be governed, trusted and fair.

“It sounds like science fiction, but it's a real possibility, and it could change the world in ways that we don't understand yet, and it could change the power dynamics of our planet in ways that require our attention,” Independent International Scientific Panel on AI Co-Chair Yoshua Bengio added.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

This sleek Japanese power strip finally fixes your office desk's ugliest pain point

  • Kokuyo Energy Line replaces discrete sockets with one continuous slot that takes up to five two-prong plugs anywhere along its length
  • It won a 2025 Good Design Award thanks to its accessibility, style, and attention to detail
  • The Kokuyo Energy Line also offers an inclusive design that allows users with upper limb disabilities to easily use the product with just 1 hand

Kokuyo is a well-known Japanese furniture giant that focuses on both functionality and aesthetics across its furniture and interior design lines.

It regularly collects Good Design Awards even as it runs a public "live office" where users can test out hardware in a workplace setting, in addition to HOWS DESIGN, an inclusive-design program that has birthed multiple successes.

The Kokuyo Energy Line power strip is one such offering: it comes with a Good Design Award (2025) and is influenced by the HOWS DESIGN program.

A power strip that blends focus on design, functionality

Modern work desks are a far cry from their older, mundane alternatives at the workplace or at home, offering a degree of customizability that few could have foreseen.

Amid all the upgrades one sees in monitor arms, cable management, electric desks, and even headphone stands, one thing often remains an aesthetic (and often functional) outlier: the modern power strip.

The Kokuyo Energy Line aims to fix this by offering a single continuous power socket that can house up to 5 appliances, with a plug-anywhere design and wiring concealed under the table via a minimalist clamp.

The Kokuyo Energy Line clamped to a table

The Kokuyo Energy Line clamped to a table (Image credit: Kokuyo)

It also leverages an inclusive design that allows users with limb disabilities to use it easily with one hand, as demonstrated during the company's inclusive design workshop at its "HOWS PARK" diversity office.

The Kokuyo Energy Line clocks in at about 7,000 Yen (~$50) and comes in both black and white colors to suit different themes. It aims to eliminate cable clutter on one's desk with a one-size-fits-all approach.

Despite the advances made, the Kokuyo Energy Line also comes with its limitations: the design means it does not accommodate heavy-duty appliances, with a 5-device limit and a 1500W power ceiling, which may leave users who use high-end computers or multi-monitor setups looking for something different.

Unlike competing power strips, it also lacks a surge protector or grounding support, which limits its use to electronics that use a 2-prong cable.

With no support for 230V power cables or sockets and no plans currently to incorporate them, the Kokuyo Energy Line is an impressive but geographically limited power strip offering that suits the company's target audience looking for an aesthetic upgrade, albeit with serious limitations that could see it not be in play for more demanding consumers in terms of sockets and/or power.

Samsung has a 16TB PCIe 6.0 SSD coming soon with read/write speeds of 28.4GBps and 21.9GBps respectively — but you won't be able to use it anyway

  • Samsung's PM1763 entered mass production as the fastest SSD on paper, focusing solely on AI data centers as its key market
  • The PM1763 offers read and write speeds of 28.4GB/s and 21.9GB/s respectively, essentially twice that of its predecessor, the PM1753
  • The drive can't physically be used in consumer-grade PCs, adhering to an EDSFF-only form factor while also requiring PCI-E 6.0 channels, something that has yet to be available to end-users

Samsung has announced it is now mass-producing the PM1763 SSD, which aims to replace the PM1753 as its highest-end enterprise-class SSD for AI customers.

The PM1763 offers read speeds of 28,400 MB/s and write speeds of 21,900 MB/s, leveraging PCIe 6.0 connections.

It uses the company's 9th-generation V-NAND, along with a 4nm controller, to deliver these speeds even as PCI-E 6.0 offers double the per-lane bandwidth available to users.

A very fast SSD that narrowly beats the competition where it matters

Samsung's offering is, at the time of writing, without doubt, the fastest SSD available to enterprise clients on paper, but it does have a few caveats.

The company claims the PM1763 offers "industry-leading performance", and that is definitely true in both the read and write departments, especially the latter, but it barely ekes out a win in the former over the Micron 9650.

The Micron 9650 offers read speeds of 28,000 MB/s and much slower write speeds of 14,000 MB/s sequentially, also leveraging PCI-E 6.0 to deliver such performance.

Samsung's SSD is decisively faster on another metric that is key for AI customers, however: it offers 6.92 MIOPS in sequential read speed versus Micron's 5.5 MIOPS.

Micron's offering, however, has already been in mass production since February 2026 and is expected to enjoy greater availability for the rest of the year than Samsung's enterprise flagship.

Samsung's offering also incorporates other gains: it delivers power efficiency that the semiconductor giant says is 1.8x better than the PM1753 and supports both post-quantum cryptography (PQC) algorithms and the TEE Device Interface Security Protocol (TDISP).

It must be noted that both Micron and Samsung's offerings are only part of the puzzle, as enterprise consumers are currently gearing up for the next generation of server hardware. Both Nvidia's Vera platform and AMD's EPYC "Venice" offer PCI-E 6.0 connectivity that these drives need to run at maximum speeds.

One would expect similar gains soon in the consumer market, where Samsung's Gen 5-based 9100 Pro is one of the few that currently rule the roost with advertised read and write speeds of 14,800 MB/s and 13,400 MB/s, respectively, but that might be wishful thinking at best.

The gains from the PM1763 are not expected to trickle down to consumers for a multitude of reasons. Primarily, PCI-E 6.0-supporting hardware does not currently exist at the consumer end, even as datacenters begin to adopt it.

The bleeding-edge storage on offer is also expected to be prohibitively expensive, pitting consumers against datacenter clients with seemingly limitless pockets for now, and industry figures such as Phison's CEO are already warning that AI demand will keep NAND and DRAM in shortage through 2026; consumer storage is increasingly built from what the data centers do not take.

The PM1763, therefore, at least from an end-user's perspective, might as well be a proof-of-concept SSD; it is unlikely to make its way onto their desktop anytime soon, and they are unlikely to be able to afford it unless they want to host a data-center-class server at home.

The Gen 6 storage era has arrived, attached to hardware you cannot buy, in a shape you cannot mount, on an interface you do not have, built from NAND that was never going to reach you anyway. Sadly for enthusiasts looking for a faster SSD: The speeds are real. So is the velvet rope.

Quote of the day by Linux creator Linus Torvalds: 'Nvidia has been the single worst company we've ever dealt with' — airing frustrations at walled gardens

For as long as there's been software there has been tension between open source and closed source. The creator of the Linux kernel, software engineer Linus Torvalds, has long been an outspoken advocate for open source environments – while putting the boot into closed source corporate entities who have tried to exploit the ecosystem.

Open for business

During a Q&A at Aalto University, an attendee complained that the Nvidia Optimus chip – a processor that switches between integrated graphics and dedicated graphics – was no longer being supported on Linux.

Quote of the day

This article is part of TechRadar Pro's QOTD project to provide an insight into the minds of the brightest and most recognized figures in the technology industry today and in years gone by. Read the full series here.

That meant that this expensive chip fitted into her Linux laptop was basically useless unless developers worked on a fix by reverse-engineering the process. Torvalds answered by giving Nvidia both barrels – complaining that the company was profiting from the Linux Foundation ecosystem through products like the Tegra chips for Android devices.

At the time, he complained that competitors like Intel and AMD were happy to co-operate with Linux to build native drivers whereas Nvidia would treat its proprietary code as classified material. This exchange culminated with an angry Torvalds flipping Nvidia off to camera.

Turning the tables

The situation today is almost entirely different from that we found nearly 15 years ago. Nvidia has embraced open source with open arms, and has also fully transitioned to open source Linux GPU kernel modules as being the default options as of 2022, pushed under a dual GPL/MIT licence.

With the AI buildout also fully underway, Nvidia has crafted the Linux-based DGX OS for its personal mini supercomputing DGX Spark products. This Ubuntu-based system is designed to work with the entire Nvidia software stack – with this AI layer (including software like CUDA, cuDNN and NCCL) being closed.

Although the battle between open and closed source remains active, Nvidia's reversal signalled that the future of enterprise and AI-centric computing was to be found in open source environments.

Germany confirms drone-destroying laser weapon for German Navy by 2029 — 100Kw version will zap 1000+ mph supersonic missiles for $1 a shot

  • Germany advances a Naval laser weapon toward operational deployment by 2029
  • Future 100kW laser aims to counter faster and larger aerial threats
  • More than 1,000 laser shots validated performance during extended naval trials

Germany has confirmed plans to field a high-energy laser weapon aboard naval vessels by 2029, aimed primarily at intercepting drones.

Defense contractors Rheinmetall and MBDA signed a contract in June 2026 worth several hundred million euros to build the complete system.

The program follows years of testing a demonstrator aboard the frigate Sachsen, which fired more than 1,000 shots during trials.

From demonstrator to deployable weapon

The demonstrator currently operates at roughly 20 kilowatts, sufficient for neutralizing small drones and light surface targets near naval vessels.

Future versions are expected to exceed 100 kilowatts, a substantial increase intended to counter larger and considerably faster aerial threats.

During trials, the demonstrator covered roughly 28,000 nautical miles between the Baltic Sea and the Mediterranean over more than a year.

Another testing phase included over 100 live firing events under maritime conditions, examining tracking accuracy, reaction speed and engagement performance against fast-moving drones.

“The laser weapon system will provide our personnel deployed on naval vessels with a significantly higher level of protection, particularly when it comes to countering drones,” said Roman Koehne, head of Rheinmetall’s weapons and ammunition division.

Beyond countering drones, engineers hope the technology can eventually intercept guided missiles, rockets, and even artillery shells fired from considerable range.

Company officials say the system also demonstrated the ability to strike targets set against open sky rather than solid terrain.

The British, French and Belgian forces are pursuing similar systems — a broader push toward directed-energy weapons across European navies more generally.

The United Kingdom's Royal Navy, for instance, already plans to install its DragonFire laser weapon aboard a destroyer by 2027.

Similarly, Belgium committed €3.1 billion toward layered air defenses including Skyranger 30 systems, GM200 radars and 10 NASAMS batteries.

Costs, sovereignty, and unresolved questions

The German program places strong emphasis on domestic supply chains, with serial production expected largely to occur within Germany.

MBDA Deutschland's managing director, Thomas Gottschild, described the containerized system as an affordable option for guarding ports and other secure facilities.

Neither company has disclosed a final per-unit price, leaving open how affordable the weapon will prove across a full production run.

Scaling the laser from 20 kilowatts to more than 100 kilowatts introduces significant thermal and power-generation challenges aboard confined naval platforms.

However, officials believe naval vessels offer sufficient electrical power, cooling capacity, sensors and space needed for the demanding laser weapon systems.

Both companies describe the system's technology readiness as very high, citing more than a year of continuous shipboard testing under real conditions.

Procurement officials have not specified interim milestones, making it still difficult to assess whether the 2029 goal remains realistic at this point.

Further trials remain necessary before procurement, but recent milestones suggest European navies now view directed-energy weapons as practical complements to existing missiles and guns.

Via Defense News

245.76TB Micron 6600 Ion SSD has a staggering 16GB RAM with a $100,000+ price tag, and is 'the one to beat in its class', reviewer says

  • Micron's 6600 ION SSD boosts random write performance with an unusually large onboard memory design
  • Benchmark testing exceeded several official performance specifications during enterprise evaluation
  • Massive 64GB DRAM gives Micron a clear performance advantage over rivals

Micron's new 6600 ION enterprise SSD packs 245.76 TB of QLC flash storage into a single E3.L form-factor drive, and has garnered some high praise in initial reviews.

TweakTown reviewer Jon Coulter awarded the drive a rare 99% score, calling it "the one to beat in its class."

The drive stands out mainly because of its unusually large 64GB of onboard DRAM, an uncommon amount for this capacity class.

Why more onboard memory changes everything

Most ultra-high-capacity SSDs near 256TB, like the DapuStor 245.76TB PCIe Gen5 SSD, use a 16:1 ratio of NAND to DRAM, resulting in only 16GB onboard at this capacity point.

Micron instead uses a 4:1 ratio, giving the 6600 ION a full 64GB of onboard DRAM for indexing random write operations. This larger memory pool lets the drive sustain around 50,000 random write IOPS at queue depth 256, exceeding its 42,000 IOPS spec.

By comparison, competing 245.76TB drives with a 64K IU reportedly manage only about 15,000 IOPS for random writes under similar test conditions.

That performance is reportedly more than three times faster than rival 245.76TB drives built with a smaller 64K indirection unit.

Sequential performance also reaches up to 13,900 MB/s read, and 3,159 MB/s write, both slightly above Micron's factory specification claims.

Random read performance hits roughly 1.78 million IOPS, matching Micron's published specification for the drive exactly under identical test conditions.

These results were measured using an Intel Xeon w7-2495X processor on a PCIe Gen5 platform running Ubuntu Linux, confirming the figures under real enterprise conditions.

Pricing and practical limitations remain unclear

Despite the strong benchmark results, Micron has not published an official price for the 6600 ION at the time of writing.

Reports suggesting a price beyond $100,000 have circulated online, though no listing confirms that specific figure at the time of writing.

Enterprise SSDs at this capacity typically sell through direct vendor contracts rather than public retail listings, making pricing hard to verify.

The drive carries a 5-year limited warranty and supports major operating systems including Linux, Windows Server, and VMware ESXi across enterprise deployments.

It offers a 1-drive-write-per-day endurance rating, a modest figure that still fits typical enterprise storage workloads at this scale.

The drive also includes power-failure protection and full data-path protection, standard features expected in enterprise-grade storage designed for continuous operation.

The benchmark numbers alone do not confirm real-world value, since pricing and support costs remain unknown.

Whether the 6600 ION genuinely leads its category depends heavily on how competitors price similar high-capacity QLC drives over the coming months.

Until official pricing becomes available, claims about its market position should be treated as preliminary rather than fully confirmed.

RayNeo X3 Pro review: These AI+AR Smart Glasses are technically impressive, but far from easy to use

RayNeo X3 Pro: 30-second review

RayNeo, the AR glasses arm of TCL, launched the X3 Pro globally in December 2025, following a well-received debut in the Chinese market. It represents the company's most ambitious product to date: a standalone pair of AI-powered augmented reality smart glasses that aims to put a useful, persistent digital layer over your view of the world, without requiring you to carry a tethered compute unit.

The headline hardware is the dual-eye full-colour MicroLED display, powered by RayNeo's own 'Firefly Optical Engine' and delivered through waveguides co-developed with Applied Materials. With 6,000 nits of peak brightness and 16.77 million colours, it is probably the best display currently available in any smart glass product, eclipsing even the Meta Ray-Ban Display's 5,000-nit panel. The simulated image is equivalent to a 43-inch screen viewed from two metres, within a 30-degree field of view.

Under the frame sits a Qualcomm Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 processor — the purpose-built platform for this class of device — paired with 4GB of RAM and 32GB of onboard storage. The X3 Pro runs RayNeo's AIOS, an Android-based operating system, and is integrated with Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta) for multimodal AI assistance. A 12MP Sony IMX681 sensor handles photography and 4K video, accompanied by a secondary monochrome camera for spatial positioning and depth tracking with 6DoF + SLAM support.

At 76 grams, the X3 Pro is lighter than the Inmo Air 3 (119g), and only a few grams heavier than the Meta Ray-Ban Display (69g). The frame is built from an aerospace-grade magnesium-aluminium alloy, and control is handled via a five-way touch panel on the right temple, with support for Apple Watch gesture control promised in a future OTA update.

The device's single greatest limitation is its 245mAh battery. Under light use, you may approach three to five hours. Under active use that might be navigation, AI queries, camera recording, or app usage, the running time plummets to as little as one or two hours, and it can be as little as 45 minutes. The only saving grace is a recharge of around 45 minutes via USB-C.

At $1,169, the X3 Pro is a premium early-adopter product with genuine technological credibility, but a hefty price tag. The display alone makes a compelling case for the future of AR glasses. Whether that future is worth over a thousand pounds to experience today is a question each buyer must answer for themselves.

RayNeo X3 Pro: Price & availability

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The RayNeo X3 Pro launched globally in December 2025, initially priced at $1,099 on an early-bird basis, rising to $1,299 at standard retail.

At the time of writing, RayNeo sells direct from its website here, with delivery to the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Italy, Germany, and other markets.

In the UK, the full retail price is £1,169, and in the USA it’s $1,169. Considering that the exchange rate on the day of writing is $1.34 to the pound, UK customers pay roughly 25% more for the same products for no obvious good reason.

Prescription lens inserts are available separately from around $49 / £49, supplied through RayNeo's partner Lensology.

What’s a little odd is that these glasses aren’t available on Amazon.com, when almost everything else RayNeo makes is.

By way of comparison, the Meta Ray-Ban Display starts at $799, the Even Realities G2 at $599, and the Halliday Smart Glasses at $500. Traditional smart glasses without a display, such as the Ray-Ban Meta, are available for considerably less.

The X3 Pro commands a significant premium, but the technical specification that includes the dual-eye MicroLED display and the Snapdragon AR1 platform is a major step up from those alternatives.

RayNeo also offers existing X-series customers a 'RayNeo Explorer' lifetime benefit, providing a $200 discount towards future X Series purchases.

What colours my perspective on the price is that these aren’t dual-purpose glasses that can also be used to watch movies. They’re only for AR, which makes the high price even harder to justify.

  • Score: 3/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Specifications

Chipset

Qualcomm Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 (4nm)

RAM

4GB LPDDR5

Storage

32GB

Display type

Dual full-colour MicroLED, waveguide optics (both eyes)

Resolution

640 × 480 per eye

Peak brightness

6,000 nits (typical: ~3,500 nits)

Field of view

30 degrees

Virtual screen

43-inch equivalent at 2m distance

Refresh rate

60Hz

OS

RayNeo AIOS (Android-based)

AI engine

Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta)

Cameras

12MP Sony IMX681 (front, colour) + monochrome OV (positioning/depth)

Video

4K / 3K recording

Tracking

6DoF + SLAM; Falcon Image spatial positioning

Audio

Open-ear directional speakers (both temples)

Connectivity

Bluetooth 5.3, Wi-Fi 6

Controls

5-way touch panel (right temple); voice ('Hey RayNeo'); Apple Watch (future OTA)

Weight

76g

Battery

245mAh; ~1–5 hours depending on use; full charge in ~38–45 min via USB-C

Translation

Real-time audio + on-screen text; 14 languages; ~2.1-second response

Prescription

Supported (lens inserts via Lensology, from ~$49/£49)

Colours

Black (single style)

RayNeo X3 Pro: Design & build

  • Divisive aesthetics
  • Wearability issues

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

There is an obvious problem with products like the X3 Pro, which is that the design telegraphs that these aren’t just glasses, drawing attention to the wearer.

This tension between engineering achievement and social wearability is perhaps the defining characteristic of this first generation of capable AR glasses, and the X3 Pro didn’t dodge that bullet.

The frame takes broadly Wayfarer-style cues, i.e. being thick, squarish and dark. In short, these look like John-Paul Belmondo wore them at the end of the 1960s, before Michael Cain borrowed them to play the classic British spy, Harry Palmer.

That might be delightfully retro, but two cameras sit in the bridge between the lenses, a small indicator light sits on the front frame (active when recording), and distinctive protrusions near the temple hinges house the MicroLED projectors, giving the game away.

The temples are noticeably thicker than conventional eyewear, accommodating the speakers, electronics, and battery. The USB-C charging port sits at the tip of the right temple.

Structurally, the X3 Pro is more refined than its predecessor, the X2 Pro. RayNeo cites eleven structural optimisations and the use of aerospace-grade magnesium-aluminium alloy to achieve a 36% weight reduction over that earlier model. The result is a frame that, at 76g, sits comfortably on most faces without the ear pressure or nose strain that plagued heavier competitors. Multiple reviewers noted that they occasionally forgot they were wearing them during prolonged use.

The lenses themselves have good optical transparency when the display is off, meaning the world doesn't take on the tinted quality of sunglasses during non-display use. Interchangeable nose pads in different sizes are included, and prescription lens inserts are available through Lensology.

For older people, me included, these lens inserts are a necessity, since the glasses require abnormal eye-muscle acrobatics that those without perfect vision are unlikely to achieve without some help.

Fit adjustment is largely limited to nose pad selection, which does tend to put more pressure on the bridge of the nose. Previously, with the Air 3s Pro, RayNeo offered adjustable temple angles, but these aren’t available on the X3 Pro.

And, because of this, depending on your face shape, you can find that the display is dramatically offset from the ideal line of sight. As I’ll talk about later, I had big issues with this, and it made using them extremely difficult.

In short, if social discretion is a priority, this is not the device for you. If you are the sort of person who wears technology proudly, or who has a professional or specialist use case, the design is functional as long as your face and eye geometry fall within a specific envelope.

  • Design & build: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Features

  • Impressive display technology
  • Sony IMX681 camera sensor
  • Tiny battery

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The X3 Pro's MicroLED dual-eye display is, by wide consensus, the standout feature of this device. Unlike single-eye displays used by some competitors, the X3 Pro projects identical imagery to both eyes, producing a more natural and immersive AR experience that doesn’t assume binocular compensation on the viewer's part. The 640 × 480 resolution per eye is modest by smartphone standards, but it is appropriate for a heads-up overlay and is rendered with genuine clarity at the 30-degree field of view.

Peak brightness of 6,000 nits is a notch above the Meta Ray-Ban’s 5,000 nits, making the display legible in direct sunlight and suitable for navigation or outdoor use. These aren’t meant for media consumption, and therefore don’t include shields to reduce external views, so the graphics need to be bright.

The display sits centrally in the wearer's field of view, rather than in the lower-right corner (as on the Meta Ray-Ban Display). This means AR content is more prominent and easier to read, but also more obtrusive. You cannot easily consume AR content passively while doing something else. It is a deliberate design choice that suits dedicated, task-focused use over an ambient, always-on overlay.

The primary camera uses a Sony IMX681 sensor capable of 12MP stills and 4K/3K video. A secondary monochrome camera assists with spatial positioning, depth tracking, and dual recording. In daylight conditions, camera output is described as decent, with the wide-angle field of view well-suited to point-of-view recording.

But in low light, there is a tendency to visible noise and graininess, and the lack of digital zoom or manual camera controls reduces flexibility. A recording indicator light on the front frame activates when the camera is in use, serving both as a privacy indicator and a practical reminder.

These don’t take pictures that would worry any mid-tier phone, and most entry-level Android phones have better sensors.

The X3 Pro's battery life is probably its greatest limitation, since a 245mAh cell is simply not large enough to support extended active use of the device's headline features.

RayNeo's claim of up to five hours applies to very light use, and by that, they probably mean music playback and limited screen time. In practice, active use scenarios significantly reduce this figure. In a few of my sessions, the time was a fraction of that amount, and the worst offenders for eating battery capacity were translation, video capture and navigation.

In theory, you could have a hip-mounted power pack attached to the USB port of the X3 Pro, but when I tried this, it pulled them out of square and made reading the display even harder.

Thankfully, the glasses do feature wear detection, automatically powering down when removed. This helps conserve battery during breaks, but carrying a power pack around is practically a necessity if you intend to use them for any extended time.

Contextually, the limited battery is an inevitable consequence of the 76g weight target. A larger cell would mean a heavier device. RayNeo engineers have made a considered trade-off here, and future hardware iterations will presumably seek to improve energy density. It may be that the makers can engineer better power management through firmware adjustments, but with only 245mAh of battery to work with, there is only so much that can be done.

Without a doubt, the primary reason to hesitate before purchase is battery life.

  • Features: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Software

RayNeo AR Android Application

(Image credit: RayNeo)
  • Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta)
  • Live translation
  • Side-loading apps

RayNeo AIOS, the operating system built on Android and structured around four primary screens: a home screen showing time and status indicators, a quick-actions panel, an app launcher, and a notifications screen. Navigation is via the five-way touch panel on the right temple, with voice commands available via 'Hey RayNeo'. The interface is responsive and, for the constrained form factor, relatively intuitive.

According to RayNeo, it's Google Gemini that’s the flavour of AI baked into AIOS, and I suspect it’s Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta), which is a long way behind the current models that Google is promoting.

Compared to some other talking AI’s I’ve used, this one is pretty average. For starters, even though I’m in the UK, it insisted on using a chirpy American accent. And, if I asked what the temperature was, the answer arrived in Fahrenheit, times in a 12-hour clock and distances in feet and inches. Yes, Gemini, the world is America.

But aside from being fixated on a region that’s more than 3,000 miles away, the other issue was that it got simple questions wrong from the outset. As it loves America, I asked it to name the last ten U.S. leaders. It got the name and the order correct and then fumbled the answer by saying that all these people had been President in the past ten years.

I tried to subtly nudge it in the right direction by asking which ones were the President in the past ten years, but it failed to notice the discrepancy between what it was saying now and what it said previously.

Thankfully, it didn’t fall for the classic "walk or drive" question for the car wash, but I think all AI platforms are hardwired to answer that way, since it’s an obvious pitfall.

Compared to the latest versions of the major AI providers, the AI on this platform isn’t going to write Skynet anytime soon.

Real-time translation is a more advanced feature, supporting 14 languages and delivering approximately 2.1-second response times. Translation can be delivered as on-screen text or synchronised audio. In testing by other reviewers, accuracy was broadly good, though the system waits for the speaker to finish before translating. That’s necessary in some languages, like German, but it does come across as a less-than-natural conversation and can feel stilted.

Navigation is powered by HERE WeGo Maps (used by BMW and Audi), projecting turn-by-turn directions and nearby landmarks directly into your field of view. This is one of the most practically compelling use cases for the device, eliminating the need to look down at a phone while on foot. Unfortunately, the app never loaded on my glasses. Every time I tried to download and install it, it failed. Other apps were installed, so I’m unsure why this one refused to.

I know that some software for this device requires side-loading, which isn’t something many users will be happy to perform.

  • Software: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Performance

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 is purpose-designed for augmented reality applications, and the X3 Pro benefits accordingly. Day-to-day navigation, AI queries, notification handling, and app use are smooth under normal conditions. The combination of 4GB LPDDR5 RAM and 32GB storage is appropriate for the use cases the device targets.

That said, compared with a modern smartphone, this isn’t the most powerful platform, and with some more resource-intensive tasks, the cracks start to show.

The glasses do support 6DoF + SLAM with Falcon Image spatial positioning, and the AR overlay alignment is typically accurate and stable under testing. But the issue here is more about how close this platform is to being overrun, and there are hints it's not ever too far from the edge.

But this reviewer had many more issues with this device, which is partly why I waited more than six months before completing my review.

When I first got these in 2025, they did almost nothing. Since then, the firmware updates and enhancements that come via the mobile app have transformed the functionality provided, but they haven’t addressed some of the issues I’ve had from the outset.

The first big problem I had was seeing the projected images, not because the glasses didn’t work, but because they were almost out of my field of view. Some of this was my long-sightedness that made the images seem soft, but I couldn’t see the entirety of the display without balancing the glasses on the very tip of my nose. If I didn’t do that, the image would have been presented as below me and barely in sight. Lifting the glasses to make the image central causes it to disappear.

I’m not confident that spending another £50 on the proper lenses would fix that issue.

That made just seeing things a challenge, but the other issue I had was using the touch panels on the sides of the glasses for directing the interface, because half the time they just ignored my instructions or did something I didn’t ask for. In one instance, I deleted the To-do application from the glasses, not because I wanted to, but because the glasses took one swipe as my instruction to do that, and then refused to cancel that erroneous request.

I did consider getting a small hand controller to make it easier to use or even using the phone as a touchpad, but frankly, at this price, it should be easier than it was.

My final complaint about this device is how some aspects aren’t thought through. One of the apps is a translation app, and you can stand in front of a person from another country and get real-time translation of what they are saying. And, it works. You can even run a YouTube video of someone speaking another language and see it translated.

However, my problem is how you might use this in the context of being a tourist in a foreign country. Let’s imagine I’m in Japan, where they speak a language I don’t, and I walk into a shop where a sales assistant asks, ‘What are you looking for?’ I understand this, because the glasses translate for me, but it can’t reply in Japanese.

At which point, phone translation, where you can show the person your reply in their language, or it speaks for you, works much better. Obviously, if you like to sit on a train and listen to people gossiping about you in their language, thinking you can’t understand them, it's great, but it seems an expensive device to do just that.

RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
  • Performance: 3.5/5

Should you buy the RayNeo X3 Pro?

The RayNeo X3 Pro is, technically, the most impressive pair of smart glasses currently available for purchase. The dual-eye MicroLED display is genuinely impressive, with bright enough images for outdoor use, colourful, and binocular in a way that no other glasses at this price point can match.

The integration of Gemini AI would make it genuinely useful beyond being a novelty if the model were newer and didn’t assume that all English speakers are Americans.

The camera produces capable results in good light, and the 76g weight is a remarkable achievement for the hardware it contains.

But the £1,000+ price tag demands honest scrutiny of what you're buying, and the answer is: a first-generation product. The battery will frustrate most users who intend to use its headline features for more than an hour or two at a time. The app ecosystem requires technical workarounds.

The aesthetic is also overly conspicuous, and considering how people are quite rightly objecting to unwanted image capture and AI in general, expect some push-back from others if you wear these in public.

For early adopters, AR developers, and professionals with specific use cases, such as live translation, heads-up navigation, and meeting transcription, the X3 Pro is credible but far from perfect. For mainstream buyers hoping for an all-day, all-purpose wearable, the technology is not quite there yet, but this is the clearest indication yet of where it is heading.

Value

An expensive option even with these features

3/5

Design

Lightweight design, but obviously AR

3.5/5

Features

Great displays but tiny battery

3.5/5

Soware

AI and navigation, but side-loading is a thing

3.5/5

Performance

Wearability issues and patchy performance

3.5/5

Total

Expensive and the ecosystem is a work in progress

3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: RayNeo)

Buy it if...

You want the best AR display available today
The dual-eye MicroLED is a genuine leap forward. If seeing what AR glasses can look like is important to you, nothing else currently matches it.

You have a specific professional use case
Live translation, navigation, meeting transcription, and developer access make the X3 Pro a serious productivity tool for the right scenarios.

Don't buy it if...

Social discretion matters to you
Multiple experienced smart glasses reviewers noted that the X3 Pro draws looks and comments in public. If you are not prepared to stand out, this is not the device for you yet.

You need all-day battery life
Under active use, the 245mAh cell simply cannot deliver a full day of use. If you need more than an hour or two from a single charge, look elsewhere or accept that a power bank becomes a permanent companion.

Bosgame’s P6 Ryzen 9 mini PC deal undercuts 8-core rivals as a powerful $520 desktop replacement

If you want genuine 8-core desktop power in a footprint you can tuck behind a monitor, this Bosgame P6 mini PC for $520 (was $640) at Amazon is worth checking out, with the machine built around AMD's high-performance Ryzen 9 6900HX.

The Ryzen 9 6900HX is the real draw here. It's an 8-core, 16-thread chip built on a 6nm Zen 3+ process, with a boost clock up to 4.9GHz. That puts it well ahead of the Ryzen 5 and Ryzen 7 mobile chips that populate most mini PCs in this price range.

The Bosgame P6 is genuinely capable of sustained multi-threaded work like video encoding, compiling, or running several lightweight VMs at once without slowing down.

Today's top mini PC deal

AMD Ryzen 9 6900HX (8-core/16-thread, up to 4.9GHz), Radeon 680M graphics, 24GB LPDDR5X-4800 RAM, 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD (expandable to 4TB), dual Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and triple 4K display output via HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB-C. Windows 11 Pro pre-installed.View Deal

The Radeon 680M integrated GPU pairs with that CPU well. It's an RDNA 2 part with 12 compute units, and while it's not a substitute for a discrete card, it comfortably handles 4K media playback and esports titles like CS2 at high settings — useful if this doubles as a casual gaming box alongside office duties.

24GB of LPDDR5X-4800 memory is a healthy amount for multitasking, though it's worth noting this RAM is soldered to the board and not user-upgradeable — what you buy is what you're stuck with. The 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD fares better: BOSGAME includes a second M.2 slot, so storage can be expanded up to 4TB down the line.

Connectivity is a genuine strength at this price. Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports let you keep two networks separated or add load balancing — handy for home labs or NAS setups — while Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 cover the wireless side. Triple 4K display output via HDMI, DisplayPort, and a full-function USB-C port (with data, Power Delivery, and DisplayPort Alt Mode) rounds out a well-connected little machine.

A couple of honest caveats: the soldered RAM means there's no upgrade path if 24GB becomes tight later, and Bosgame's mini PCs typically ship with an external wall-socket power brick rather than a laptop-style supply, so factor that into your desk setup. If you need discrete-GPU-level graphics performance for gaming or GPU-accelerated creative work, this integrated setup won't get you there either.

For an 8-core desktop replacement with strong connectivity, the BOSGAME P6 is a solid pick in this category.

Want to do more with your machine? We tested the best mini PCs and selected the top mini PC deals for video editing and gaming that you can get right now.

More mini PC deals

For general home and office tasks, the GMKtec M6 Ultra is our top pick for most people. This Windows 11 Pro mini PC comes equipped with an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, a 1TB SSD, with triple 4K display support, USB4, dual 2.5G Ethernet, and Wi-Fi 6E. View Deal

One of my favorite mini PCs for those that want a little more power - particularly for content creation, Geekom's A8 Max features a Ryzen 9 8945HS chip, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB SSD. It also boasts USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, and 8K output. View Deal

Browns' Carson Schwesinger impresses NFL executives. 'Kuechly reincarnated'

If NFL executives and coaches are to be believed, the Cleveland Browns have a bedrock player at middle linebacker in second-year LB Carson Schwesinger.

Schwesinger, drafted out of UCLA in the second round of the 2025 NFL draft, went on to earn Defensive Rookie of the Year honors.

Schwesinger tallied 156 tackles, 2.5 sacks and two interceptions in his first season. In the list compiled by ESPN, he was listed among the Top 10 “off the ball” players at his position, joining impressive company.

ESPN surveyed execs and coaches who gave their own top 10 at they ranked the list based on the following criteria: number of top 10 votes, composite average and interviews. Seventy voters participated.

Dec 21, 2025; Cleveland, Ohio, USA; Buffalo Bills quarterback Josh Allen (17) is sacked by Cleveland Browns linebacker Carson Schwesinger (49) during the second half at Huntington Bank Field. Mandatory Credit: Ken Blaze-Imagn Images

Where did Browns LB Carson Schwesinger rate on the ESPN list?

Schwesinger came in at No. 3 among linebackers, as rated by league experts. That’s an impressive showing given his relative inexperience.

One league executive offered this appraisal: "He's [Luke] Kuechly reincarnated," a personnel executive with an NFL team said. "Elite speed, athleticism, instincts, ball skills."

That’s high praise given Kuechly’s stellar career that included seven Pro Bowls, five appearances on All-Pro teams, a 2013 NFL AP Defensive Player of the Year Award, being named to the Pro Football Hall of Fame’s All-2010s Team and eventual induction into the hall in next month in Canton.

Said another executive: "Plays fast, excellent instincts, good in coverage," a high-ranking AFC evaluator said. "Impressive for a rookie."

Who were the others in the Top 10 on ESPN’s list?

Schwesinger joins some elite company in the league. Here is the Top 10:

  • Fred Warner, San Francisco 49ers
  • Roquan Smith, Baltimore Ravens
  • Carson Schwesinger, Cleveland Browns
  • Zack Braun, Philadelphia Eagles
  • Azeez Al-Shaair, Houston Texans
  • Jordyn Brooks, Miami Dolphins
  • Nick Bolton, Kansas City Chiefs
  • Edgerrin Cooper, Green Bay Packers
  • Devin Lloyd, Carolina Panthers

George M. Thomas covers a myriad of things including sports and pop culture, but mostly sports, he thinks, for the Beacon Journal.

This article originally appeared on Akron Beacon Journal: Browns' Carson Schwesinger impresses NFL executives. 'Kuechly reincarnated'

Meta says it will spend an extra $40 billion on its nearly 4,000-acre data center campus in Louisiana in its quest for more compute power

  • Meta's 4,000 acre Hyperion data center will receive an additional $40 billion investment
  • Meta says the project has been a huge benefit for the local community of Richland Parish
  • Multiple groups and local residents have criticized the massive campus and its energy sourcing

Meta has announced that an additional $40 billion will be used to fund the construction of its enormous 4,000 acre data center campus in Richland Parish, Louisiana.

This additional funding brings the total Meta investment for the ‘Hyperion’ site to over $250 billion when combined with Bloomberg reporting of $200 billion allocated for the project in May, plus a previously announced $10 billion investment for the data center and surrounding community.

The data center itself is expected to consume 5 gigawatts of computing power, with an additional 2 gigawatts for wider campus needs, placing the predicted total usage upon completion at more than three times the power consumed by the city of New Orleans.

A boon or bane for the local community?

In a Meta blog post, the company boasted about the benefits of the enormous data center campus for the local community.

It cites $50,000 bonuses for local teachers thanks to increased tax revenues on the Hyperion campus, alongside $1.6 billion in contracts for local businesses and other funding from Meta for public schools and youth programs via the Data Center Community Action Grants project.

“It’s life-altering for our teachers and their families, and it’s transforming our schools. Meta’s investment has made Richland Parish a destination for education as well as industry,” Richland Parish’s School District Superintendent, Sheldon Jones, told Meta.

Meta also said that once the project was completed, it would support 1,000 jobs. There is also a further $1 billion earmarked for investment in local infrastructure improvements, including roads, water and wastewater systems.

A promotional video accompanying Meta’s local funding news shows the story of a backwater town faced by a lack of business and opportunities, with local residents, teachers, and business owners speaking of the positives of having the Hyperion campus being constructed, accompanied by upbeat orchestral music.

While the select individuals featured in the Meta PR video preach of the benefits, there has also been local opposition to the project, which has been steeped in controversy.

The other side of the coin

Multiple environmental and consumer groups have pushed back against the project since its announcement, particularly around how the power for the data center will be generated. Entergy Louisiana is spending billions to construct 10 new gas-fired power plants to provide the necessary electricity. But many communities across the US who live in the vicinity of such power plants have reported a wave of symptoms, such as dizziness, nausea, vertigo, and sleep disruption.

A Floodlight investigation, published by the Guardian, found that the success of Hyperion’s approval rested largely on the shoulders of a single Louisiana state senator, John “Jay” Morris.

Many of the land purchases and sales required for Entergy to construct the planned gas turbine plant were undertaken by Morris and his partners, Floodlight claims. Louisiana law requires government officials to recuse themselves from voting when a conflict exists, and prohibits the use of public office for private gain.

Morris has denied any wrongdoing. “It makes a nice story if you can try to show that I have some sort of conflict. But under Louisiana’s ethics laws, I don’t,” Morris told the Guardian.

The Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS) and the Alliance for Affordable Energy (AAE) have both criticized the Hyperion site, especially the amount of power it is planned to consume, warning that the site will unfairly shift the cost of electricity and infrastructure upgrades on to the site.

Additionally, the approval for the Entergy gas turbine power plant was fast-tracked through the Louisiana Public Service Commission, with the UCS warning that Entergy ratepayers would have to cover the costs of a $550 million transmission line that is only necessary because of the Hyperion site, alongside the fuel costs for the new gas turbine plant.

Bambu Lab A2L review: This 3D printer makes large-format printing look easy

The Bambu Lab A2 L is a printer I’ve been expecting for some time. Essentially, it’s a larger A1, just with technology tweaks and, of course, scale. The big feature here is a 330 x 320 x 325 build area, making it one of the largest in its class of large open 3D printers.

While the A1 is a superb printer for beginners, there’s often a feeling that the print bed size can be a little bit restrictive, especially for some enthusiasts as well as businesses looking to model, create costume items or larger-scale prototypes, and this is what the A2 L’s larger print bed essentially facilitates.

What I like here is that Bambu has essentially created a large-frame design that keeps costs down compared with the more expensive, professional-level H2, P2, and X2 designs. This is more of the entry-level, but still it offers all of that technology and refinement that Bambu Lab always offers, and whilst many people will look at the open-frame design as a little bit of a negative point because you won’t be able to use engineering filaments, if the bulk of what you do is basic print farm work or you’re just printing PLA or basic TPU, then this machine is going to be a perfect option.

During the test, another point that came up was that the Wi-Fi is limited to 2.4 GHz. Since I was testing other kit at the time and didn’t have that 2.4GHz bandwidth, I couldn’t quite figure out what was happening. Only when I went for the dual 2.4 and 5GHz did it connect okay, but really, this is a minor thing for most businesses, and that would be absolutely fine.

The build area is obviously the major difference between this and the A1: the A1 has a nice square 256 x 256 x 256 build area, whereas this one upgrades to 330 x 320 x 325. I do kind of wish that Bambu Lab had kept an absolute cube build, as it just makes things easy when you’re orienting; however, it’s nice to have such a large space to work with.

Along with a larger build volume comes a new extrusion system, fully upgraded from the A1 standard direct-drive setup. On the A2, it adds a PMSM closed-loop servo extrusion system, designed to deliver smoother extrusion and monitor for issues during the print process. Another good upgrade is the motion stability system, which is far more advanced, as you’d expect given the couple of years between releases. Part of the reason for this is not just the passing of time, but also the fact that, because this is a much larger machine, it’s more prone to errors, so this part is finely tuned.

Further aiding error-free printing is a new package: physical blob and clogging detection, PMSM extrusion monitoring, and all live alongside all the safeguards the A1 featured when it was released.

One of the other features I have been really keen to see is the creative tool expansion, which essentially means, like the H2D, you can pop on an optional blade-cutting or pen-plotting module, so you can also work with stickers, card, leather, fabrics and a whole range of drawing and plotting projects alongside the 3D printing.

Really, this is a machine designed to sit there and get on with the work out of the box, and for less than £500/$500, you have a machine that can print multi-filament easily. If you do want to print engineering materials, you'll just have to spend a little bit more on one of the enclosed machines, but for most people, given the price, this is actually a fair option.

Bambu Lab A2L: Price and availability

The Bambu Lab A2L is available in the US for $469 direct from Bambu Lab - with a Combo version priced at $569.

It's also available in the UK for £319 at Bambu Lab, with the Combo version costing £429.

Bambu Lab A2L: Design

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)
Bambu Lab A2L specifications

Print Technology: FDM / FFF, single direct-drive servo extruder
Build Area: 330 × 320 × 325mm
Minimum Layer Resolution: 0.08mm
Maximum Layer Resolution: 0.28mm
Dimensions: 544 × 529 × 505mm
Weight: 12.8kg
Bed: Heated bed, max 80°C
Print Surface: Flexible steel build plate with Textured PEI Plate
Software: Bambu Studio; Bambu Handy app; cloud or LAN-only control
Materials: PLA, PETG, TPU, PVA; PLA-CF and PETG-CF with hardened nozzle.
Print Speed: Up to 500mm/s

It’s obvious that the A2L is in the same family as the A1. Essentially, it looks similar, just on a larger desktop-style frame, that measures 544 x 529 x 505mm, quite a substantial footprint, and it’s no lightweight at 12.8kg.

That scale of machine offers the current build area of 330 x 320 x 325mm, which is substantial, and in order to ensure proper rigidity for this large-format printer, the construction is made from aluminium with steel for the chassis, and a plastic outer frame to make it look nice rather than the look of printers past. To be honest, with Bambu Lab's usual design flair, this really does look like a great machine.

One thing to note is that this is an open-frame construction, and there is not, and probably will never be, an enclosure for it. There are higher-level machines like the Super P2S if you do need to utilise more engineering materials, and they don't cost a lot more.

What really appeals to me about this design is the optional cutting-and-drawing module that can be attached. This essentially boosts the machine's usability, and if you’re into crafting or modelling, as well as working in a small design business, having all these optional extras in one machine makes a lot of sense. One point to note here is that, unlike the H2D, which offers both of these modules to expand its functionality, it is slightly stripped down here, and for safety reasons, there’s obviously no laser module.

While it’s pitched to a wide range of users, it's primarily for a home enthusiast, although I’ve already spoken to several people who run print farms and are excited about this machine because of the sheer volume of prints they’d be able to produce on each print platform. Having run successive tests over a one-month period, I can confirm that the reliability for this type of use makes this a really great option, even in the commercial business sector, as long as you don’t want to print with engineering materials that require an enclosure.

Like all Bambu printers, it's designed for multi-filament printing and is fully compatible with both AMS and AMS Lite units. If you do purchase the combo unit, then you’ll get the AMS Lite, as you did with the A1. With this machine, you can link up four AMS units to get up to 19 colours.

Bambu Lab A2L: Features

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

The first thing that should really be said about the A2L is that it’s not a huge leap in technology, although there are improvements across the board, mainly to facilitate its larger build area, more than material support or additional new features. So, firstly, the headline is the scale of this machine, and as stated before, the 330 x 320 x 325mm build volume is ideal for large-format printing. If you’re thinking about cosplay or prototyping larger objects, then, to be honest, for the price, there is really very little at the moment that can match this.

That larger size usually means it’s much more prone to errors, and whilst the larger H2 machines are in line with the print volume this machine offers, the one big difference here is that it is open-frame. That not only makes it much cheaper but also restricts the types of materials you can utilise. Essentially, day-to-day prototyping in PLA or one of the other more common materials is absolutely fine, and you can pop in a hardened nozzle if you do want to print with something like PLA-CF or PETG-CF. However, if you want to print with engineering materials, such as nylon, then you are going to have to look at an enclosed machine.

There are several features that really stand out that will help make the printer as reliable as possible. The first is the aluminium-and-steel construction of the frame and chassis, which results in an ultra-rigid unit. During the test, I was surprised to see that, even when printing flat out, it appeared just how stable it was. It is, of course, always a good idea to have a really good, solid table.

Built into the extruder is one of the major upgrades over the A1: a PMSM closed-loop servo extrusion system that offers smoother filament extrusion than the direct drive we saw on the A1. There’s also adaptive vibration compensation with multiple calibration and load-adaptation options, again helping with filament flow. Another surprising thing is that they’ve added granular dampers to the frame. This is essentially to cope with the high speed that this printer is capable of, and it’s worth noting that, at full pelt, this machine is quite ferocious in the corner of the workshop.

As with the A1, blob detection, run-out detection, clog detection and tangled-spool detection are all pretty much standard features.

Some of the standout features are the optional blade-cutting and pen-plotting modules, which expand the machine's capabilities and are ideal for crafters and enthusiasts, especially at this price point.

Once again, there’s full support for the AMS Lite system, and if you buy four AMS units, then you can print up to 19 colours, which is an impressive amount for a base machine at this price.

Bambu Lab A2L: Performance

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Getting started with the Bambu Lab A2 L is relatively quick and straightforward. Unlike the fully enclosed machines that we’re starting to get used to from the company, this does require a little bit of construction, but ultimately it’s just the vertical frame with the print head pre-installed, and once you’ve bolted it down and connected a couple of cables, you can then run through the initial calibration process.

This used to be the faffy part, and construction took some time. Now, the construction takes only 5 to 10 minutes; however, once you switch the machine on, you need to connect to your Wi-Fi before it can download and install any updates. You then have to run through the calibration process, which is fully automatic, so just let it run its course; it can take almost an hour on the first run. After that, it should be pretty much self-sufficient, with an automatic reminder alerting you as to when it needs recalibration or when the rails need a little oil.

As I ran through the first prints, all stored on the small MicroSD card, I was impressed by the machine's speed and robustness. Whilst it’s just an enlarged A1 with refinement, the rigidity feels just as good as that of the smaller machine, and Bambu Lab has really made quite a lot of adjustments to the base design in order to facilitate ultra-strong joints that don’t create any wobble or movement through the print process, which is definitely needed at maximum speed.

As the first few prints rolled off the print bed, they had that unique Bambu Lab look, with very fine layering and superb overall surface and inner print quality. Single-filament prints were exceptionally quick, and I checked the models as they were produced. I could see that the fine flow control was exceptionally good, with fine detail printed well.

The point I was going to see, especially with the test models, was that the overhangs and bridges seemed well handled, demonstrating that the new head is capable of producing enough cooling air to set the filament quickly throughout the print.

After checking a series of prints, from those just for fun to more functional parts, in both PLA and PETG, I was really impressed with the quality. Realistically, if you put the prints from this machine up against those from the H2D, which is obviously far more expensive, it’s actually extremely difficult to tell the difference. Whilst this machine is cheaper, the print quality on a purely visual side-by-side basis is identical. Realistically, at the base level, you are just paying for that enclosed space, but then it is obviously a lot more than that. However, for most people, that’s really all they need: a good, large machine for printing in these base materials, which, to be honest, is what most of us use.

If you’re working in design and you need to print out a large prototype, as I have with an air cooler this summer, then this is a really great option. For the models I was printing, it printed at full height, so I could quickly prototype an entire product without breaking it down into too many parts. If you do need to break it down into parts, there’s enough out there to support plenty of different models at the same time.

During the print process and testing, I printed solely for quality purposes, then looked at printing on sale to see how many models I could reliably print, and moved on to more functional models, including an air-cooling system and the associated parts. I am also using the printers to create many props and costume parts for various projects, and, again, the additional size offered by the Bambu Lab A2 L is extremely useful.

What I like about this printer is that, it’s large, and it printed large reliably. I have three or four large-format printers, all of the open design from various manufacturers. However, most regularly fail, whereas the A2 L was consistent with those larger prints, time after time. It’s also large enough for a fully wearable helmet, which is now my go-to test when testing print volume.

A quick check of the 3D test model, and to be honest, it’s as good as any. This test, which used to challenge so many printers, really now just highlights one or two printers that aren’t quite so good, and we just see a little bit of surface imperfection, which means that you need to have a little bit more oil on one of the rails, or give the machine a good clean or calibration, rather than anything more fundamental. Re-printing a 3D Benchy, it came out absolutely perfect.

Moving on to the more in-depth Kickstarter Autodesk 3D printer check, the model produced again looked good. I was a little surprised that there was only a bit of stringing on one of the overhangs, but otherwise the model itself looked exceptionally good, with fine flow control and dimensional accuracy that really highlighted what it was capable of. Whilst this is the larger of the two relatively entry-level models from Bambu, it’s still very, very capable.

Further, to put this to the test, I ran it for two weeks nonstop, producing multiple parts of the same model to check reliability. What I was interested in seeing was that after a certain number of hours, the interface asked me to maintain the rails. This is just a good reminder that Bambu Lab is really looking after the machines and notifying users when maintenance is required. I was also pleased to see that printing just pure PLA from four reels was consistent. I am not a huge fan of the AMS Lite four-reel design; however, there’s no doubting that it works. Here again in the workshop, it produced prints without issue.

The Bambu Lab A2 L is a natural progression as a 3D printer. It’s not one to get overly excited about; it is what it is and will enable you to print large. It’s relatively inexpensive. Budget-wise, what impressed me was just how reliable it proved to be, and with that large build area, you can not only print more but also print at a higher volume, at one of the lowest prices for this level of reliability and quality on the market.

If you run a print farm or you prototype goods, or you’re just looking for your next larger-format printer for producing cosplay costumes, then I can see the A2L being a popular choice that gives you far greater flexibility than its smaller and now slightly older sibling.

Bambu Lab A2L: Print quality

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Dimensional accuracy - score of 4/5

Target 25 = X: 4.88mm / 0.12mm Error | Y: 4.82mm / 0.18mm Error
Target 20 = X: 9.55mm / 0.45mm Error | Y: 9.89mm / 0.11mm Error
Target 15 = X: 14.86mm / 0.14mm Error | Y: 14.83mm / 0.17mm Error
Target 10 = X: 18.84mm / 0.16mm Error | Y: 19.81mm / 0.19mm Error
Target 5 = X: 24.81mm / 0.19mm Error | Y: 24.71mm / 0.29mm Error

X Error Average = 0.212
Y Error Average = 0.188
X&Y Error Average = 0.2

Fine Flow Control - score of 5
Fine Negative Features - score of 5
Overhangs - score of 5
Bridging - score of 4
XY resonance - score of 2.5
Z-axis alignment - score of 2.5

Adding up the totals gives a final score of 28 out of 30

BambuLab A2L: Final verdict

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

When you are looking at the A2L, you have to think about the build quality, given its size, and what I’m really pleased to see is, firstly, that Bambu Lab has continued with its design principles. This is a large-format printer that looks great. It has all the features from Bambu that many have come to expect.

Set-up and maintenance are exceptionally easy. As long as you follow the prompts, you’re going to have trouble-free printing. The only thing I would say, like with Bambu Lab’s other printers, is that it can be a little overprotective of the print: at any sign of string or debris on the build plate, it will stop, and you will have to check it. It won’t just plough through, which in itself is actually a good thing, but I can’t help but feel it’s just a little bit oversensitive.

This is still an open-frame design, so whilst the size will definitely appeal to professionals and high-end enthusiasts, you do need to consider that it will only print materials such as PLA, PETG and specialist TPU. Anything you would probably choose to make functional parts does require an enclosure, so from that point of view, it’s a little limited. However, that’s not what the A2 series is about, and actually, as a large-format printer for printing PLA prototypes, costumes and all manner of other objects in that fashion, it’s a great choice.

The other point about this 3D printer is that it has printing and cutting ability with the pen and cutter, which lends it to even greater use. Whilst this is a good option and a space-saver for many, I definitely prefer a cutter that draws the material through rather than one that pushes it down, as this machine does. Still, for my stuff, as long as the blade is exceptionally sharp, it works very well for both cutting and plotting.

If you own a company and want to create large-scale models or PLA, it’s a brilliant 3D printer. In my tests, I found it to be good and reliable, except that it stops on almost anything. But a quick check, either physically or through the Bambu Handy app, and get it set going. If you’re a keen model crafter or enthusiast of any type, this is a superb option, as long as you’ve got that slightly larger space to keep it. If you’re working in product design and you just need a large-scale printer for prototyping, this is again a superb choice.

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Should I buy the Bambu Lab A2L?

Buy it if...

You need to print big.
There are a few other machines that can print at this size and quality, but with the open-frame design and Bambu Lab’s leading technology, it comes together in a combination that ultimately produces superb prints reliably.

You need mass printing.
Many print farms now utilise enclosed printers due to space and reliability. If you’re regularly printing multiple objects, the large print platform and reliability make this a superb option.

Don't buy it if...

Limited on table space
The A2 L does come in a size, so you will require quite some space in order for it to sit. It’s also a bed-slinger design, so whilst you might put it on your desktop, you do need to make sure that the print platform has enough room to move forward and back.

You need engineering materials.
The downside of the design is that you are limited to standard materials, so if you need engineering-grade materials for functional parts, you’ll have to use an enclosed printer.

For more models, I've tested the best 3D printers you can get right now.

Experts get Google, Microsoft to pull trusted ModHeader with 1.6 million installs after finding it could harvest all kinds of data

  • Stripe OLT found ModHeader v7.0.18 carried a hidden spyware SDK, exfiltrating visited domains daily to a Chinese‑owned server and acting as adware
  • The extension had 1.6M downloads across Chrome and Edge before being pulled but installed endpoints remain at risk
  • Researchers urge defenders to identify and remove existing installations, as removal from stores does not automatically remediate compromised devices

ModHeader, a trusted Chrome and Edge browser extension with more than 1.6 million downloads, was found to be malicious, apparently sending sensitive data to a Chinese-owned server, and has since been pulled on both repositories.

Security researchers Stripe OLT revealed the news in a new report, outlining how a ModHeader build v7.0.18 carried a hidden spyware SDK.

As per Stripe OLT, the spyware collects domains users visit, encrypts the data with AES-GCP, and then sends it - once a day - to a remote server. The collector was found inactive by default, but the required code, encryption key, and upload schedule were all already embedded in the extension.

Links to Chinese actors

Researchers found no command-and-control functionality, which means the server only receives the stolen data and cannot communicate back. The extension also worked as an adware, displaying ads and opening advertising tabs on updates, including on enterprise-managed devices.

The researchers attributed the attack, albeit with low confidence, to a Chinese-speaking threat actor. The exfiltration domain routes emails through Lark, which is a suite common with Chinese-speaking teams, it was said. They also found Chinese strings in the code, and said that the listing ships a Simplified Chinese locale.

ModHeader is a Chrome and Edge browser extension that allows users to modify HTTP request and response headers sent between their browser and websites. Developers and security researchers use it to test APIs, troubleshoot applications, and simulate different environments. It has around 900,000 users on Chrome, and another 700,000 on Edge.

According to The Hacker News, Microsoft pulled the tool from its repository on June 3 2026, followed by Google a week later, on July 10.

“Following our disclosure, Google has removed the extension from the Chrome Web Store,” Stripe OLT concluded. “We welcome this action, but removal from the store does not automatically remediate endpoints where the extension was already installed, so defenders should continue to identify and remove existing installations.”

8BitDo’s Nintendo-themed desk gear is the ultimate retro home office upgrade

Somewhere between "I need a new mouse" and "I have recreated a 1985 living room on my desk," there's a line, and 8BitDo's Retro lineup will happily walk you right over it.

The company's NES-styled mouse, keyboard, and numpad are built on the same off-white-and-red aesthetic, they pair over the same software, and stacked together, they turn a boring desk into something that looks like it should be plugged into a CRT.

While they're sitting at full price - and from what I've seen, rarely get a discount - the prices are still refreshingly reasonable for what you get. For the ultimate retro home office setup, this is an easy recommendation from me.

Go Retro

PAW 3395 optical sensor rated up to 26,000 DPI, Kailh Sword GM X micro switches on the main buttons, and a choice of Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, or wired USB-C connectivity, with polling rates up to 8,000Hz over the wire. The included charging dock doubles as a 2.4GHz receiver stand and looks like a tiny display plinth on its own.

In the UK: now £45View Deal

The full-size, 108-key version of 8BitDo's Retro keyboard, with an integrated numpad built in, Kailh Box White V2 hot-swappable switches, dye-sub PBT keycaps, and tri-mode Bluetooth/2.4GHz/USB-C connectivity. It also carries over the giant programmable Super Buttons from the smaller tenkeyless model, which double as an oversized macro pad or, if you're feeling nostalgic, a stand-in NES controller for 2D games.

In the UK: now £92View Deal

A standalone 18-key mechanical numpad in the same NES colorway, connecting over Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, or wired USB. It also has a party trick: a dedicated calculator mode, so it can moonlight as an actual desktop calculator when you're not using it to punch in spreadsheet figures.

In the UK: now £41View Deal

Why this combination works

The trick with 8BitDo's Retro line is that the nostalgia isn't hiding a corner-cut product underneath it. The keyboard uses genuinely hot-swappable Kailh switches and PBT keycaps, which is the kind of spec sheet you'd expect from a keyboard enthusiast brand, not a novelty NES tribute. The R8 mouse's PAW 3395 sensor and 8,000Hz wired polling are legitimately competitive with mice that don't have a charging dock shaped like a museum display stand. And the numpad, which could easily have been an afterthought, gets its own little identity with the calculator mode.

Buying all three together also solves the problem that usually comes with retro-themed gear: matching. A single retro-styled keyboard on an otherwise modern desk can look like a costume prop. A full matching set — same grey, same red accents, same rounded plastic — reads more like a deliberate aesthetic choice than a novelty impulse buy, and the shared 8BitDo Ultimate Software means the mouse and keyboard's macros and profiles live in the same app rather than three different pieces of bloatware.

An honest take before you commit to the full set: the keyboard's Kailh Box White V2 switches are genuinely loud — reviewers have clocked it noticeably louder than a typical mechanical board, so it's not the pick for a shared office or a thin-walled apartment unless you plan to hot-swap in quieter switches down the line. The numpad also doesn't yet support macro programming through 8BitDo's software, so for now it's a numpad and calculator first, macro pad second. And obviously, the whole appeal here is the aesthetic — if the retro look isn't your thing, the money is better spent on gear with a more neutral design.

For anyone who wants their home office to look like it moonlights as a 1985 living room, this trio is about as complete an NES-themed desk kit as you can currently assemble.

'A single entry point can rapidly expand to greater enterprise impacts': Microsoft introduces changes to tackle ShinyHunters

  • ShinyHunters abused OAuth trust in Salesforce by tricking users and later compromising SaaS integrations, stealing tokens to access hundreds of customer environments
  • Reports suggested up to 700 victims; attackers exfiltrated data via legitimate APIs, making activity appear normal and persistent
  • Microsoft responded with Defender for Cloud Apps upgrades, adding richer telemetry, near‑real‑time detection, and stronger governance over OAuth‑connected applications

The ShinyHunters cybercrime group were so creative in breaking into corporate Salesforce environments that they forced Microsoft’s hand, making the company introduce new security upgrades just to address the attacks.

Microsoft has revealed it is focusing on improving visibility into OAuth-connected applications and strengthening governance over third-party integrations in Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps. The changes fall into two main categories: Improved detection and investigation, and new posture and governance capabilities.

It makes sense, given that some reports claimed as many as 700 victims of the year-long campaign.

Changes and improvements

But first, a little context: In August 2025, it was reported that ShinyHunters operatives were calling their targets on the phone, claiming to be IT support, and convincing them to authorize a seemingly legitimate Salesforce Data Loader application. This app was, in fact, controlled by the attackers and requested OAuth permissions which allowed them to access Salesforce data through official APIs.

Since everything happened through legitimate authentication and API calls, the activity looked like normal user behavior.

In the following months, the campaign evolved. Instead of tricking individual employees, ShinyHunters compromised third-party SaaS providers that integrated with Salesforce, including Salesloft's Drift integration, Gainsight, and later Klue.

By stealing OAuth tokens or integration secrets from these vendors, they accessed hundreds of downstream customer Salesforce environments without interacting with each customer individually.

At one point, Google told reporters it was aware of more than 700 potentially impacted organizations.

“Microsoft consulted with Salesforce to improve granularity in telemetry for Defender for Cloud Apps with near-real-time detection, offering connected application attribution and expanded application permission insights,” the company said in a new report. “This activity was not the result of a vulnerability inherent to Salesforce. Rather, the threat actors abused trusted OAuth relationships for unauthorized access, data exfiltration, and persistence.”

In other words, Microsoft enabled greater visibility into OAuth-connected applications and their activity, allowed for better detection of suspicious API and OAuth behavior through richer telemetry and correlation, and now provides stronger governance of connected apps through permission analysis, risk scoring, and lifecycle management.

The 'absolutely superb' Bambu Lab P2S we tested in our workshop just dropped in price

We reviewed the Bambu Lab P2S and found it "about as refined as they come" for anyone upgrading from an entry-level 3D printer.

So, I was pleased to see the Bambu Lab P2S Combo with AMS 2 Pro is $699 (was $799) at Bambu Lab — a $100 saving on a fully enclosed CoreXY printer built for multi-color, engineering-grade work. In the UK, the Bambu Lab P2S Combo also got a discount down to £619 (was £699) at Bambu Lab.

In our testing, we ran the machine constantly for weeks with very little in the way of failures or misprints, and it was clear that many of the features — the touchscreen, the AI error detection, the general polish — had trickled down from Bambu's pricier X1 Carbon and H2D machines.

Today's top Bambu Lab 3D printer deal

Enclosed CoreXY 3D printer with a 256 x 256 x 256mm build volume, 600mm/s peak print speed, PMSM servo extruder (8.5kg extrusion force), AI-powered error detection, and a 5-inch touchscreen. The Combo adds the AMS 2 Pro, a four-color multi-material system with active filament drying.

In the UK: now £619 (was £699)View Deal

Scoring 4.5 stars in our review with a Highly Recommended award, we called the P2S "absolutely superb" and "about as refined as they come". It's a follow-up to the best-selling P1S, and we found the upgrades meaningful rather than just cosmetic.

The PMSM servo extruder is the standout hardware change. It delivers up to 8.5kg of maximum extrusion force — 70% more than the outgoing stepper-driven design — and samples resistance and position at 20kHz, so it can catch filament grinding or clogs in real time rather than letting a print fail silently. Combined with a high-frequency eddy current sensor for flow calibration, this printer is built to handle tricky or higher-flow materials with greater consistency than its predecessor.

The AMS 2 Pro included in this Combo bundle is worth the extra cost on its own. It's a four-spool multi-material system with active air-vent drying, sealed storage, and RFID filament sync with Bambu's own spools — useful if you print with moisture-sensitive materials like nylon or want to avoid the usual dry-box shuffle. It can double as a filament dryer even when you're not actively printing multi-color jobs.

Build quality elsewhere follows the same pattern of small, sensible refinements: hardened steel rods in place of the P1S's carbon rods, a metal build plate base, a quick-swap nozzle system that releases with a single clip, and a full enclosure with an Active Airflow system that draws in cool air for low-temp filaments like PLA, then switches to internal circulation to keep the chamber warm for higher-temp materials like ABS or ASA.

Worth considering: the P2S doesn't have an actively heated chamber, so while the enclosure holds heat reasonably well (around 50°C with a 100°C bed in our testing), it's not built for demanding high-temperature engineering filaments like PA-CF or PEEK the way Bambu's H-series machines are. Multi-color printing with the AMS still produces some filament waste from purging between color changes, and full remote-monitoring features depend on staying connected to Bambu's cloud — LAN-only mode works for printing but drops those extras.

For more top-performers, see our guide to the best 3D printers we've tested.

Also consider: More Bambu Lab 3D printer deals

The A1 Mini scored top marks in our 5-star review, earning an Editor's Choice award. We called it "nothing more than groundbreaking."

In the UK: now £239 (was £259)

Read our Bambu Lab A1 Mini reviewView Deal

This is what the P2S replaces, but it's still a solid pick at a superb price. While we haven't reviewed the Bambu Lab P1S, we gave its open enclosure counterpart the P1P 5 stars in our review.

In the UK: was £319 (now £339)View Deal

Our top-rated 3D printer overall. It's a particularly good choice for small businesses and crafters, as one of the bundles includes a laser engraver, plotter, and cutter for crafting.

In the UK: now £1399 (was £1649)

Read our Bambu Lab H2D reviewView Deal

WD-Black's SN8100 2TB Gen 5 SSD hits a blazing-fast 14,900MB/s read speeds — and it's down to $400

If you're building or upgrading a PCIe Gen 5 system, this is one of the fastest consumer drives you can buy. Right now, the 2TB WD_Black SN8100 is $400 (was $440) at Amazon, a $40 savings on a drive that tops out at nearly 15,000 MB/s.

That speed matters most for large sequential transfers — moving big game installs, video files, or disk images — where you'll actually see the difference over a Gen 4 drive.

For typical everyday use like booting Windows or opening applications, the gains over a good Gen 4 SSD are much smaller, since most everyday tasks don't come close to saturating even Gen 4 bandwidth. But if you're running video editing projects, AI applications, and games, the difference will be immediately noticeable.

Today's top WD-Black SSD deal

PCIe Gen 5x4 NVMe SSD in the M.2 2280 form factor, rated for up to 14,900MB/s sequential read and 14,000MB/s sequential write. Non-heatsink version, for systems with their own M.2 cooling or motherboard-integrated heatsinks.View Deal

The SN8100 is WD's flagship consumer drive, built on SanDisk's latest PCIe Gen 5 controller and 3D NAND. Its rated 14,900MB/s read speed puts it near the top of the current consumer SSD market, and it's one of the drives we recommend as a best-overall pick for anyone with a Gen 5-capable motherboard looking to actually use that bandwidth rather than leave it on the table with an older Gen 4 drive.

This is the non-heatsink version, which is the right call if your motherboard already includes an M.2 heatsink or shroud over the Gen 5 slot (increasingly common on recent boards) — stacking a drive heatsink underneath an integrated one can trap heat rather than dissipate it.

If your board doesn't have one built in, factor in the cost of a separate M.2 heatsink, since Gen 5 drives run hot under sustained load and can thermal-throttle without adequate cooling.

One honest caveat: PCIe Gen 5 drives like this only reach their rated speeds on a motherboard and CPU platform with genuine Gen 5 M.2 support — check your board's specs before buying, since plugging this into a Gen 4 slot caps performance at Gen 4 speeds and makes the premium harder to justify.

If you have a Gen 5-ready system and want genuinely top-tier storage speed, the SN8100 is a strong buy.

For more savings, see our round-up of all the current best SSD deals.

China wholesales June 2026: Leapmotor breaks volume record, market down -23%, exports (+75%) above 1 million

14 July 2026 at 17:31

The Leapmotor A10 is up to #3 overall for its 4th month in market.

According to data by CAAM, wholesales of Chinese-made vehicles are down -3.2% year-on-year in June to 2,810,000 units, after rising 14% to 2,904,000 in June 2025. However this includes exports. Domestic wholesales in contrast dive -23% to just 1,773,000 after gaining 10% to 2,312,000 last year. Exports surge 75% to surpass the monthly million unit mark for the first time at 1,037,000, up from 592,000 a year ago. Total sales of light passenger vehicles are down -5,.3% to 2,402,000 while commercial vehicles are up 11% to 408,000. Production is off -1.2% to 2,760,000. Sales have been affected by the withdrawal of some government subsidies and tax exemptions for new energy vehicles (NEVs) at the end of last year.

In the brands ranking, BYD (-44.3%) lodges another disastrous month, its steepest fall since last February, but stays on top for the 4th month in a row, reclaiming the YTD top spot in the process. The Sealion 05 (+10.7%), Yuan UP (+16.9%) and Song Pro (-12.3%) are the brand’s best-seller, with such blockbusters as the Dolphin (-28.2%), Qin L (-68%), Qin PLUS (-64.5%), Seagull (-68%) and Song L (-77.1%) all hitting a wall. The new Sealion 06 (16,843), Song Ultra (11,423) and Great Tang (2,451) prevent the marque’s overall fall to be even steeper. Geely (-15.5%) also suffers but outpaces the market’s decline. Its best-seller the Xingyuan (-18.4%) falls but stays atop the models charts, while the Galaxy sub-brand, now composed of no less than 10 models, adds up to 35,528 sales, up 56.5% year-on-year.

Toyota (-25.6%) is up to #3 for the 5th time in the past seven months, distancing a freefalling Volkswagen (-41%). Repeating at a record 5th place, Leapmotor (+61.1%) blissfully ignores the market decline and advances to an all-time high 72,376 sales. Tesla (-13.9%) follows ahead of Chery (-23.3%) and Wuling (-23%). Xiaomi (+36.4%) comes back into the Top 10 for the second time in the past three months at #9 with BMW (-32.7%), in perdition, rounding out the Top 10. Xpeng (+5.7%) is up 10 spots on last month to reach a best-ever #12, also hit in February 2025. Arcfox (+215.5%), MG (+188%), Nevo (+68.4%), NIO (+49.9%), Fang Cheng Bao (+47.6%), Denza (+31.1%) and Deepal (+18.6%) stand out below. Newcomer Shangjie breaks its volume record at 11,974. Among foreign carmakers, only Mazda (+52.9%) and Land Rover (+228.3%) are up.

Model-wise, the Tesla Model Y (-13.8%) delivers its 4th win in the past 13 months despite a sizeable YoY drop. The Geely Xingyuan (-18.4%) is down to #2 but easily remains #1 year-to-date. The new Leapmotor A10 spectacularly sells almost 25,000 units for its 4th month in market and lands on the third step of the podium. Also new, the Li i6 is up one rank on May to #4 while the Xiaomi SU7 (-12.1%) rounds out the Top 5. Another recent launch, the Fang Cheng Bao Tai 7 climbs up 4 spots to #6. BYD places the Sealion 05 (+10.7%) at #7, the Yuan Up (+16.9%) at #9 and the Song Pro (-12.3%) at #10. The Qiyuan/Nevo Q05 (+795.3%) lodges a second Top 10 finish in the past three months. 

Previous month: China wholesales May 2026: Leapmotor, Zeekr, Tesla defy market down -22.1%, exports up 75.1%

One year ago: China wholesales June 2025: Market up 13.8%, Leapmotor breaks record, Tesla Model Y #1

Full June 2026 Top 93 All brands and Top 574 All models below.

China June 2026 – brands:

PosBrandJun-26/25May
1BYD177,485– 44.3%1
2Geely  131,444– 15.5%2
3Toyota104,259– 25.6%4
4Volkswagen103,505– 41.0%3
5Leapmotor72,376+ 61.1%5
6Tesla52,920– 13.9%7
7Chery46,596– 23.3%8
8Wuling42,591– 23.0%6
9Xiaomi34,738+ 36.4%13
10BMW33,073– 32.7%12
11Audi33,000– 35.3%9
12Xpeng32,593+ 5.7%22
13Honda32,405– 44.3%15
14Nissan31,543– 32.2%14
15Qiyuan/Nevo30,994+ 68.4%16
16LI Auto30,895– 14.8%11
17AITO30,199– 32.4%10
18Fang Cheng Bao27,907+ 47.6%19
19ChangAn (incl. Chana)27,654– 59.4%20
20Deepal26,534+ 18.6%24
21Zeekr26,146+ 71.4%17
22Buick26,001– 27.1%18
23Mercedes25,360– 43.1%21
24Arcfox25,237+ 215.5%28
25Aion23,622– 8.8%23
26NIO21,872+ 49.9%26
27MG20,117+ 188.0%29
28Haval20,018– 41.3%27
29Hongqi19,715– 52.8%25
30Denza18,631+ 31.1%31
31GAC 15,732– 17.1%30
32Lynk & Co15,596– 34.3%32
33Jetour15,009– 55.5%33
34Beijing14,197+ 12.5%38
35Voyah12,399+ 23.3%35
36Shangjie11,974new53
37Onvo11,739+ 83.4%34
38TANK10,354– 36.1%36
39DongFeng10,284– 35.2%41
40Nammi10,280+ 66.5%59
41COS8,540– 7.2%42
42Mazda8,515+ 52.9%37
43Hyundai8,380– 34.9%49
44Jetta8,007– 25.2%44
45Bestune7,398– 57.5%39
46Volvo7,317– 41.0%46
47IM7,067+ 17.3%40
48Firefly6,914+ 75.8%52
49Kia6,906– 12.6%51
50WEY6,480– 34.0%45
51Cadillac6,060– 29.9%48
52Roewe5,290– 59.2%43
53iCar5,032– 27.3%50
54Luxeed4,999+ 35.7%58
55AvatR4,968– 59.5%47
56Ford4,731– 57.1%54
57Ora3,805+ 57.0%55
58Land Rover3,283+ 228.3%68
59Stelato2,859– 32.2%57
60Kaiyi2,023– 0.9%60
61Lincoln1,908– 39.4%62
62Yipai1,828– 58.6%56
63Smart1,797– 38.4%61
64Baojun1,130– 75.8%65
65Exeed1,014– 85.4%64
66Fukang1,003+ 96.7%71
67Maxus956– 37.1%74
68BAW933– 47.8%67
69SRM803– 43.8%69
70Peugeot799– 62.5%66
71JMC (incl. JMEV)779– 70.3%72
72212748– 47.4%73
73Citroen 731– 23.1%76
74JAC687– 54.1%77
75Lingbao657– 15.4%75
76Venucia602– 74.9%63
77Maextro593new70
78M-Hero568new81
79Foton565+ 6.8%79
80Livan (ex Lifan Maple)535– 88.1%78
81YangWang454+ 131.6%82
82Aishang412new80
83Rising Auto (ex R)190– 35.6%83
84Cao Cao113– 95.5%84
85Infiniti109– 13.5%86
86Skyworth56– 86.6%89
87Jaguar54– 96.3%87
88Geometry41– 95.8%85
89Polestones35– 97.0%88
90Hedmos21– 84.3%91
91Lingxi21– 89.2%90
92Chevrolet3– 99.5%92
93SWM2– 99.6%93

China wholesales June 2026 – models:

PosModelJun-26/25May
1Tesla Model Y38,654– 13.8%2
2Geely Xingyuan33,359– 18.4%1
3Leapmotor A1024,865new4
4Li i621,453new5
5Xiaomi SU720,414– 12.1%3
6Fang Cheng Bao Tai 719,710new10
7BYD Sealion 0519,023+ 10.7%16
8Qiyuan/Nevo Q0518,908+ 795.3%12
9BYD Yuan UP17,945+ 16.9%11
10BYD Song Pro17,439– 12.3%13
11Toyota Camry17,114– 15.9%25
12BYD Sealion 0616,843new6
13VW Lavida15,444– 38.8%20
14Geely Xingyue L15,220– 29.8%29
15Leapmotor C1015,097+ 35.7%60
16Geely Boyue L14,970+ 15.4%18
17MG 414,397+ 143870.0%14
18Xiaomi YU714,324+ 541.2%47
19Tesla Model 314,266– 14.2%7
20Xpeng MONA M0314,160+ 0.3%15
21Wuling Bingo Pro14,154new17
22Toyota RAV413,798– 30.1%38
23BYD Qin PLUS13,726– 64.5%21
24VW Passat13,244– 34.5%30
25VW Tiguan L13,143– 33.3%24
26VW Magotan13,014– 34.2%26
27BYD Dolphin13,005– 28.2%23
28Wuling Hongguang MINI EV12,457– 52.3%8
29Deepal S0512,228new33
30BYD Seal 0612,082– 44.5%36
31VW Tayron11,937– 31.8%28
32ChangAn CS75 Plus11,682– 22.6%34
33BYD Song Ultra11,423new37
34Geely Binyue11,310+ 13.0%22
35Toyota Wildlander11,037+ 20.5%50
36Toyota Front Lander10,882– 10.1%32
37Honda CR-V10,881– 36.7%31
38Toyota Corolla Cross10,688– 36.5%65
39AITO M610,624new9
40BMW 3 Series L10,549– 25.0%40
41Chery QQ3 EV10,524new48
42Nissan Sylphy10,459– 57.2%19
43AITO M910,070– 26.6%225
44BYD Qin L10,031– 68.0%35
45Chery Tiggo 89,835– 39.6%61
46BYD Seagull9,825– 68.0%39
47Aion i609,692new42
48Mercedes E-Class L9,600– 24.2%45
49VW Sagitar9,221– 54.3%41
50NIO ES88,966+ 968.7%27
51NIO ES98,595new147
52VW Tharu8,592– 38.3%59
53Haval Raptor8,542– 15.3%70
54Mercedes GLC8,347– 33.4%52
55Geely Xingrui8,161– 27.4%53
56Leapmotor D198,034new63
57Beijing BJ308,030+ 58.8%103
58Deepal L067,977new69
59COS X5 Plus7,923+ 6.8%55
60Honda Accord7,919– 42.5%108
61ChangAn Eado/Eado PLUS7,912– 49.8%58
62Toyota BZ3x7,895+ 30.9%68
63Zeekr 007 GT7,837new –
64Arcfox Beta S37,790new56
65Hongqi H57,469– 52.2%49
66Arcfox Beta T17,431new139
67BYD Seal 057,246– 36.6%75
68Haval Big Dog/Dargo7,221– 22.0%51
69Geely Emgrand7,143– 37.1%67
70Audi A6L / e-tron7,135– 52.9%46
71Chery Arrizo 87,127– 39.5%85
72BMW 5 Series L6,965– 47.6%72
73Denza D96,952– 16.0%78
74Voyah Dreamer6,926– 4.4%102
75Firefly6,914+ 75.8%88
76Geely Galaxy E56,897+ 46.2%96
77Xpeng GX6,737new388
78Leapmotor C116,615+ 34.9%73
79Buick Envision6,550– 45.3%71
80Buick GL86,393– 35.5%87
81BMW X36,391+ 5.6%66
82Qiyuan/Nevo A066,326+ 316200.0%81
83Shangjie Z76,296new259
84LI L96,106+ 24.8%169
85Audi Q5L (incl. e-Tron)6,100– 53.5%77
86Leapmotor C166,088– 12.8%117
87GAC Trumpchi M86,075+ 15.5%93
88Toyota Sienna6,037– 31.8%57
89Toyota Avalon6,026– 46.9%94
90Denza Z9 GT6,025+ 639.3%83
91Mercedes C-Class L6,015– 55.0%64
92Nammi 065,938+ 270.9%327
93Geely Galaxy Star 75,932new244
94Zeekr 9X5,817new44
95Arcfox αS55,644+ 113.0%89
96Jetour Traveler5,618– 34.0%140
97Buick Electra E75,555new54
98BYD Yuan PLUS5,547– 57.9%124
99Fang Cheng Bao Tai 35,502– 54.2%80
100Nissan NX85,398new109
101Toyota Highlander5,390– 29.8%76
102Audi A35,284– 20.2%84
103Deepal S075,274– 5.5%113
104Toyota Corolla5,227– 37.9%141
105AITO M75,201– 3.9%43
106Geely Galaxy A75,071+ 755.1%111
107Wuling Starlight 7305,059new107
108WEY Gaoshan4,920– 17.3%86
109Beijing BJ404,913– 15.9%120
110Aion N604,899new95
111Leapmotor Lafa 54,669new106
112Wuling Bingo S4,642new90
113Nissan Qashqai4,546– 36.8%105
114Chery Fulwin T9L4,545new116
115Bestune Xiaoma4,512– 58.9%74
116Aion RT4,502+ 5.1%99
117Lynk & Co 104,502new148
118Hyundai Elantra4,480– 22.9%160
119BYD Song L4,423– 77.1%98
120Geely Galaxy M74,416new62
121Honda Breeze4,395– 62.8%115
122Nammi 014,342– 5.1%213
123Geely Galaxy Star 64,261new164
124Xpeng P7+4,261– 36.4%126
125Onvo L604,196– 34.4%197
126BYD Seal 06GT4,106– 17.5%130
127Onvo L804,086new82
128Nissan Teana/Altima4,054– 38.0%184
129Shangjie Z7T4,030new283
130Audi E7X4,017new363
131AITO M84,012– 81.1%97
132MG 4X4,003new578
133Denza N8L4,002new196
134Tank 3003,984– 60.2%119
135Buick LaCrosse3,967– 28.5%127
136Zeekr 8X3,935new79
137Chery Tiggo 93,852– 20.0%129
138Audi A5L / Sportback3,844new112
139Luxeed V93,818new336
140IM LS63,661+ 13.4%138
141BMW X53,629– 36.5%125
142Dongfeng Aeolus L73,518– 10.5%243
143Leapmotor B013,497+ 121.2%123
144Hongqi HS53,474– 63.6%144
145Onvo L903,457new122
146Zeekr 7X3,429– 37.9%136
147Mazda CX-53,349+ 14.0%114
148VW Bora3,299– 61.6%152
149BYD Han3,285– 72.6%133
150Range Rover Evoque3,283+ 420.3%277
151Cadillac XT53,265+ 0.2%137
152Jetta VS53,195– 38.2%145
153Leapmotor B103,183– 77.8%110
154BMW X13,171– 25.9%132
155VW T-Roc3,111– 48.7%135
156Qiyuan/Nevo Q073,097– 67.6%121
157Jetta VA33,060– 17.3%151
158Volvo XC703,051new146
159Wuling Hongguang S3,028– 63.3%134
160VW ID.ERA 9X3,017new100
161Voyah Taishan X82,996new226
162Jetour Freedom2,958– 50.5%172
164Mazda EZ-602,916new179
165Nissan X-Trail2,910+ 174.8%217
166Audi Q32,877– 24.5%154
167Geely Galaxy Starship 72,861– 61.7%159
168Zeekr 0092,843+ 55.5%232
169Lynk & Co 032,816– 33.8%156
170iCAR V232,813– 53.7%168
171Toyota Crown Kluger2,807– 47.2%175
172Ora 52,789new162
173Geely Galaxy M92,743new157
174Chery Fulwin A9L2,735new180
175Geely Galaxy Star 82,735– 67.6%143
176Geely Panda Mini2,675– 80.1%161
177Changan CS55 Plus2,647– 63.1%173
178Qiyuan/Nevo A072,638– 47.4%220
179Jetour X702,554– 74.2%118
180Tank 7002,515+ 519.5%166
181Nissan N62,501new200
182Honda Inspire2,481– 36.5%193
183BYD Great Tang2,451new –
184Wuling Starlight 5602,429new150
185Arcfox αT52,363– 27.9%304
186Haval H62,310– 63.6%190
187Honda HR-V2,282+ 346.6%219
188Hongqi E-QM52,277– 56.9%92
189Bestune Yueyi 032,267– 32.5%171
190AvatR 072,254– 49.9%181
191iCAR V272,219new131
192BYD e72,178+ 318.0%158
193Fang Cheng Bao Bao 52,171– 55.5%182
194Audi A4L2,166– 72.5%222
195GAC Trumpchi E82,149– 24.5%234
196VW Tavendor2,129– 11.7%260
197Lynk & Co 082,123– 28.1%174
198Volvo S60L2,121– 2.0%186
199Toyota Granvia2,076– 64.5%170
200Kia Seltos2,067+ 48.0%207
201GAC Trumpchi M62,047+ 3.3%250
202Kia Stonic2,013+ 12.4%238
203Stelato S9T2,002new185
204Chery Tiggo 71,994– 50.2%183
205Tank 4001,949– 40.7%177
206Xpeng G61,915– 66.7%189
207Xpeng G71,908+ 2315.2%221
208VW Teramont1,907– 45.2%254
209Tank 5001,906– 24.2%198
210Changan Lumin1,901– 87.3%202
211Hongqi HS3 1,888– 65.3%188
212Changan UNI-Z1,882– 67.9%199
213GAC Trumpchi GS81,882– 5.1%227
214Xpeng P71,881+ 3449.1%208
215Chery Tiggo 5x1,863– 64.8%194
216Jetour Shanhai L7 Plus1,859+ 215.1%192
217Cadillac CT51,852– 46.5%203
218Zeekr 0011,844– 24.3%209
219Roewe D61,842– 27.4%210
220Dongfeng Fengxing Xinghai T51,822new266
221GAC Trumpchi GS31,817– 58.6%104
222NIO ET5T1,815– 64.4%187
223Ford Mondeo1,803– 50.2%242
224Toyota bZ71,757new142
225Honda Civic1,751– 61.3%224
226Lynk & Co 061,744– 51.8%214
227Hyundai Tucson1,728– 30.8%237
228BYD Tang1,670– 76.0%191
229Ford Edge/Edge L1,653– 52.9%235
230Denza N91,652– 64.6%228
231Shangjie H51,648new165
232Hongqi HS61,639new195
233Chery Fulwin T111,630new239
234Arcfox Wendao V91,522new334
235WEY V9X1,505new274
236Xpeng X91,466– 13.8%230
237AvatR 061,449– 75.2%155
238Buick Regal1,435– 65.7%231
239Kaiyi Shiyue1,417+ 154.9%291
240Nissan N71,417– 77.1%240
241Roewe i61,413new201
242Toyota bZ31,410+ 44.6%206
243Aion UT1,409– 73.6%218
244BYD Seal 071,404new252
245Volvo XC601,389– 82.2%278
246Geely Xingrui L1,381new293
247IM LS81,350new149
248Kia K31,326+ 138.9%280
249VW Golf1,306– 65.5%212
250BYD Destroyer 051,281– 72.6%153
251ChangAn UNI-V1,268– 71.0%245
252MG 51,265– 75.6%204
253Lynk & Co 071,256– 14.2%215
254IM L61,238– 53.0%241
255NIO ES61,202– 72.8%216
256VW Lamando1,187– 32.4%246
257Voyah Courage1,177+ 76.5%128
258Jetta VS81,148new253
259Hyundai Custo1,141– 49.2%270
260Toyota Prado1,139– 36.0%256
261AvatR 121,132– 36.2%236
262Lynk & Co 9001,107– 80.1%262
263Dongfeng Future (incl Lingzhi M5EV)1,062– 50.9%288
264GAC Trumpchi S71,060– 13.9%247
265BMW i31,039– 54.2%257
266Mazda EZ-61,033+ 52.4%211
267Chery Arrizo 51,022– 34.1%265
268Aion Y1,016– 86.9%275
269Ora Good Cat1,016– 56.2%267
270Dongfeng Aeolus L81,007new233
271Fukang eElysee1,003+ 97.1%290
272Smart #1988– 57.5%249
273Luxeed R7969– 69.7%205
274Dongfeng Fengon Landian E5/Plus968– 47.9%349
275Lynk & Co Z20968new273
276Yipai eπ007968– 58.7%261
277Buick Electra Encasa938new268
278Lynk & Co 09936– 32.1%271
279Haval Xiaolong (F-17)919– 85.2%289
280LI L6915– 94.4%101
281Kia Sportage L900– 38.6%323
282Yipai eπ008860– 58.4%167
283Roewe M7858new279
284Stelato S9857– 79.7%287
285Hongqi H6855– 49.2%306
286Chery QQ Ice Cream830– 73.5%337
287Aion V829– 71.2%272
288Honda Odyssey814– 53.9%296
289SRM Golden Sea Lion803– 43.8%284
290Mercedes GLB800– 63.3%276
291Lincoln Nautilus792– 44.8%321
292Jetour Dasheng780– 55.2%263
293Li i8779new229
294BAW M7769– 55.6%295
295LI L7754– 90.9%176
296212 T01748– 47.4%299
297IM LS9739new264
298BMW iX1736– 25.0%292
299Jetour Zhongheng G700736new311
300Hyundai Sonata735– 53.3%307
301Beijing EU5731– 12.8%466
302Citroen C5 X731– 6.8%332
303Toyota bZ5723– 48.7%223
304VW CC716– 50.4%320
305Lincoln Z713– 16.3%303
306Baojun Yep Plus703– 75.7%371
307Ford Explorer701– 48.6%309
308Dongfeng Aeolus Hyun (Yixuan)691– 70.3%318
309Geely Icon687– 65.7%326
310VW ID.4 CROZZ684– 52.4%285
311VW ID.3680– 82.8%301
312Voyah Free669– 62.0%335
313Cadillac XT4642– 39.3%300
314Audi Q6L (incl. e-Tron)640– 36.0%248
315Chery Tiggo 3x639– 68.8%312
316BYD Tang L629– 90.3%328
317COS 520617+ 414.2%330
318NIO ET5610– 62.9%317
319Geely Haoyue L605n/a313
320Haval H9605– 43.0%298
321Maextro S800593new286
322Mazda CX-50590+ 30.8%348
323BYD Han L584– 85.9%319
324M-Hero M817568new373
325Foton Fengjing G5565+ 6.8%325
326Hongqi HQ9562+ 10.2%403
327LI L8562– 87.0%359
328NIO EC6548– 71.6%333
329Peugeot 408527– 66.6%297
330Fang Cheng Bao Bao 8524– 73.9%350
331JMEV EV2/Little Kirin523– 70.0%340
332Dongfeng Forthing U-Tour V9521+ 98.1%347
333Volvo S90517– 76.5%361
334Bestune Yueyi 08515new –
335Wuling Starlight508– 74.4%344
336BYD Xia502– 80.4%324
337Jetta VS7498– 63.5%346
338Deepal G318488– 54.8%310
339Hongqi H9488– 31.6%367
340JAC Refine (M3+E3)472– 40.1%341
341Aion S466– 88.7%282
342Maxus G50/Euniq 5447– 49.9%384
343Hongqi Tiangong 05438+ 157.6%383
344Zeekr X437– 4.0%372
345VW Talagon436– 80.5%314
346Geely Galaxy V900434new406
347Smart #5434+ 33.1%339
348Arcfox αS433new497
349Roewe RX9432n/a452
350MG 7428– 64.8%354
351Jetour Shanhai T1427– 81.5%360
352Roewe D7425– 77.5%302
353Aion Hyptec S600421new451
354Haval H5421– 60.4%345
355Honda S7414+ 666.7%358
356Aishang A100C412new355
357BYD e3411+ 902.4%377
358Kia Forte Furuidi408– 70.6%294
359Exeed EX7396new352
360Honda Vezel396+ 2.9%379
361Voyah Taishan391new356
362Mazda3 Axela390– 69.0%353
363Buick Century363– 45.3%343
364Buick Electra L7354new357
365Chana Honor S350– 59.1%338
366Lincoln Corsair347– 49.1%385
367Beijing X7342– 10.0%418
368Lingbao BOX342– 35.7%365
369Honda Avancier339– 30.5%380
370Kaiyi Kunlun337– 66.7%269
371Dongfeng Forthing Xinghai S7334– 87.6%251
372BMW 2-Series331– 57.4%362
373Leapmotor D99327new –
374LI Mega326– 85.9%351
375GAC Trumpchi S9320+ 700.0%411
376Lingbao UNI315+ 28.6%370
377Mercedes Vito310– 68.4%376
378Hongqi EH7309+ 34.9%414
379AITO M5292– 93.3%400
380Baojun Yunhai284– 75.4%329
381Deepal L07282new315
382Venucia Grand V282– 78.7%412
383Deepal S09280– 91.4%366
384Exeed Exlantix (Sterra) ES280– 87.4%392
385AUDI E5270new342
386Xpeng G9265– 89.1%393
387BYD Sealion 07264– 97.5%378
388Kaiyi XuanJie/Pro262– 31.1%382
389Ford Bronco253– 63.0%368
390Audi A7L250– 85.2%396
391Mercedes V-Class250– 74.8%394
392BMW i5249– 68.6%375
393Honda Elysion247– 69.9%389
394Roewe i5/Ei5247– 96.1%178
395Aion Hyper HT240– 77.5%374
396Voyah Passion L240new409
397Mazda CX-30237– 3.7%397
398Venucia VX6230– 71.5%258
399Livan Maple 60S227+ 61.0%331
400Geely Binrui225– 69.5%381
401Maxus Dajia 9221+ 172.8%438
402Livan Smurf213new503
403Luxeed S7212– 56.8%369
404Smart #6198new435
405Ford Equator/Sport (Lingyu/Lingrui)192– 84.9%364
406Rising Auto F7190– 30.1%405
407GAC Trumpchi GS4189– 42.6%419
408Buick Electra E5186– 83.3%407
409Geely Boyue REV180new402
410Exeed VX (Lanyue)179– 78.8%437
411Geely Galaxy E8178– 88.1%391
412Smart #3177– 33.2%408
413Audi Q2L173– 60.4%390
414Yangwang U8L172new453
415JMEV YiChi 05170new421
416Yangwang U7167+ 26.5%496
417BAW M8164new416
418Dongfeng Aeolus Haohan160– 85.7%316
419VW Viloran160– 80.7%395
420Nissan Pathfinder159– 82.1%404
421Honda UR-V156– 56.9%448
422JAC Yizhi EV3153– 36.3%473
423Beijing Warrior148+ 13.0%415
424Hyundai Santa Fe146– 52.0%387
425VW Golf GTI146– 50.5%417
426Lynk & Co 01144– 93.9%425
427Maxus G10/EG10143– 56.3%432
428GAC Trumpchi Empow141– 74.3%308
429Wuling Jiachen139– 89.5%450
430AvatR 11133– 13.1%429
431Buick Velite 6131– 58.1%430
432Ford Escape129– 74.7%426
433Honda P7129– 22.3%413
434Toyota Levin129– 96.3%410
435Buick Verano128– 92.8%449
436NIO ET9125– 59.3%427
437Yangwang U8115+ 79.7%446
438Cao Cao 60113– 95.5%428
439Honda Integra110– 91.8%431
440Toyota bZ4X110– 3.5%468
441Cadillac CT6109– 3.5%439
442VW ID.4 X109– 92.9%447
443Hongqi Tiangong 06106– 75.8%470
444Jetta VA7106– 77.4%442
445Peugeot 5008105– 47.0%461
446Bestune Yueyi 07104– 77.5%445
447Baojun Enjoy101– 46.8%423
448Audi Q3 Sportback94– 64.0%458
449Maxus Dajia 794– 5.1%433
450Hongqi H7 PHEV91new –
451Nissan Tiida91– 50.0%510
452Aion Hyper HL87– 75.8%422
453Hyundai ix3586– 80.1%474
454Hongqi HS784– 88.4%457
455Dongfeng Aeolus Haoji82– 73.9%467
456Venucia D6082– 64.3%462
457Audi Q5L Sportback81– 81.5%255
458Volvo XC4079– 42.3%508
459Wuling Starlight S79– 94.2%444
460Cadillac Vistiq78new424
461Peugeot 50878– 57.6%460
462Jetour X90 PLUS77+ 196.2%456
463Exeed TX/TXL (Linguyun)76– 92.2%463
464Infiniti QX6075– 19.4%485
465Kia EV574– 64.6%502
466Peugeot 400869– 48.1%487
467Wuling Journey69– 57.1%481
468Cadillac XT665– 77.8%476
469Hyundai EO64new443
470Volvo EX3064– 3.0%491
471JMEV YiChi 05S63new492
472Roewe iMAX863– 80.0%479
473Kia Carnival62– 90.9%480
474Audi Q6L Sportback e-Tron60new500
475Dongfeng Fengon 380/E38059– 50.4%490
476Lincoln Aviator56– 68.2%484
477WEY Mocha55+ 450.0%471
478Arcfox Koala54– 96.9%517
479Jaguar XFL53– 91.1%494
480BYD Seal49– 92.2%472
481Exeed Exlantix ET549new464
482Livan 748– 79.6%554
483IM LS747– 68.2%488
484JAC Refine RF847– 82.7%441
485Livan 847+ 176.5%486
486Volvo EX9045new526
487Skyworth EV642– 82.6%519
488Geometry E41+ 105.0%513
489BYD Song PLUS 40– 99.9%434
490Dongfeng Fengdu Paladin40– 52.9%483
491Honda e:NS240– 72.2%498
492Baojun Yep39– 90.6%505
493GAC Trumpchi E938– 83.9%477
494Aion Hyptec A80035new478
495Mercedes CLA35new420
496Polestones 0135– 97.0%495
497Exeed Yaoguang   34– 96.3%465
498Honda XR-V34– 86.2%399
499Infiniti QX5034+ 3.0%493
500Beijing BJ6033– 90.6%514
501IM L732+ 100.0%539
502Kia Sportage31– 77.7%509
503Volvo ES9027new521
504Aion Hyper GT26– 75.7%516
505Qiyuan/Nevo E0724– 50.0%524
506Volvo EM9024– 14.3%523
507BYD Qin23– 97.9%482
508Cadillac GT423– 92.4%511
509JMEV EV3 (Yttrium)23– 96.6%577
510Maxus G7023+ 53.3%529
511Maxus Territory23+ 187.5%512
512Wuling Xingchen/Asta23– 85.9%515
513Cadillac Lyriq22– 82.4%506
514Hedmos 0621– 84.3%525
515Lingxi L21– 89.2%518
516BYD e220– 96.4%572
517BYD e920new522
518Peugeot 408 X20– 41.2%520
519Kia K519– 83.8%552
520Hongqi Tiangong 0818– 98.7%398
521VW Touran17– 78.2%489
522MG ES516– 96.8%475
523GAC Trumpchi ES914– 62.2%535
524Skyworth HT-I14– 92.0%532
525JAC Yiwei Aipao13– 97.9%549
526NIO ET711– 95.9%537
527Roewe D5X10– 97.4%540
528Audi Q4 e-Tron9– 98.5%305
529Dongfeng Fengon 330/3709– 74.3%534
530Dongfeng Fengon 5809+ 12.5% –
531Honda Fit9– 96.4%501
532BMW iX38– 99.1%531
533Honda e:NP28– 93.8%550
534Hongqi Guoyao8+ 166.7%561
535MG 68– 88.2%555
536Venucia Star8– 78.4%530
537BYD M97new542
538Hongqi Guoya7– 50.0%538
539Kaiyi Xuandu7– 92.6% –
540Nissan Ariya 7n/a –
541ChangAn UNI-K6– 99.4%528
542Kia Pegas6+ 20.0% –
543Deepal SL035– 99.8%548
544Maxus G905– 87.8%527
545Toyota Harrier5– 98.6% –
546Toyota Levin GT (Lingshang)5– 94.0%567
547VW Tayron X5– 96.4%545
548Cadillac Optiq4– 89.5%536
549ChangAn Raeton PLUS4– 99.0%558
550Wuling Xingchi4– 99.4%504
551Zeekr MIX4– 96.0%551
552Baojun KiWi EV3– 75.0% –
553BMW X23– 50.0%547
554BYD Corvette 073– 94.9%571
555Mercedes A-Class L3– 99.6%386
556Toyota Venza3– 99.0% –
557BMW 1 Series2– 60.0%568
558ChangAn UNI-T2– 99.5%559
559Chevrolet Malibu2– 86.7%562
560JAC QX PHEV2– 95.2% –
561Buick Electra E41– 98.3%569
562Chevrolet Equinox/Plus1– 98.9% –
563Dongfeng Aeolus EX11n/a –
564Dongfeng Forthing Leiting (Friday)1– 98.3% –
565Hongqi E-HS31n/a –
566Hongqi Guoli1– 50.0%576
567Jaguar XEL1– 99.9%564
568Leapmotor T031– 100.0%281
569Nissan Kicks1– 94.1% –
570Qiyuan/Nevo A051new –
571SWM Big Tiger1– 90.0%579
572SWM G051– 99.3% –
573Toyota Allion1n/a557
574VW ID.6 CROZZ1– 83.3% –

Source: CAAM

US and security allies warn Russian attacks on critical infrastructure are ramping up against 'poorly configured and vulnerable networking devices worldwide'

  • NSA, FBI, CISA, and 15 allied agencies warn Russia’s FSB Center 16 is exploiting weak/default credentials and old Cisco flaws to compromise critical infrastructure devices
  • Advisory highlights CVE‑2018‑0171 (Smart Install DoS/RCE) and CVE‑2008‑412813 (CSRF in Cisco IOS 12.4) as examples of vulnerabilities still being abused
  • TTPs overlap with Chinese groups but attribution points to Russian actors like Berserk Bear and Energetic Bear; full IoCs and mitigations were published in the joint advisory

Russian state-sponsored threat actors are continuously targeting broken and poorly configured networking devices belonging to critical infrastructure providers all around the world, a joint security advisory published by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and more than a dozen other agencies has warned.

As per the advisory, hackers working for the Russian Federal Security Service (FSB) Center 16 are constantly scanning for routers and other internet-connected devices that can be accessed with “common or default” login credentials.

Once found, these devices are instructed to copy device configuration files and later exfiltrate them via the Trivial File Transfer Protocol to servers under their control.

Berserk Bear and Salt Typhoon

In cases where default or weak credentials don’t work, the threat actors also try to exploit vulnerabilities. In the advisory, the agencies specifically mentioned two flaws in Cisco devices - CVE-2018-0171 and CVE-2008-412813. The former is an eight-year-old bug in the Smart Install feature of Cisco IOS Software and Cisco IOS XE Software that allows an unauthenticated, remote attacker to cause a denial of service (DoS) condition, or to execute arbitrary code.

The latter is an even older (18 years old) set of multiple cross-site request forgery (CSRF) vulnerabilities in the HTTP Administration component in Cisco IOS 12.4 on the 871 Integrated Services Router that allows remote attackers to execute arbitrary commands.

Even though many of these tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTP) overlap with Chinese hackers Salt Typhoon, the agencies suggested they are primarily focusing on Russian hackers known as Berserk Bear, Energetic Bear, Crouching Yeti, Dragonfly, Ghost Blizzard, or Static Tundra.

The joint advisory is co-authored by the NSA, FBI, and CISA, as well as 15 other agencies from Australia, the United Kingdom, Canada, New Zealand, Estonia, Finland, France, and Italy.

AI does not solve poor finance infrastructure: it weakens it

Artificial intelligence has quickly become the boardroom's favorite solution. From forecasting and reporting to scenario planning and budgeting, finance leaders are under growing pressure to demonstrate how AI can improve efficiency and drive better decisions.

But against the rush to adopt AI, many organizations are overlooking a fundamental truth: that AI is only as effective as the systems, processes and data that support it.

This is particularly true in finance, where many teams continue to rely on fragmented technology stacks, disconnected data sources and spreadsheet-heavy workflows. While AI promises to automate analysis and surface deeper insights, it cannot compensate for weak foundations. In fact, it often does the opposite, exposing issues that previously remained hidden beneath layers of manual work.

The reality is that many finance functions are less prepared for AI than they realize.

The spreadsheet problem AI cannot solve:

Spreadsheets remain deeply embedded within enterprise finance. They are familiar, flexible and accessible. However, they were never designed to serve as the backbone of modern financial planning and analysis for large enterprises.

In many organizations, critical forecasting models, budgeting processes and reporting workflows are still maintained across countless spreadsheets, often with limited governance and varying levels of accuracy. Data is copied between systems, formulas evolve over time, and key assumptions can become difficult to trace.

Introducing AI into this environment does not eliminate these challenges. It amplifies them.

If an AI model is drawing insights from inconsistent data sources or outdated spreadsheets, it will simply generate the wrong answer faster. Automated recommendations may appear sophisticated, but their reliability is ultimately determined by the quality and integrity of the underlying information.

This is why the familiar principle of ‘garbage in, garbage out’ remains so relevant to finance teams today.

Why finance teams may be overestimating their AI readiness:

Many organizations assess AI readiness by evaluating tools. They ask whether they have access to the latest models, whether employees are using generative AI and AI agents, or whether automation opportunities exist within their workflows.

Far fewer assess the quality of the infrastructure feeding those systems.

True AI readiness starts with questions such as:

  • Is financial data consistent across systems?
  • Can teams trust the numbers they are working with?
  • Are planning, reporting and forecasting processes standardized?
  • Is there a single source of truth for business performance?

If the answer to these questions is unclear, AI adoption risks introducing new complexity rather than delivering meaningful value.

The challenge is not a lack of ambition; most finance leaders recognize the potential of AI. The challenge is that many organizations are attempting to build advanced capabilities on top of foundations that were never designed to support them.

Data quality is becoming a strategic priority:

As AI becomes more embedded within finance operations, data quality is shifting from an operational concern to a strategic business priority.

Finance teams have long spent significant amounts of time gathering, reconciling and validating data before analysis can even begin. AI has the potential to reduce that burden, but only when the underlying information is accurate, connected and accessible.

Organizations that invest in modern finance infrastructure gain a significant advantage. Centralized platforms, integrated data environments and standardized planning processes create the conditions necessary for AI to deliver meaningful outcomes. They also improve transparency, governance and trust in financial decision-making.

Without these foundations, AI initiatives risk becoming expensive experiments that fail to deliver lasting value.

Building the foundations before scaling AI:

The future of finance undoubtedly involves AI. The technology's ability to improve forecasting, accelerate reporting and support more strategic decision-making is too significant to ignore.

However, the organizations that realize the greatest benefits will not necessarily be those that adopt AI first. They will be those that prepare for it properly.

Before automating processes or deploying new AI capabilities, finance leaders should take a closer look at the systems supporting their operations. Are they creating a trusted, connected and scalable environment for decision-making, or are they simply digitizing existing inefficiencies? AI is a powerful multiplier, but multipliers work in both directions.

For finance teams still relying on fragmented systems and spreadsheet-driven processes, the priority should not be adopting AI faster. It should be strengthening the infrastructure that allows AI to succeed.

Because AI will not fix weak finance foundations. It will expose them.

We've featured the best AI tool.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Autonomous AI worms mark a new era of adaptive cyberattacks

Researchers at the University of Toronto have demonstrated a computer worm that reasons its way across a network, working out a different attack for each machine it lands on, with no humans involved.

Much of the coverage has called this a breakthrough in demonstrating how the AI worm can target any online device, but that capability has been visible on the horizon for anyone watching the criminal underground.

What the paper does is settle the argument about whether it is buildable and, in doing so, reopens three issues most internet security teams would rather not confront directly.

The first of these is cost, and this is the story that matters. Building attacks aimed at specific systems used to be slow and expensive, requiring skilled operators.

That expense is one reason many mid-sized organizations were largely ignored - they were not worth the engineering effort. The Toronto worm removes that constraint by running an open-weight model on the GPUs of machines it has already compromised.

Devices too weak to host a model send their reasoning upstream to an infected node elsewhere on the network. The attacker’s compute bill is paid by the victims, and each captured machine extends the worm’s own infrastructure.

Once tailored attacks cost almost nothing, being uninteresting stops protecting you. Being reachable starts to matter far more than being interesting.

Patching complications

The next issue, patch management, is where things become a little more complicated. Traditionally, when a conventional worm would ride a specific vulnerability, the conventional response would be to patch it, and the worm would die. WannaCry spread across more than 150 countries in 2017 on a single flaw, reinforcing the lesson that rapid patching limits damage.

This worm, however, does not give defenders a single flaw to patch. It reasons out a different route per host, and in one experiment, when copies repeatedly failed on older systems because of a detection bug, the parent process identified the failing check, removed it, and tried again. You cannot rely on closing a single door against something that rewrites its approach as it goes.

And finally, and more worryingly, the worm was able to consume newly published security advisories during execution and generate attacks against vulnerabilities that did not exist when the underlying model was trained. That challenges the assumption that knowledge cutoffs meaningfully constrain offensive AI.

If the model can read today’s advisory and reason from it, the training date matters far less than many assume.

Working, with limitations

However, its limitations deserve to be stated plainly. Exploitation attempts succeeded 44 percent of the time, and the researchers noted that most failures were malformed payloads rather than flawed reasoning.

It was also slow. Yet according to the researchers, across fifteen experiments the worm obtained elevated access on about 74 percent of hosts, replicated onto roughly 62 percent, and reached seven generations of self-replication within a week.

A 44 percent success rate that continually retries is not a wall the threat runs into. It is a baseline, and that baseline tracks what open-weight models can do today, a capability that has so far moved in one direction.

Another underappreciated point is that the model runs inside an environment the attacker controls. That makes many of the safety mechanisms discussed by AI vendors (refusals, filters, and rate limits), largely irrelevant. There is nothing to rate-limit when inference is occurring on infrastructure the attacker already owns.

If your AI risk model assumes a platform provider will enforce guardrails, this is a scenario that will bypass them entirely.

Plan around the attacker

What to do about it is less dramatic than the threat itself. Keep patching. The problem is that patching was already a treadmill against capable adversaries, and this only makes the treadmill faster.

The more effective solution is to plan around an attacker that eventually gets in and adapts once inside. Segmentation and containment, for instance, should take priority over chasing individual vulnerabilities. If the entry point can be almost anything, then the critical question becomes how far an intrusion can spread.

There is also the issue of exposure. A worm like this will seek the easiest foothold first, just as human operators do. These can include leaked credentials, forgotten infrastructure, internet-facing services, or access already circulating in criminal markets.

Monitoring external exposure is primarily about buying time, rather than preventing compromise entirely, which is precisely what an autonomous attacker is designed to take away.

The worm remained in the lab, and the code is gated for defensive researchers, which was the right decision. But academic containment is not quite the same as reassurance.

The economics that once shielded many organizations are weakening, the patch-it-and-move-on model is losing effectiveness, and some researchers and practitioners are placing operationally relevant autonomous attacks within roughly twelve to eighteen months.

Therefore, the question we should be asking is whether to take this seriously now, on your terms, or later, on an attacker's.

We've reviewed and ranked the best endpoint protection software suites.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Mini PC deals for video editing and gaming: I found the best space-saving desktop gear from GMKtec, Geekom, Minisforum, and Corsair

Whenever we review mini PCs in our studio, we always perform two key tests: first, we see how well the machine handles 4K editing in Premiere Pro and DaVinci Resolve. Second, we play a range of games, from DiRT Rally to AAA titles like Hogwarts Legacy and Indiana Jones and the Great Circle.

So, for my latest roundup, I've focused on some of the best-value mini PCs we've tested for video editing and gaming, including the GMKtec K16 for $640 (was $950) at Amazon and the Geekom A8 Max for $949 (was $1099).

Alongside these machines, which support either OCuLink or USB4 for hooking up an eGPU, I've also selected some graphics card docking stations and a power supply unit, all geared towards productivity, gaming, and content creation.

Top mini PC deals for gaming & video editing

The GMKtec K16 mini PC delivers Ryzen 7 7735HS performance with 32GB LPDDR5 RAM and a 1TB SSD. Featuring OCuLink eGPU support, triple-display output, dual 2.5GbE LAN, Wi-Fi 6E, and USB4, it’s a versatile compact system for gaming and creative workloads.

Read our full reviewView Deal

The A8 MAX packs Ryzen 9 8945HS power, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB SSD into a compact mini PC. With USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, and 8K output, it’s built for AI, design, gaming, and productivity.

Read our full reviewView Deal

The K8 Plus packs a Ryzen 7 8845HS processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 2TB PCIe 4.0 SSD for gaming, editing, and demanding workloads. With OCuLink eGPU support, dual 2.5GbE LAN, USB4, and 8K display output, it’s a powerful compact desktop alternative.

Read our full reviewView Deal

External GPU docks & power supply

The DEG2 eGPU Dock supports both OCuLink and USB4 V2/TB5 connectivity, enabling flexible GPU upgrades. It adds ATX/SFX PSU compatibility, 2.5GbE networking, USB ports, and an M.2 slot for a versatile desktop expansion hub.View Deal

The DEG1 eGPU Dock turns compatible mini PCs into powerful gaming systems with OCuLink PCIe 4.0 connectivity. Its open design supports ATX/SFX power supplies, offering a flexible, affordable external graphics upgrade.View Deal

The SF750 is a compact 750W SFX power supply with 80 Plus Platinum efficiency, ATX 3.1 compliance, and PCIe 5.1 readiness. Its fully modular design, quiet PWM fan, and premium components make it ideal for powerful small-form-factor gaming PCs.View Deal

Two of the featured mini PCs above include OCuLink connectivity, making them ideal for users who want the lowest-latency, highest-bandwidth connection to an external graphics card.

The first of those, the GMKtec K16, packs an AMD Ryzen 7 7735HS, 32GB of LPDDR5 memory, and a 1TB SSD into a compact chassis.

Its native OCuLink support provides high-performance eGPU connectivity, alongside USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, Wi-Fi 6E, and triple-display output. It’s ideal for gaming and content creation. Usually priced at $950, it's currently available for $640 on Amazon.

Powered by AMD’s Ryzen 7 8845HS processor, the GMKtec K8 Plus combines 32GB of DDR5 memory with a spacious 2TB SSD for fast performance in gaming, video editing, and multitasking.

OCuLink support here enables external GPU upgrades, while dual 2.5GbE networking and HDMI 2.1 deliver excellent connectivity for high-performance desktop setups. That will usually set you back $940 but is now $810.

Finally, the Geekom A8 Max, high high-speed USB4 support, is a powerful mini PC featuring AMD Ryzen 9 8945HS processing, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD.

Built for AI workloads, creative tasks, and gaming, it offers USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, 8K display support, quiet cooling, and expandable storage in a compact desktop alternative. That usually sells for $1,099, but it's currently just $949.

I’ve also included two external GPU docks from Minisforum. The DEG1 costs $109 and is designed for OCuLink, while the DEG2 (normally $300 now under $240) supports both OCuLink and USB4.

Both make it easy to connect a desktop graphics card to your mini PC, dramatically boosting gaming frame rates, accelerating video rendering, and improving AI-assisted creative workloads without sacrificing the compact footprint that makes these systems so appealing.

Finally, no eGPU setup is complete without a reliable power supply. For reference, running an RTX 5080 card needs about 360W power, so that’s why I’ve also picked out a high-capacity Corsair SF750 PSU (normally $200 but currently $160). It has enough headroom to comfortably power today’s flagship graphics cards, like the GeForce RTX 5090, while leaving plenty of room for future upgrades.

I’ll likely revisit this roundup in the coming weeks as prices change and new deals emerge, but for now, these are some of the best deals for anyone looking to build a compact workstation or gaming rig without maxing out their credit card.

For more top-performance devices, check out our guide to the best mini PCs.

This new macOS infostealer poses as an Apple crash reporting tool to try and steal all your valuable data

  • Jamf researchers uncover “CrashStealer,” a notarized macOS infostealer disguised as Apple’s CrashReporter
  • Distributed via a fake site called “Werkbit Setup”, it bypasses Gatekeeper, installs a LaunchAgent
  • It then uses a fake password prompt to unlock Keychain, exfiltrating credentials, cookies, files, and data from 80 crypto wallets and 14 password managers

A new macOS infostealer has been spotted in the wild, masquerading as an Apple crash reporting tool, experts have warned.

Called CrashStealer, this C++ infostealer was designed to nab login credentials, keychain information, as well as data related to more than 80 cryptocurrency wallets.

Cybersecurity researchers Jamf published an in-depth report on the malware, noting CrashStealer is most likely distributed via a fake software site that was only registered recently.

Unlocking Keychain

Victims who land on the site (either via a social media recommendation or search engine results) need to know the PIN code before initiating the download. This was most likely done to avoid analyst scrutiny, as well as to increase perceived credibility and a sense of exclusivity.

Usually, apps downloaded from third-party sources are scanned by Gatekeeper, Apple’s built-in security system. However, Jamf says that this payload is delivered via a signed and Apple-notarized installer and distributed as a disk image named “Werkbit Setup”, which allowed it to bypass Gatekeeper without any warnings.

Those that download and run the program will get a binary named ‘CrashReporter.app’, which will create a LaunchAgent (‘com.apple.crashreporter.helper’), and will see a fake macOS password prompt.

That prompt unlocks the user’s Keychain where most of their secrets are stored (passwords, private cryptographic keys, and more) and then exfiltrates all information to a third-party server.

Besides Keychain data, the CrashReporter malware also pulls browser credentials and cookies from most browsers, data from 80 cryptocurrency wallet extensions, 14 password managers, locally stored files, and more.

Jamf said CrashReporter overlaps, to some extent, with other known infostealers (AMOS, for example), but is still unique enough given its client-side encryption mechanism, as well as the native C++ implementation.

I’m a computer expert, and I recommend jumping on this nearly half-price 1TB WD_BLACK SN7100 NVMe SSD while it's still under $190

If your PC is starting to feel sluggish, upgrading the storage drive is one of the quickest ways to give it a major boost. And this is one of the best deals I've seen recently.

Right now, the WD_Black SN7100 1TB NVMe SSD has dropped to just under $190 (was $375) at Amazon, which is a massive 49% saving on a speedy PCIe Gen4 drive.

Read speeds reach up to 7,250MB/s, while write speeds climb as high as 6,900MB/s, making it an excellent upgrade for anyone tired of waiting for Windows and large applications to load.

Today's top SSD deal

This is a high-performance 1TB PCIe Gen4 NVMe SSD delivering read speeds up to 7,250MB/s and write speeds up to 6,900MB/s, using next-generation TLC 3D NAND for fast boot times, quicker loading, and responsive everyday performance.View Deal

At almost half its regular price, this is one of the best SSD deals I've seen recently.

The SSD uses next-generation TLC 3D NAND, providing speedy responsiveness and dependable everyday performance.

The compact M.2 2280 form factor makes installation straightforward in compatible desktops, laptops, and handheld gaming devices.

1TB of storage isn't massive, but it provides plenty of room for a growing software library, creative projects, photos, videos, and everyday files.

Power efficiency helps compatible laptops and handheld systems run for longer between charges, making it a sensible choice if you regularly work away from your desk or travel with your computer.

Windows users can also download the WD_BLACK Dashboard to monitor drive health, check performance, and keep everything running smoothly over time, providing a useful extra layer of management.

The impressive transfer speeds will be handy for creators, professionals, and anyone moving large files every day.

Faster boot times, quicker application launches, and reduced loading screens will make a noticeable difference across almost every workload.

If you've been planning to upgrade an ageing PC, replace a slower drive, or add fast storage to a compatible system, this is a great opportunity to pick up a high-performance 1TB PCIe Gen4 SSD for a bargain price.

Other top SSD deals

Crucial's P310 NVMe SSD delivers blazing read speeds up to 7,100MB/s, ensuring faster boot times, game loading, and file transfers. Its compact, heatsink-free design suits desktops and laptops, offering reliable, high-capacity storage with efficient everyday performance.View Deal

KingSpec's SSD offers up to 4,000/3,700 MB/s read/write speeds, 3D NAND flash, reliable thermal management, and solid performance for gaming, content creation, laptops, desktops, and PS5 upgrades.View Deal

HP's LaserJet Pro 4000 Series is 'one of the fastest laser printers' in its class with blistering 42ppm speeds — and it just got a major price cut

If your home office or small business is crying out for a faster, more capable printer, I've found a great, money-saving deal for you. The HP LaserJet Pro 4001dn is currently just $289 (was $449) at HP - a solid $160 saving for a laser printer built to handle demanding workloads.

In the UK, the wireless version with the exact same specs, the HP LaserJet Pro 4002dw has dropped to £164 (was £421) at HP.

Print speeds can reach up to 42 pages per minute, with the first page arriving in as little as 6.1 seconds, making it a terrific choice for anyone printing lengthy reports, invoices, shipping labels, or business documents. It’s also rated for a monthly duty cycle of up to 80,000 pages, with a recommended monthly volume of between 750 and 4,000 pages for the best balance of performance, reliability, and longevity.

Today's top HP printer deal

A fast monochrome laser printer with speeds up to 42ppm, automatic duplex printing, 1200dpi output, Gigabit Ethernet, AirPrint support, and a recommended monthly volume of 750 to 4,000 pages for busy home offices and businesses.

In the UK: now £164 (was £421)View Deal

Paper handling is nicely practical, thanks to a 100-sheet multipurpose tray, a 250-sheet input tray, and a 150-sheet output bin.

If your workload grows, you can expand the printer with an optional third paper tray, giving you greater flexibility without constantly refilling paper.

Print quality reaches 1200 x 1200 dpi, producing crisp text and fine lines that are ideal for contracts, presentations, spreadsheets, and professional correspondence.

Automatic duplex printing also helps reduce paper use while making larger print jobs easier to manage.

The printer connects via Gigabit Ethernet for dependable wired networking and it also supports Apple AirPrint, Mopria, and the HP app, making it simple to print from Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iOS, and Android devices.

A 256MB memory and 1200MHz processor ensure documents output quickly, even during heavier workloads.

Security features include SSL/TLS, SNMP support, WPA3, and 802.1x authentication, making it a sensible choice for shared office environment. HP also includes a one-year onsite repair warranty for added peace of mind.

In his four star review, our Senior Printer Editor, Jim said: "I found the HP LaserJet Pro 4001dn to be an easy printer to use, with the right features to meet a heavy print load and print quality that’s good enough for most purposes." He also declared it "One of the fastest laser printers in its price category."

Although it isn't the cheapest laser printer available, this is a great price for a dependable HP business model that balances speed, print quality, and everyday practicality.

For more options, check out our round up of the best HP printers, best home printers and fastest printers we've tested and reviewed.

Also consider

A color laser printer delivering up to 35ppm in both black and color, with automatic duplex printing, 512MB memory, ImageREt 2400 technology, a 4-line LCD, and support for busy offices printing up to 4,000 pages monthly. In his review of this model, our printer editor Jim rated it even higher than the 4001dn, stating: "I love this laser printer’s rich black text, and hate the retro dial."

In the UK: now £432 (was £500)View Deal

'You essentially pay for intelligence twice, once with money, and again with something even more valuable': Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella warns AI users not to give away too much

  • Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has warned AI companies are training their models on the business secrets of their customers
  • These secrets are then used to train new, more powerful models, that are sold to their customer's competitors
  • But, Nadella says there is a way to remain competitive without being locked in to one AI vendor

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has warned the big players in the AI industry are using their proprietary models to learn the business secrets of their customers, which they can then use to train and deploy more advanced AI models.

The crux of the issue, Nadella said in a blog post, is that, “You essentially pay for intelligence twice, once with money, and again with something even more valuable: the proprietary knowledge you must reveal to make that intelligence useful. The better you want the model to perform, the more of that knowledge you have to feed it!”

What Nadella is saying in essence, is that AI companies are harvesting sensitive business data from their customers, using it to make training their models cheaper, and then launching these models for use by their own customer’s competition.

“The kind of knowledge a competitor could never buy”

“Models learn from ‘exhaust,’ the prompts people write, the tools agents use, and especially the corrections people make when the model is wrong. Every correction is distilled into institutional know-how,” Nadella explained.

Nadella also criticized how AI companies are increasingly complaining about how their models are being distilled by their own competition. For example, Anthropic accused retailer and e-commerce company Alibaba for using thousands of Claude prompts to distill their own models. By figuring out how a proprietary model works, you don’t have to spend the enormous amount of capital needed to source training data and create your own AI model.

This, for Nadella, is a major contradiction in how AI companies work. “While the great innovation that comes from model providers having fair use rights to train models on public data is needed, I find it ironic that the status quo is to then turn around and impose restrictive terms on distillation,” he said.

It is also therefore hypocritical for AI companies to accuse other companies of distilling their own product, and then include within their AI usage contracts clauses that allow AI companies to “reserve the right to learn from customer usage and interaction data.”

“In consuming intelligence, you are creating intelligence. And what you create should belong to you,” Nadella added.

On-prem is back in fashion

Nadella’s fix for this growing problem? It’s time to move back to on-prem. Nadella encourages businesses to “retain ownership” of the data they feed AI models by switching to the use of “proprietary learning environments” built on the cloud.

The added benefit of moving to these environments is that they allow businesses to switch between different AI models provided by different companies using “orchestration layers” and AI gateways.

There is also a growing trend of businesses switching to using open source technologies, which goes hand in hand with businesses operating in the cloud. Businesses can train open source AI models using their data that is already available in cloud environments to do much of what the proprietary models do, for far cheaper — and without handing over that same sensitive data to be used by AI companies to train their own models.

The on-prem solution also has additional benefits. AI models operated on-site within manufacturing plants, stores, and other premises are far cheaper and require less specialized hardware. Businesses that operate using a centralized cloud are increasingly encountering issues with data egress fees, storage bloat, and idle specialized hardware.

Google Cloud recently released a report about these very issues, and also encouraged businesses to move towards using AI gateways and on-prem models to reduce latency, improve resilience, and cut per-token costs by switching to local, highly optimized models.

Via TechCrunch

Inference needs memory: how context is becoming AI infrastructure

As enterprise AI systems evolve, the limiting factor is shifting. Model quality still matters, but it’s no longer the main issue holding systems back. Increasingly, what constrains performance, scalability, and cost is context.

Large language models are now expected to support long conversations, multi step reasoning, and complex workflows that span time, users, and systems.

Every one of those interactions generates tokens, and those tokens produce key value (KV) cache — the working memory that allows models to reason efficiently without constantly recomputing prior steps.

Most AI architectures still treat this context as temporary. KV cache typically lives in GPU memory, is tied to a single inference process, and is discarded as soon as resources are exhausted.

That approach might be acceptable for small scale experimentation, but it quickly breaks down in enterprise environments where context lengths grow, concurrency increases, and recomputation becomes expensive.

Inference context has quietly become one of the largest bottlenecks in enterprise AI.

KV cache as AI native data

To understand why this matters, it helps to stop thinking about KV cache as “just a cache.”

Enterprises have spent decades building strategies around structured data and unstructured data, but AI introduces a third class that deserves just as much attention: AI native data. This is data generated by model execution itself, and KV cache is one of its most important forms.

KV cache directly determines inference latency, throughput, energy consumption, and cost. As context windows get longer and reasoning chains become deeper, the volume and importance of this data grow faster than token counts alone. When KV cache is constantly thrown away, systems pay for it through rising latency, lower GPU utilization, lost reasoning context, and higher inference costs.

At scale, this inefficiency becomes structural rather than incidental.

Why existing infrastructure assumptions don’t hold

KV cache also exposes a mismatch with traditional infrastructure design.

GPU memory delivers exceptional performance, but it is scarce and local to a single server. CPU memory extends capacity but remains volatile. Local NVMe storage adds scale yet keeps context trapped at the node level. Traditional shared storage provides durability and resilience, but it wasn’t designed for highly dynamic, inference time state.

This leaves enterprises with a fragmented memory hierarchy where context is either fast but fragile, or persistent but difficult to access efficiently. No amount of tuning can fully resolve this, because the problem isn’t optimization — it’s architecture.

What enterprise AI needs is a way to treat inference context as system memory rather than disposable state.

Introducing an inference context memory layer

That shift is what we describe as an inference context memory layer.

Instead of forcing all KV cache to live and die inside GPU memory, this approach allows context to be created close to the GPU for low latency, then managed across a hierarchy of memory and storage tiers designed explicitly for inference workloads. Inactive context can move out of high cost memory without being discarded, while relevant context can be restored on demand without recomputation.

This changes the behavior of inference systems in a fundamental way. Inference is no longer a series of isolated executions that start from scratch each time. It becomes a continuous, stateful process where knowledge accumulates, moves, and is reused across sessions, agents, and nodes.

When storage becomes part of AI memory

Making this work places new demands on storage.

Inference context is large, mostly immutable, and technically recomputable — but regenerating it at scale is costly and inefficient. A storage architecture for inference context must preserve locality when performance matters, enable sharing without manual replication, and provide resilience so context isn’t lost when hardware fails.

When storage is designed this way, it stops being just a place to store data and becomes an extension of AI memory itself. That shift has real economic consequences: faster time to first token, higher GPU utilization, support for much longer sessions, and dramatically lower cost per query.

For enterprise workloads like tax advisory, legal analysis, healthcare reasoning, financial planning, and customer support, this is critical. These systems depend on preserving reasoning history and conversational context, not repeatedly rebuilding it from scratch.

Context is now infrastructure

Enterprise AI is entering a new phase.

Models will continue to advance, but the systems that scale successfully will be defined by how well they manage the intelligence those models produce. Tokens are no longer fleeting artifacts, and context is no longer something enterprises can afford to lose.

KV cache is AI native data. It represents system state. And increasingly, it must be treated as infrastructure.

The architectural principle is simple: generate context once, manage it intelligently, and reuse it wherever possible. That shift is foundational to making enterprise AI reliable, efficient, and scalable — and it’s why storage once again plays a central role in the future of computing.

Use the best business cloud storage to manage your data.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

The AI job apocalypse is a myth. We need more human talent than ever before

London Tech Week’s focus on AI - from a £12 million investment in AI for SMEs to AI bootcamps for graduates and more - has reflected the pressure to compete in an AI-era.

As this digital revolution progresses, the job economy is changing, but the mantra that AI is taking our jobs is simply not correct and potentially fueled by an undercurrent of classicism.

When the Luddites famously started to break the first machines of the industrial revolution in 1811 in England, fearing for their job as textile artisans, the “Bourgeoisie” would describe them as “ignorant workers”, with no understanding of basic economics.

More than two hundred years later, with the rise of GenAI, it is no longer the blue-collar workers who fear for their job, but the white-collar workers. This time it is the “bourgeois” who live in the anxiety of an uncertain world.

Since ChatGPT introduced AI into the everyday lexicon, it has been clear that we would experience an unprecedented revolution. The rhetoric that immediately began to dominate social discourse has been that AI tools would render most jobs insignificant.

Furthermore, whilst other technological revolutions ended up being creative destruction, ‘this time it was different’.

But is that really the case? Or are we more fearful, more concerned about destroying the status quo, because this time it’s a different ‘class’ of people being impacted? This time it’s the desk workers, not the physical laborers, who risk losing jobs, and suddenly there is alarm.

Artificial Intelligence relies on humans - and more humans than ever

AI is a human creation and still relies on humans to evolve. First, we have those who build the infrastructure, like data centers, which accounted for almost all of the United States’ GDP growth in the first half of 2025 (according to Harvard economist Jason Furman).

Then, we have those who train the models, which still need to be constantly retrained. Even if models are able to train themselves eventually, there is no consensus that human intervention in training will become obsolete, because human behavior and the entropy of organizations are in a constant state of flux and evolution.

And even when trained, AI constantly needs to also understand the “context” in which it is prompted to perform efficiently. AI then needs to be deployed. Managing security, defining guardrails for agents, understanding how to use AI and tracking agentic AI’s actions, all comes with inherent challenges.

The CIOs of the largest global corporations are already investing hundreds of millions of pounds to understand this. Startups based in San Francisco - a city I recently visited where 95% of out-of-home ads were about AI agents - are focused entirely on resolving these problems for large enterprises.

The fact that both Anthropic and OpenAI have launched their own consulting companies is proof that managing AI complexities in the coming years will be the biggest source of growth for all consulting and outsourcing companies of the world.

Sourcing the right human talent in the AI era is the biggest challenge

Software engineering is a job category where GenAI - perfectly trained on open-source code and GitHub repositories - can now code better than even the most experienced developers.

Additionally, developers in AI labs - with privileged access to “tokens” on Claude Code or OpenAI Codex - now develop 100% of the time without writing a single line of code. Nonetheless, when asked about their biggest challenges, all AI startups would point to recruitment.

A report by the UK's National Foundation for Education Research showed a 50% increase in tech job adverts between 2019/20 and 2024/25, with entry-level roles particularly affected. However, we’re now seeing a surge in demand driven by Gen Z, according to Employment Hero’s March Jobs Report.

This demand for AI expertise is reflected in a new Malt Tech Trends Report, which analyzed 1.2 million searches of tech freelancers in 2025. It reveals that AI is now the second most-in-demand skill, irrespective of company size, industry, or project type. More specifically, demand for freelancers with agentic AI expertise exploded by 5,800% in just twelve months.

Observer of the AI revolution, Andrew Ng, explains that if, for example, a team of 3 developers builds 10 times faster, then they need more designers or product managers to fuel the creative process. Doing more faster, with fewer people creates more work to fuel and execute the output.

More people are echoing the same rhetoric as Ng, calling out the phenomenon of ‘AI washing’, whereby companies have justified mass redundancies with AI disruption. In reality, in many cases, they were either adapting to geopolitical and economic uncertainties or had simply employed too many in the crazy post-COVID bull market.

The AI job apocalypse is not yet here… Still, the fear is real and needs to be understood

Software engineering is a perfect example of a job category that has constantly evolved. Since the inception of computer science, programming has become progressively more about “natural language”. Whilst there were 50,000 developers worldwide in the 1960s, today there are almost 50 million. Undoubtedly, the eradication of barriers to entry to build software increases that number tenfold.

History, data, and observation shows us that the AI job apocalypse is not yet here. Still, the fear is real and needs to be understood. The reason every science fiction novel paints an inhospitable world and unattractive paradigm is because the human mind always fears change. We assume the worst.

AI transformation, like all transformations, will be a cultural change first. And it’s companies, not professionals, who are most at risk if they fail to adapt. If one thing will be different in this digital revolution, compared to the last (arguably comparable is the advent of the internet), it’s the rate of change.

CEOs will have to be imaginative, change org charts and processes, admit they are not omniscient, take risks, and invest in training. Schools and universities also face the challenge of teaching soft skills: how to adapt to live and work in a more uncertain world. Because we can only harness top-tier AI talent if we understand how to truly adapt to change.

Independent professionals - those who create their own roles - from freelance developer to fractional manager and strategic consultants - have already redefined work.

On average, freelancers spend 4 hours a week on upskilling and keeping up with the job market and already have the habit of switching from one client project to another. They were the first to adapt to AI and realize that a job is more than just a bundle of tasks.

As Jensen Huang, CEO of Nvidia, recently said, if someone were to observe him at work, we would conclude that his day consists of tasks like making hundreds of calls and sending emails. AI will replace, augment, and improve these tasks. But it will not take Jensen’s job.

We've featured the best AI chatbot for business.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

5 Best Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 Phones (July 2026)

14 July 2026 at 11:25
Best Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 phones (July 2026)
Best Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 phones (July 2026)

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 is a no-brainer pick if you want the absolute best capabilities on your next upgrade. The processor delivers top-tier performance and power efficiency, smooth gameplay at extreme graphics settings, and excellent agentic AI capabilities. However, choosing the right smartphone can be challenging.

There are over a dozen Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 phones out there (check the full list here), and going through each of them will likely cost you a few hours. So we did the hard work and narrowed the list down to five. Check them out below to find your next best upgrade.

5 Best Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 phones to buy in July 2026

1. Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra

The Galaxy S26 Ultra is perhaps a suitable option for most people. It’s got a high-quality, bright AMOLED screen, a 5000mAh battery lasting over a day, and robust connectivity features. The device is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy, which runs at a higher speed than the regular version.

The quad-camera setup on the back takes excellent photos and videos, which includes a massive 200MP main camera, two telephoto sensors (one with 3x optical zoom, another with 5x optical zoom), and a 50MP ultrawide camera. There’s a 12MP front-facing camera. The S26 Ultra comes with the best software support for seven years you can get on an Android device.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra specs:

Display6.9″ Dynamic LTPO AMOLED 2X
1440 x 3120 pixels resolution
120Hz, HDR10+, 2600nits (peak)
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy (3 nm)
SoftwareAndroid 16, up to 7 major Android upgrades
Rear camera200MP (wide)
10MP (telephoto), 3x optical zoom
50MP (periscope telephoto), 5x optical zoom
50MP (ultrawide), 120˚ field of view
Front camera12MP
Battery5000mAh
Charging60W (wired)
25W (wireless)
4.5W (reverse wireless)
ConnectivityWi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, USB Type-C 3.2, NFC

2. Oppo Find X9 Ultra

The Oppo Find X9 Ultra is a heavily spec-ed phone, featuring the powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 at its core. The AMOLED screen produces great colors and has excellent outdoor visibility. You may not have to charge it very often, as it packs a massive 7050mAh battery that can last up to two days on normal usage.

The Find X9 Ultra has one of the best cameras on any phone. The rear camera setup includes two massive 200MP sensors and two 50MP sensors, which take excellent photos and videos in any lighting conditions. The 50MP selfie camera also performs well.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra specs:

Display6.82″ LTPO AMOLED
1440 x 3168 pixels resolution
144Hz, HDR10+, Dolby Vision, 3600nits (peak)
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 (3 nm)
SoftwareAndroid 16, up to 5 major Android upgrades
Rear camera200MP (wide)
200MP (periscope telephoto), 3x optical zoom
200MP (periscope telephoto), 10x optical zoom
50MP (ultrawide), 123˚ field of view
Front camera50MP
Battery7050mAh
Charging100W (wired)
50W (wireless)
10W (reverse wireless)
reverse wired
ConnectivityWi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, USB Type-C 3.2, NFC

3. Xiaomi 17 Ultra

The Xiaomi 17 Ultra is also a top-tier smartphone, pushing the limits of its Ultra phones even higher. This one has a Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 at its core and packs a 6000mAh battery that lasts more than a day on normal usage, with support for fast charging.

The Xiaomi phone features a high-end rear camera setup that takes photos and videos with great detail, accurate colors, and sharpness. It can record up to 8K videos, and the 50MP selfie camera supports up to 4K recording. With robust connectivity and high-quality sound, the Xiaomi 17 Ultra becomes an excellent high-end option for most people.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra specs:

Display6.9″ LTPO AMOLED
1200 x 2608 pixels resolution
120Hz, HDR10+, Dolby Vision, 3500nits (peak)
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 (3 nm)
SoftwareAndroid 16, up to 5 major Android upgrades
Rear camera50MP (wide)
200MP (periscope telephoto), 3.2-4.3x continuous optical zoom
50MP (ultrawide), 115˚ field of view
Front camera50MP
Battery6000mAh
Charging90W (wired)
50W (wireless)
22.5W (reverse wired)
10W (reverse wireless)
ConnectivityWi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, USB Type-C 3.2 Gen 2, NFC

4. OnePlus 15

OnePlus 15 is one of the most affordable phones with a Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip. It features a 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED screen with a high refresh rate and Ultra HDR image support.

The smartphone is equipped with a high-end triple-camera setup, with all sensors featuring 50MP resolution. One of them is a wide sensor, one is a 3.5x periscope telephoto sensor, and one is an ultrawide unit. Plus, it has a 32MP selfie snapper.

The OnePlus 15 comfortably lasts more than a day and can stretch to an additional day with light usage. Plus, the charging speeds are fast enough to refill the battery in minutes.

OnePlus 15 specs:

Display6.78″ LTPO AMOLED
1272 x 2772 pixels resolution
165Hz, HDR10+, Dolby Vision, HDR Vivid, 1800nits (HBM)
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 (3 nm)
SoftwareAndroid 16, up to 4 major Android upgrades
Rear camera50MP (wide)
50MP (periscope telephoto), 3.5x optical zoom
50MP (ultrawide), 116˚ field of view
Front camera32MP
Battery7300mAh
Charging120W (wired)
50W (wireless)
10W (reverse wireless)
5W (reverse wired)
bypass charging
ConnectivityWi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, USB Type-C 3.2, NFC

5. Nubia RedMagic 11S Pro

If gaming is your priority, the RedMagic 11S Pro delivers big. It comes with a modified Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 Leading Version with higher clock speeds to unlock maximum performance. It also has a dedicated RedCore R4 Gaming chip that offloads secondary tasks such as audio processing and haptic vibration mapping, so the main Snapdragon processor can focus entirely on delivering maximum frame rates.

With maximum performance comes a great deal of heat, and to handle it, the phone has a built-in 24,000 RPM turbo fan, a liquid metal thermal interface, and a massive 13,116 sq. mm vapor chamber. It’s equipped with dual pressure-sensitive touchpads on the frame as capacitive bumpers.

The RedMagic 11S Pro has a high-resolution AMOLED screen with high refresh and touch sampling rates. The 16MP selfie camera is fitted under the screen to deliver the best gaming experience. You wouldn’t expect a flagship camera on a gaming phone, but the RedMagic 11S Pro still delivers good results where there’s enough light.

Nubia RedMagic 11S Pro specs:

Display6.85″ AMOLED
1216 x 2688 pixels resolution
144Hz, 1800nits (HBM)
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 Leading Version (3 nm)
SoftwareAndroid 16, up to 2 major Android upgrades
Rear camera50MP (wide)
50MP (ultrawide), 3.5x optical zoom
2MP (macro)
Front camera16MP
Battery7500mAh
Charging80W (wired)
80W (wireless)
reverse wireless
ConnectivityWi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, USB Type-C 3.2 Gen 2, NFC

The post 5 Best Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 Phones (July 2026) appeared first on Gizmochina.

Google Pixel 11 colors leaked via Amazon listings, ahead of August launch

14 July 2026 at 08:53
Google Pixel 11 -3

Google Pixel 11 series is a little over a month away from its reveal, but a premature Amazon listing has revealed the three phones — Pixel 11, Pixel 11 Pro, and Pixel 11 Pro Fold — in most of their color options.

First spotted by 9to5Google, the listing shows the base Pixel 11 in three different shades. The listing titles used playful names like “Hibiscus” and “Pistachio,” though the actual product descriptions referred to them as “Fuchsia” and “Moss.” A third color, listed simply as “Midnight,” rounds out the trio. 

Google Pixel 11 series colors

As for the Pixel 11 Pro, it is listed in Dune and Sterling finishes. The Pixel 11 Pro Fold, meanwhile, comes in Pine and Midnight options.

The listings are tied to the “Google Store” seller account on Amazon, which adds some weight to their credibility, though it’s worth noting Amazon’s marketplace is also full of third-party sellers, so a degree of caution is warranted. 

Google Pixel 11 Pro Fold COlors

Google Pixel 11 Series Specifications

A few small specs slipped through in the descriptions too: the base Pixel 11 is listed with a 6.3-inch display at 1080 x 2424 resolution, 12GB of RAM, a 4,985 mAh battery, and a starting price of $899 for the 256GB model. 

Not everything in the listings checks out, though. The pages reference Android 16 as the software on board, despite the fact that these phones are expected to ship with Android 17. There are also mentions of a Google Pixel Tag as a compatible accessory for Pixel 11 phones, but no such thing exists as of now. 

Given the inconsistencies, it’s best to treat these color reveals as likely, but not fully confirmed. Google has already scheduled its Pixel 11 launch event for August, so official confirmation isn’t far off.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

The post Google Pixel 11 colors leaked via Amazon listings, ahead of August launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

Five reasons switching from IP VPN to SD WAN will help you build an AI-ready network

In the early 2000s, IP VPN was the enterprise networking technology of choice for IT leaders.

MySpace was the go-to social network, we used Skype for video calls, we listened to music on our new MP3 players and the Nokia 1100 was the most popular mobile handset.

It feels like a different era entirely, yet many businesses are still running on legacy networks that were perfect for their needs back then but are now holding them back.

By today’s terms, networks were built for low levels of traffic. Cisco estimates global IP traffic levels were around 175 petabytes per month in 2001. Compare that to today’s figure, which is around 522,000 petabytes per month, or approximately 3000 times higher than 2001 levels, and you can understand why 87% of businesses in an Accenture study believe their legacy network is compromising their ability to advance on cloud, data and AI and digital transformation.

Untangling and replacing the complex web of enterprise networks built up over years is an unavoidable and costly necessity. It’s a bit like replacing the windows in your home - you know you’ll improve security, stormproof your home and cut energy costs by upgrading, but the process feels like a hassle.

Today, IT leaders aren’t just ‘replacing the windows’ by modernizing outdated networks; they’re going further and building high capacity, low latency, secure architectures designed to withstand the explosive demands of AI.

Making the move to SD WAN

Millions of businesses are switching from IP VPN to Software-Defined Wide Area Networks, or SD WAN. Strong market growth is forecast in SD WAN, with one market forecast anticipating SD WAN CAGR of almost 40% (38.9%) from 2023 to 2030.

This growth is being driven by multiple factors including a shift to cloud-native architectures; a change in workplace practices and rise in remote working environments; and strong demand for network architectures that can manage current and future AI-related applications and services.

SD WAN is faster, more cost effective and more secure, with built in zero trust protection. It’s purpose built for distributed users and for managing cloud, AI workloads, data flows, and SaaS traffic.

But, to be truly AI ready, IT infrastructure must be software driven, and this is where SD WAN excels: it gives your business the security, flexibility, and reliability needed to operate confidently in an AI driven future. Here are five ways switching to SD WAN will help you build an AI-ready network:

1.Built for AI-scale performance

High-bandwidth, low latency SD WANs are critical for the delivery of AI workloads, particularly as businesses move towards AI inference. They provide fast access to cloud services and dynamic bandwidth allocation as they monitor network conditions and reroute over the best available path.

For example, imagine a drive-through restaurant that uses an AI voice to take and relay orders or a supermarket that uses an AI model to scan shelves in its store, to detect gaps in stock, alert staff and predict which items will run out next. A high-performance, low latency network is essential here to guarantee a seamless customer experience.

SD WAN’s application-aware routing levels this up even further, prioritizing AI traffic and deprioritizing the transfer of, for example, bulk file transfers or back-ups.

2.Security that matches today’s threat landscape

The global cyber attack surface has expanded dramatically. AI now plays a dual role, enabling more sophisticated attacks while also powering new, advanced defense capabilities. Traditional IP VPNs offer traffic encryption but lack native security features. In contrast, SD WAN is built to protect modern networks from today’s high volume, highly sophisticated cyber threats:

- Zero trust access protects users, devices and applications

- Traffic is encrypted end to end, so that all data between sites, platforms and applications is secure

- Threat prevention at the edge protects core infrastructure from threats, with features such as intrusion detection and prevention, malware scanning and DNS security

- Automated real-time security updates with threat intelligence pushed globally within minutes

3.Cloud connectivity without compromise

SD WANs provide direct, optimized access to major cloud environments, such as Microsoft Azure, AWS, and Google Cloud, by using automated secure tunnels and intelligent path selection.

This ensures cloud and AI services run with lower latency, higher performance, and more reliable connectivity. Also important to note is that SD WANs provide high levels of autonomy and automation, so it’s easy to make changes quickly and easily as businesses navigate dynamic market conditions.

4.Data insights that power automation

SD WAN captures real-time data including latency, packet loss and application usage patterns – data which can be fed into AI-based network monitoring, automation and predictive maintenance management tools, so that networks become self-optimizing, self-healing and proactively secure.

5.A foundation ready for SASE and Zero Trust

When combined with Secure Access Service Edge (SASE), SD WAN creates a single, secure, high performance network foundation that’s built to drive AI opportunities while protecting against cyber risks with integrated security solutions including zero trust, secure web gateways and cloud firewalls.

SASE is a cloud based networking and security framework that combines SD WAN with integrated security services (like Zero Trust, secure web gateways, and cloud firewalls) into a single unified architecture. It’s the gold standard of AI-ready architecture.

As enterprises accelerate toward an AI driven future, the networks that once served them well are now becoming a barrier to progress. SD WAN offers a clear path forward: a software defined, secure, high performance foundation built to handle the scale, speed and complexity of modern cloud and AI workloads.

By making the shift now, businesses can replace aging infrastructure with an agile, intelligent network that not only supports today’s demands but unlocks the full potential of tomorrow’s AI innovation.

We've ranked and reviewed the best antivirus software available.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Britain's AI push is exposing a memory crisis inside business

Somewhere right now, a customer is repeating themselves. They are explaining their problem for the third time, to the third person, because the organization on the other side has no shared memory of the previous two conversations. It is an infrastructure problem that AI is making harder to ignore.

It is also becoming impossible for policymakers to ignore. Just in April, the Mayor of London launched a new AI and Jobs Taskforce to examine how AI is changing work across the capital, signaling that the conversation has moved well beyond investment announcements and into the harder question of what AI does inside organizations.

It is also shining a spotlight on a memory crisis inside modern business.

AI is accelerating work, not clarity

As UK organizations rush to deploy AI in the workplace, many are layering it onto fragmented systems that were never designed to preserve institutional memory in the first place.

According to research published in Harvard Business Review, knowledge workers toggle between applications and tools roughly 1,200 times per day, a pattern known as "toggling tax". That figure alone tells the story: we aren’t short of tools, but there is no coherence among them.

The result is a new kind of productivity paradox. Work is moving faster, but clarity is not improving.

This is where much of the current enterprise AI conversation unravels. A surprising amount of what is marketed as AI today still relies on humans to do the synthesis work themselves. The system retrieves documents. It summarizes conversations. It surfaces links. But employees still carry the burden of reconstructing meaning, and so do the customers and end-users waiting on the other side of those decisions.

Notably, when these types of AI tools do the retrieval, but humans skip the synthesis, the output feels hollow. That creates a trust and credibility problem - not just for the individual, but for AI as a category. People start associating "AI-assisted" with "low-effort".

When context is lost internally, the effects aren't invisible. They surface as slow responses, repeated requests for information that customers already provided, support experiences that feel fragmented, and sales teams reconstructing account history manually before every renewal, escalation or executive review.

Stateless systems cannot preserve organizational memory

The AI models themselves are becoming more capable, but the organizational foundation beneath them remains fragmented.

Most AI systems today are fundamentally stateless. They generate outputs based on temporary context windows rather than durable organizational memory. Every interaction requires the system to repeatedly reconstruct understanding from fragments.

Consider how databases work. We do not recompute everything from scratch every time a query arrives. We cache and index, then preserve relationships between entities, because continuously recomputing context is computationally irrational.

Yet much of enterprise AI is still being deployed exactly this way and the industry has started mistaking activity for intelligence.

What I believe organizations should focus on is whether they have structured, durable memory that lets AI and humans reason from the same shared context. Without that foundation, AI outputs remain generic.

Most collaboration systems multiply this problem in two ways. First, they encode knowledge into naming conventions and tribal memory – the kind that lives in channel names nobody can decode and folder structures only three people understand. New employees are not learning the business, they are learning the conventions.

Second, even when information exists, it remains inaccessible. The same decision appears as "PostgreSQL migration", "database move Q3", and "backend infrastructure change" across three different channels. They are semantically identical but textually invisible to any system trying to surface it.

This problem becomes even more acute in distributed organizations. I don’t believe you can build modern global companies on a "you had to be there" culture. Yet many businesses still operate as though important context naturally transfers through proximity and synchronous communication.

Search is not the same as understanding

Search was designed to discover information, whereas modern enterprise work requires systems that understand the relationships in data.

A customer escalation is not just a support ticket. It is connected to product decisions, engineering discussions, account history, contractual obligations, and revenue impact. A sales opportunity is tied to customer sentiment, historical support patterns, product usage, and internal stakeholder alignment.

Traditional collaboration systems flatten these relationships into disconnected channels and documents, whereas AI knowledge graphs preserve them.

Researchers call this a transactive memory system: the collective understanding of who knows what, how decisions were made, and how work is coordinated across teams. The same logic now extends to AI. Intelligent systems can participate in that process too by encoding context, surfacing relevant history, and routing knowledge to the right people at the right time.

Britain's productivity problem is becoming an AI problem

The Office for National Statistics has consistently flagged weak productivity growth as one of the UK's most persistent economic challenges. Since 2010, UK productivity has grown at 6.2%, compared with roughly 10% across the euro area and nearly 15% in the United States over the same period. AI is increasingly being positioned as a mechanism to help close that gap.

But productivity does not improve because your business has added more AI agents to the workflow. If every important decision still requires humans to manually reconstruct fragmented context, organizations just accelerate confusion.

What UK businesses need are systems capable of preserving context, maintaining institutional memory, and grounding AI systems in trusted organizational knowledge. Better AI infrastructure starts with a simple question: Does your organization remember anything? For most, the honest answer is no.

We've featured the best AI tool.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'AI writing is now a problem everywhere on social media': Study finds nearly half of all LinkedIn long posts are AI-generated, and that's only the start

  • Study finds social media posts are increasingly AI-generated
  • LinkedIn particularly affected, with 40% of long-form posts written by AI
  • Substack and Twitter/X also badly hit

LinkedIn and other social media networks are rapidly being consumed by AI-written slop posts, new research has claimed.

A report from AI detection firm Pangram Labs found nearly half of all long posts (over 250 words) on LinkedIn were created entirely by AI, with the likes of Substack and X/Twitter also seeing a huge rise in such content.

"LinkedIn was the most AI-saturated platform, where more than 40% of longform posts flagged as fully AI-generated," the company's report said.

Social media drowning in AI slop

The study, which also examined Medium and Reddit alongside the other social networks for a data set of over a million posts, found one in four longform posts on social media flagged as fully AI-generated, with lengthier content much more likely to be created with AI than shortform.

Pangram found that LinkedIn was the most AI-saturated platform, where more than 40% of longform posts were flagged as being fully AI-generated, with Substack the least affected, with longer posts often far less likely to be AI-generated.

LinkedIn was also identified as having the highest AI share of any platform included in the report, as although its posts only made up a third of scanned items, it accounted for nearly two-thirds (62%) of all AI content flagged by the system.

"Professionals come to LinkedIn to hear from real people and their unique insights and perspectives," a LinkedIn spokesperson told us.

"We actively work to reduce low quality, automated or generic content, and while AI can be used to beat the blank page problem, our focus is on surfacing professional conversations that help people advance their careers. You can learn more about how we’re keeping the Feed trusted and professional here”.

However, when mixed AI and human content were included, X/Twitter was by the most swamped by AI, with the study finding almost half of articles on the site were either fully AI-generated (23.9%) or AI-assisted/mixed (22.9%), with only 53.2% of X articles flagging as fully human-authored.

"Our data shows that AI-generated content is a problem across all platforms, and it is hitting longform content especially hard," Pangram said.

"Contrary to what one might expect, people are overwhelmingly willing to use AI to speak on their behalf in professional settings that are associated with their real identity, and less likely to use it on casual and anonymous platforms."

"AI writing is now a problem everywhere on social media," Pangram Labs CEO and co-founder Max Spero noted. "An internet that is completely flooded with undisclosed AI content is bleak, but we don't believe it's inevitable."

Co-existing with AI: why replacement narratives are holding the public sector back

Spend any amount of time reading about AI and you'll quickly notice a pattern. Stories about new capabilities and investment are rarely far removed from questions about what the technology means for jobs.

It's not difficult to see how that has shaped public perception. Much of the conversation around AI tools continues to be framed through the lens of workforce reduction, creating anxiety about what the technology might take away rather than what it could enable.

Research from Acas reflects that unease, with more than a quarter of UK workers identifying job losses as their biggest concern about workplace AI.

Those concerns matter because across sectors, organizations are introducing AI at a time when employees are already navigating economic uncertainty, budget pressures and increasing workloads. In that environment, fears about replacement can shape how new technologies are received long before people experience their benefits.

Yet, focusing on jobs alone risks missing a much more important conversation. For many organizations, particularly those delivering essential public services, the challenge isn't a lack of work. It's a lack of capacity. The real question is whether AI can help people work more effectively in increasingly challenging circumstances.

The reality of frontline work

That challenge is particularly visible across public services.

Housing officers support residents through difficult circumstances, social workers assess risk in complex situations, and customer service teams help vulnerable individuals access essential support. In each case, outcomes depend on judgement, context and human relationships so these aren't environments where technology can simply step in and take over.

What many frontline staff struggle with isn't a lack of expertise, but the admin burden that prevents them from applying their expertise where it matters most.

Critical information is often spread across multiple systems. The platforms that underpin these services were rarely designed to share information easily. In practice, they are often a mix of the ERP system and older line-of-business applications, each holding part of the picture.

As a result, staff spend valuable time searching for records, reviewing case histories and piecing together information before they can take action. These challenges may sit behind the scenes, but they consume significant amounts of time.

Supporting expertise, not replacing it

AI delivers the greatest value when it gives people faster access to information and more time to focus on the decisions that matter.

A housing officer could quickly surface relevant tenancy history from multiple systems, while a social care worker could be alerted to emerging risks or significant changes that warrant attention. These case workers might use AI to identify patterns in service demand and prioritize their approaches more effectively.

Crucially, this works by drawing on the systems they already depend on, the ERP and case management platforms that hold their data, rather than buying additional solutions and adding to the fragmentation. The value comes from connecting and making sense of information that already exists, not from adding to the systems of record.

In each case, the case worker remains responsible for the decision, with AI helping them reach that point faster and with better information.

For many teams, demand already outstrips capacity. The challenge is creating enough time for skilled professionals to focus on work that requires experience, judgement and human interaction.

Used effectively, AI can help create that capacity. By reducing administrative friction and making information easier to access, it allows people to spend more time applying the skills that organizations depend on.

This principle extends well beyond the public sector. Whether in business, financial services, customer operations or government, the greatest value often comes from making expertise easier to access and apply, rather than attempting to replace it altogether.

Why perception matters

When AI is introduced alongside discussions about efficiency savings and workforce pressures, it's easy for people to view it through the lens of cost reduction rather than capability building. That perception can create resistance before new tools have had the chance to demonstrate their value.

This is why successful AI adoption requires more than technical implementation. One of the clearest lessons from digital transformation is that technology alone doesn't drive change, people do.

Anyone who has worked on a major ERP program will recognize this. The systems that succeed are rarely the ones with the most sophisticated functionality, but the ones that teams understand, trust and actually use day to day.

Organizations that make progress tend to focus on practical outcomes rather than the technology itself. They engage teams early, involve them in how tools are deployed and demonstrate how AI can help address genuine operational challenges.

When people can see the impact on their day-to-day work, whether that's reducing admin, improving access to information or supporting faster decision-making, adoption becomes far more natural.

Trust develops over time through involvement, transparency and tangible results. People need to see how technology supports their work before they are likely to embrace it.

Moving beyond the replacement narrative

The debate around AI has become disproportionately focused on what work might disappear. That focus is understandable, but it risks obscuring a more immediate challenge facing organizations today: how to help people manage growing workloads, increasing complexity and rising expectations.

For the public sector in particular, the opportunity is far more practical than a distant vision of fully automated services. It lies in helping frontline staff spend less time searching for information, enabling them to identify risks more quickly and giving them better access to the insights they need to act. In most cases, that means getting more value from core systems rather than chasing wholesale reinvention.

Those may not be the stories that generate the most attention, but they are the ones most likely to determine whether AI delivers meaningful value.

If organizations want employees to engage with AI, they need to move beyond conversations centered on replacement and focus instead on the problems the technology can solve at grassroots. This cohort is less interested in what the AI is capable of doing, but rather how it helps them to do their jobs better.

We've featured the best AI website builder.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Japan's largest taxi operator Nihon Kotsu hit by cyberattack which forces systems to be shut down

  • Japan’s largest taxi operator confirms July 11 malware attack forcing shutdowns of its IT systems and disrupted dispatch and reservation services
  • Nihon Kotsu isolated networks, notified authorities, and brought in third‑party experts; customers were advised to use alternative taxi apps during the outage
  • No data leaks have been confirmed, but Nihon Kotsu warned it may disclose and notify affected parties if evidence of personal information exposure emerges

Japan’s largest taxi operator, Nihon Kotsu, hasconfirmed suffering a cyberattack which forced it to temporarily shut down parts of its IT infrastructure.

In a statement published on the company’s Japanese website, Nihon Kotsu said the attack took place in the early morning of July 11 - on a Saturday, when unnamed threat actors infected its devices with malware.

“We have recently discovered that our internal systems have been subjected to unauthorized external access (malware infection),” the machine-translated statement reads. “We deeply apologize for the great inconvenience and concern caused to our customers, business partners, and all related parties due to this incident.”

Services unavailable

As soon as it spotted the intrusion, Nihon Kotsu did what most companies do - shut down its network to prevent further damage, notified relevant law enforcement and data protection authorities, and brought in third-party experts to assess the damages and assist with the repairs.

The shutdown means some customer-facing services are unavailable: “As a result, the hire car web order and reservation management system, taxi dispatch service by phone, and some internal systems are temporarily unavailable,” the company said.

It advised its customers to use a different taxi app, which allows users to choose a taxi service to their liking.

So far, there is no evidence of any data exfiltration, or leaks to the dark web. However, the company did leave it as a possibility.

“At this time, no information leakage has been confirmed, but if any leakage or possibility of personal information of customers or related parties is newly discovered, we will promptly make official announcements and contact the affected parties individually in accordance with laws and regulations,” the company concluded.

Nihon Kotsu is Japan’s largest taxi operator, employing more than 18,000 people and running a fleet of more than 8,500 taxis and more than 2,000 chauffeur vehicles.

Via BleepingComputer

The new rules of software supply chain security: visibility, vigilance, validation

The global digital economy runs on a thriving ecosystem of third-party vendors, enabling organizations to scale and innovate faster than they possibly could do on their own.

This digital ecosystem is teeming with software suppliers, not just business software that you can buy but also a vast array of software libraries that are embedded in third-party products.

Speed, however, can sometimes be the enemy of risk, as many organizations have not adequately validated whether these third-party technologies are sufficiently safeguarded against cyber threats and other digital risk.

So, while software is a great enabler, it also brings risk, given that it often is built with frameworks and libraries that are not known or well supported.

Consider that companies employ an average of 106 SaaS apps within their IT environments , and the picture becomes quite clear: software supply chain security is a serious concern.

It’s no wonder that half (51%) of participants in the latest Supply Chain Risk Survey ranked software vulnerabilities in supplier products as the most disruptive cybersecurity threat to their organization’s supply chain, behind only data breaches (64%) and malware or ransomware (52%).

An ever-changing attack surface that comprises cloud services, micro-services, APIs, SaaS platforms, third‑party services and now AI agents has expanded well beyond what once was an understood perimeter before widespread digital transformation took hold.

How secure is your own extended digital ecosystem? If this question makes your heart race, then take a closer look at three key considerations for addressing software supply chain security.

1. Visibility: Determine what’s actually in your multi-layered supply chain

Since the software supply chain is part of a vast, interconnected digital ecosystem, organizations likely do not have full visibility of what and who make up their third-party providers. Recent high-profile incidents have signaled just how fragile supply chains can be.

Assuring business continuity requires organizations to scrutinize partners before placing such deep trust in them. That effort starts with knowing who is in your interconnected digital ecosystem before you can start to manage the risk.

Understanding risk across a supply chain is conceptually easy, but it is practically difficult. While clearly outlining security parameters and requirements in supplier contracts is a great starting point, it is not enough, as contracting is generally a point-in-time activity and should be paired with monitoring. You must be able to see and measure software assets so you can better manage them.

After all, you can’t protect what you can’t see, and many businesses still don’t have a complete, accurate asset inventory, meaning that their vulnerability exposure is incomplete. If you don’t know what systems, apps, devices and libraries are in your environment, vulnerability management is supposition, inference and guesswork.

It is crucial to understand what your suppliers are doing both upstream and who you supply downstream, because their decisions are now part of your organization’s own risk profile. Software often presents the biggest blind spots in asset management, thanks in large part to a lack transparency in software build and dependencies, shadow IT, shadow AI and unmanaged endpoints.

An organization's exposure is tied directly to the security posture of every supplier they rely on. Attackers know this, increasingly targeting upstream or downstream partners. You can secure your own environment perfectly and still be vulnerable through others’ oversight. Tools that can profile, quantify and score risk across the supply chain, therefore, are essential, as is tooling that monitors for unusual activity.

2. Vigilance: Prioritize the security of AI integrations across your software supply chain

Threats can lurk anywhere and everywhere across your supply chain. But there’s a new kid in town: AI. The software supply chain has expanded to include the unique risks of AI ecosystem, such as reliance on external foundational models and highly connected agents.

This escalating integration of AI tools makes the multi-faceted software supply chain even more of a concern. Cybersecurity professionals who participated in the latest Cybersecurity Workforce Study revealed a troubling AI-related security event their organization experienced in that prior year: data poisoning (cited by 11%).

Data poisoning happens when bad actors intentionally insert corrupted, misleading or malicious data into the training dataset of a machine-learning model. Even a small amount of poisoned data can change the model’s behavior, in turn resulting in misclassifications, degraded accuracy or malicious outcomes. So suddenly that seemingly helpful ChatBot that is embedded in your CRM, CMS or other purpose-driven enterprise software may not be so friendly after all!

Indeed, organizations simply have little / no control over the software that suppliers are using, making it much more difficult to ensure vulnerabilities are identified before widespread rollout, as well as supported and patched once deployed, but they do have control over scrutinizing suppliers.

Therefore, the people on your security team and the processes they follow matter more than ever. Technology accelerates both sides of the fight, so your real advantage comes from having skilled practitioners who understand how AI changes your risk profile, attack surface and can put the right controls in place to compensate.

Cybersecurity professionals who specialize in software supply chain security can quantify the risk of model poisoning / steering, prompt injection and model inversion, and assess the inherent bias of pre-trained open-source models, protecting the integrity of software and services from upstream vulnerabilities. Such a holistic approach ensures that every component, from third-party libraries to the training data itself, meets the organization’s security and ethical standards.

In addition, reviewing and evaluating vendor agreements is an important task for cybersecurity teams and stakeholders. Think of these disciplined actions as a necessary stress-test meant to identify and address weaknesses and changing needs. A good contract with clear deliverables and expectations is part of a cybersecurity defensive strategy alongside your people and your defense technologies and ongoing monitoring of systems and services.

3. Validation: Adopt skills frameworks and codes of practice for software supply chain security

No organization must stand up against the heightened threat of software supply chain security alone. Take advantage of existing guidance such as the U.K.’s Software Security Code of Practice to follow when you’re trying to batten the software hatches at your own organization.

Not only does this code support software vendors as they adopt secure software lifecycle development practices; it also supports software customers in mitigating the likelihood and impact of software supply chain attacks.

In addition to following code and other guidance frameworks, organizations can look to skills frameworks and vendor-neutral certifications to validate that their cybersecurity professionals demonstrate certain skills needed to build and strengthen supply chain security and resilience.

Skills development in the disciplines of governance, risk and compliance (GRC), secure software development and AI skills better enable cybersecurity and risk professionals to make informed decisions regarding software supply chain security and risk management.

From complexity to better security

Supply chains are complex, longer than you think and multidimensional. Organizations must place much greater focus on stress-testing the resilience of software suppliers and continuously evaluating exposure.

This approach goes well beyond being careful about what software makes it all the way to procurement. The potentially more damaging layer to address in the macro supply chain involves the embedded software and integrated AI tools that other suppliers are using.

The question is not whether your digital supply chain will face disruption. It's whether you have the visibility, vigilance and validation to operate when it does. That’s resilience: the north star of software supply chain security. Without question, transparency has to run through supply chains instead of just sitting inside organizations.

We've rounded up the best endpoint protection software suites.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Risk of darkness looms across Europe and America as power-hungry AI data centers and electric cars drain the grid, decimate factory capacity, and engineer a four-year wait for transformers

  • AI expansion is overwhelming transformer factories across global electricity markets today
  • Power transformer delivery times have stretched from months into several years
  • Aging electricity grids are driving an urgent wave of transformer replacements

Electricity grids across Europe and North America are facing a serious equipment shortage that could delay new electricity connections for years, experts have warned.

Power transformers, the large devices that regulate voltage before electricity reaches homes and factories, now take considerably longer to manufacture.

Orders that once took 6 to 12 months before 2020 can now take between 24 and 48 months to complete.

What is fueling the surge in demand?

The rise of electric vehicles and the shift toward industrial electrification are placing significant new demands on local power grids.

Utility companies increasingly compete directly with private developers for the same limited factory capacity, extending wait times for nearly everyone.

Much of the substation infrastructure built 30 to 50 years ago across the United States and Western Europe now requires urgent replacement.

Wind farms and solar installations also require specialized step-up transformers to convert the power they generate before long-distance transmission occurs.

Battery storage projects add further complexity, since each installation requires its own dedicated transformer connected directly to the wider power grid.

The most significant new demand originates from data centers built to support artificial intelligence and AI tools, which consume electricity at an extraordinary rate.

A single facility of this kind can draw several hundred megawatts, comparable to the electricity consumption of a mid-sized city.

Large technology firms can pay in advance to reserve years of factory output, leaving smaller buyers to wait even longer.

The situation is so critical that the largest transformers, rated above 100 MVA and 230 kV, once shipped within 12 to 18 months, can now require well more than 36 months for delivery.

Why factories cannot simply build faster

The principal constraint lies at the material level, since transformer cores depend on grain-oriented electrical steel that remains in short supply.

Alternative steel grades cannot satisfy strict efficiency standards set by the European Union and the United States Department of Energy.

Copper prices for internal winding materials have remained high, adding considerable cost pressure to already constrained manufacturing budgets across the industry.

Skilled labour shortages further complicate matters across the industry, since transformer assembly still depends heavily on precise, hands-on manual craftsmanship.

Factory testing facilities, where each unit undergoes impulse voltage and short-circuit evaluation, can only process a limited volume weekly, further limiting overall output.

As a result, equipment prices have climbed 50% to 80% above pre-2020 levels, driven largely by rising material and labour costs.

While industrial transformers take more time, smaller units used in residential and commercial settings ship faster, usually within 12 to 20 months.

Industry analysts regard these pressures as structural rather than temporary, suggesting sustained capacity investment will be required before conditions ease

Buyers who plan early, secure factory slots in advance, and standardize technical specifications appear better equipped to manage prolonged delays.

Diversifying supplier relationships beyond congested manufacturers may offer flexibility as global demand continues to outpace available production capacity worldwide.

Via Evernew Electrical (originally in Swedish)

'We have not ruled this out': The water-based battery that could turn whole data centers into energy storage

  • QinetiQ testing of SuperDielectrics' water-based zinc cells showed up to 13x longer high-power cycle life, 100C discharge in 36 seconds, and zero thermal runaway
  • The company is pitching its solution to AI datacenters as a 'shock absorber' that can deal with power requirement spikes safely and reliably
  • SuperDielectrics' Faraday 3's first commercial deployment is slated for early 2027 as it goes up against existing Lithium-ion battery-based energy storage as an alternative that can be deployed inside the data center

Cambridge-based advanced battery technology company SuperDielectrics recently published independent test results for its upcoming water-based Zinc battery, which could help cement its de facto presence in most projects that leverage renewable energy, whose output is often inconsistent.

The next-generation battery offers up to 13 times longer life cycle under high-power cycling, zero thermal runway, and charging and discharging gains that eclipse those of Lithium-ion-based batteries.

This makes it a great add-on for critical infrastructure, as well as for a new, fast-growing sector that is extremely power-intensive with huge power spikes in tow: AI data centers.

A solution that caters specifically to the AI power problem?

SuperDielectrics is painting its battery technology as the holy grail for AI data center problems, and with good reason: it is where all infrastructure spending will be concentrated over the next decade, and the firm decidedly wants a piece.

SuperDielectrics’ core innovation is a unique, patented polymer that enables it to deliver results that dwarf those of similarly configured single-layer lithium-ion cells. With the battery leveraging Zinc in addition to the proprietary polymer, the abundantly available metal could mean that batteries would be cheaper, immune to geopolitical and supply chain vulnerabilities, and easier to scale.

Room temperature testing of the battery showed impressive results when compared to lithium-ion-based alternatives, with SuperDielectrics claiming:

- Up to 13x longer cycle life under high-power cycling (10 mins charge and discharge, 100% depth of discharge);

- 10x better discharge performance (maintained >85% nominal capacity, achieved at 36 seconds)

- 8x better charging performance (maintained >70% nominal capacity, achieved at 1 minute, 12 seconds)

“These results provide independent benchmarking of the technology at the heart of our batteries: a proprietary polymer separator that combines rapid ion transport with the safety advantages of an aqueous electrolyte system," noted Shelley Brown, CTO of SuperDielectrics.

"The outcome is an energy storage solution purpose-built for high-power, fast-cycling applications, offering an alternative to lithium-ion systems that typically rely on extensive oversizing and additional safety infrastructure to manage demanding power profiles."

There is more to the story that makes the solution ideal: Unlike lithium-ion-based solutions, the battery is safe to deploy in datacenters, whereas off-site deployments are currently required for lithium-ion-based solutions due to their potential as a fire hazard.

AI datacenters are known to be particularly power-intensive and often require significantly higher peak power when performing certain computing tasks. Lithium-ion batteries are not ideal for this because not only do frequent charging and discharging degrade them fairly quickly, but they also do not charge or discharge as fast as the Zinc-based offering from SuperDielectrics.

As a result, as noted by the CTO of SuperDielectrics, data centers need to overcompensate for this limitation by buying more capacity than needed to allow smooth operations without pushing existing lithium-ion-based infrastructure too hard.

There is a trade-off, however: Zinc batteries generally sacrifice energy density to offer advantages over lithium, and SuperDielectrics' silence on capacity does not work in its favor here.

Despite this, thanks to AI compute requirements' near-violent power swings requiring a moderator, SuperDielectrics seems to have a winner on its hands, at least on paper, but it might have its limits for datacenters that require longer backup times. The question that comes to mind is whether a smoothing layer can grow into genuine storage, especially for rack-scale product deployment.

On the flip side of the equation, SuperDielectrics is not the only one toying with a 'safe' battery solution; Chinese researchers are concentrating on a similar approach even as the automobile industry is already using sodium for EVs, which is already racking up wins in extreme low-temperature conditions.

Like photosynthesis in plants: This CPU uses solar power to 'run computations' without the need for batteries

  • Penn State researchers built a monolithic 3D chip that runs entirely off ambient light without leveraging a battery
  • The chip stacks silicon photovoltaics, MoS₂/WSe₂ complementary logic, and graphene chemical sensors within ~50 nm of each other
  • The development also opens the door for larger 2D circuits that incorporate some of the same design philosophy in the future

Research at Penn State university has come up with an interesting breakthrough in engineering, building out a compact integrated circuit that runs entirely off solar power.

The IC, which skips batteries altogether aims to run calculations and be able to sense chemicals in its vicinity by harvesting solar power available to it aims to do so by stacking everything monolithically versus splitting things up across different dies.

The move comes as engineers continue to grapple with the need for long-lasting and versatile IoT and edge computing systems, many of which are deployed in remote or hard to access locations, making changing batteries a hard, if not impossible proposition at times.

A vertically-stacked solution that centers around solar

Battery-free electronics that rely on renewable power are in greater focus as engineers, stakeholders, and consumers seek such devices to meet growing market demand.

What makes the research team at Penn State's development so unique is that it has attempted to address what conventional electronics have failed to do so far: cutting losses by investing in a structure that effectively skips a significant part of the board area requirements, wiring losses in terms of power and latency that are in play for such devices.

The chip does so by leveraging two types of semiconducting materials (MoS₂ and WSe₂), a silicon photovoltaic module, and graphene-based sensors, and stacking all three layers vertically.

The graphene-based sensors at the top respond to liquids placed on them, sending electrical signals that are processed in the middle logic layer, where the semiconductor layer lies, while the silicon photovoltaic module at the bottom generates power by converting ambient light into electricity.

"We showed that heterogeneous materials—silicon, graphene, MoS2 and WSe2—can be integrated monolithically in three dimensions to create a self-powered sensing and computing system. This is different from simply placing separate chips next to each other or connecting them externally. We show that sensing, computation, and energy harvesting can be brought into nanoscale proximity, which can reduce footprint, interconnect length, and energy loss," said Saptarshi Das, one of the authors of the paper documenting this approach.

While the move itself documents a small purpose-built chip, it has interesting ramifications for the future, where larger circuits could use the design as a building block for IoT needs, especially in remote settings where batteries might be difficult to replace even as efficiency takes center stage for lower-powered, nanoscale circuits.

Quote of the day by Steve Jobs: 'The only problem with Microsoft is they just have no taste' — a potshot at a bitter rival

Many consider two of the most valuable companies in the world, Microsoft and Apple, to be at different ends of a spectrum. While different in their broad target market, they compete intensely in similar markets like operating systems, consumer hardware and enterprise software. It's little surprise, then, that their respective leaders have looked at each other with disdain throughout history.

Big Macs and chips

Apple's co-founder Steve Jobs compared Microsoft to the fast food chain McDonald's in an interview for the 1995 PBS documentary series 'Triumph of the Nerds'.

Quote of the day

This article is part of TechRadar Pro's QOTD project to provide an insight into the minds of the brightest and most recognized figures in the technology industry today and in years gone by. Read the full series here.

In a set of scathing comments, he said the company that Bill Gates founded was only able to enjoy its reach and success due to a "Saturn-5 booster called IBM". Gates used the opportunity granted by IBM outsourcing the operating system for the first IBM PC to Microsoft, called MS-DOS, with Gates retaining the rights to license the software and "create more opportunity", as Jobs phrased it.

Although he praised this aspect of the business – reiterating that Microsoft deserves its success – Jobs was adamant the firm doesn't add any originality into the broader ecosystem and isn't interested in the user experience. They have no "spirit" he said, and described their products as "very pedestrian".

From enemies to friends

Despite the decades-long sparring that Gates and Jobs engaged in, they eventually underwent a multi-stage reconciliation process that eventually led to a very different kind of relationship before Jobs' death in 2013.

In today's technology landscape, the two companies enjoy less of a heated rivalry that peaked during the operating system wars in the 1990s – with each enjoying a moat (Microsoft in the enterprise space and Apple in the consumer space).

Instead, they now compete in domains like AI and cloud computing alongside plenty of other Silicon Valley rivals. However, that doesn't mean there isn't the occasional jab – like outgoing Apple CEO Tim Cook dunking on the Surface Pro.

USMNT GK Matt Turner extends loan with the New England Revolution

A member of the United States Men’s National Soccer Team is extending his second stint in Foxborough by at least one more season.

On Monday, July 13, the New England Revolution announced it had reached an agreement with French Ligue 1 club Olympique Lyonnais to extend its loan of goalkeeper Matt Turner through Dec. 31, 2026, with an option to extend the loan to Dec. 31, 2027. If that option is taken, an option for the Revolution to purchase the veteran shot stopper outright from Lyon at the end of 2027 will be put in place.

The 32-year-old goalkeeper, who previously played for the Revs from 2016-2022 before being sold to English Premier League side Arsenal, made his return to New England on a year-long loan from Lyon on Aug. 1, 2025. Since then, Turner has made a combined 24 appearances between last season and this season, recording 101 saves and five clean sheets, three of which have come in the current campaign.

”We are thrilled to reach an agreement with Lyon that will allow us to keep Matt Turner in New England Revolution colors for years to come,” Revs General Manager and Chief Soccer Officer Chris Tierney said in a press release posted to the team's website. “Matt’s performances on the pitch here in MLS or on the world stage with the U.S. Men’s National Team speak for themselves. We firmly believe that Matt will continue to be the gold standard for MLS goalkeepers as he builds on his already impressive legacy with the Revolution.”

Soccer Football - FIFA World Cup 2026 - Group D - Turkey v United States - Los Angeles Stadium, Inglewood, California, U.S. - June 25, 2026 Matt Turner of the U.S. IMAGN IMAGES via Reuters/Kiyoshi Mio

Turner is coming off his second straight World Cup with the USMNT, and in total has made 55 appearances with 29 wins and 27 clean sheets for the Stars and Stripes. The primary American goalkeeper in Qatar in 2022, he largely served as backup to New York City FC goalkeeper Matt Freese on home soil in 2026. Turner did have one start this summer, however, playing all 90 minutes in a 3-2 Group D loss to Türkiye on June 26 at Los Angeles Stadium (SoFi Stadium).

The Park Ridge, NJ native is the Revs’ all-time win percentage leader (.581) and is second in club history in starts (126), goals against average (1.29), wins (54), saves (455) and save percentage (70.64). Turner is a TAM (Target Allocation Money) eligible player, meaning his salary charge is above the Maximum Salary Budget Charge ($803,125) and at or below the Maximum Target Allocation Money Amount ($1,803,125) per MLS rules.

The Revs (8-5-1, fourth in Eastern Conference) return to MLS action after a nearly two month break on Wednesday, July 22 at 7:30 p.m., hosting Toronto FC (3-6-5, 13th in Eastern Conference) at Gillette Stadium, which has reverted to its official name and artificial turf pitch after hosting seven World Cup matches on natural grass as Boston Stadium.

This article originally appeared on The Patriot Ledger: USMNT GK Matt Turner extends loan with the New England Revolution

Like Google’s Project Loon, but for missiles: Ukraine is weaponizing stratospheric balloons to boost strike range

  • Kyiv has floated more than 1,000 cheap balloons into Russia as decoys, relays, and now even launch platforms, with a balloon-dropped Hornet drone reportedly doubling its strike range to around 300 km
  • The DART missile drops from balloons at 12–18 km and deliberately kills its own navigation in the terminal phase, leaving Russian jammers nothing to attack
  • Prevailing west-to-east winds hand Ukraine a near-monopoly on the tactic, even as Russia trials its Barrazh-1 relay balloon as an alternative to Starlink

Google might have written off its Project Loon endeavor, a goal to use stratospheric balloons as flying cell towers due to economic considerations, but they are back in an unexpected setting: a deepening frontline between Ukraine and Russia.

This is largely because Ukraine has cracked the economics with the business model that Alphabet, Google's parent company, could not have: a cheap, easy-to-employ weapons platform that can't be jammed or shot down affordably while building up on its threat to Russian cities far from the frontlines.

The DART is a Ukraine-deployed, balloon-launched missile system developed by the Ukrainian firm Center of Innovative Technologies Program (CITP), which launches projectiles from the lower stratosphere at intended targets.

A smart 'dumb' missile approach by design

While most of the world continues to focus on better smart satellite- or laser-guided missiles (or precision-guided weapons), Ukraine is taking a different approach altogether, and it might be a much smarter play given how it could play out.

The balloon-based DART missile starts off 'smart', relying on satellite guidance to align and aim at a target before cutting off guidance altogether for the last 6km of the journey, relying only on its solid-fuel engine to reach its intended position.

The approach, though slightly crude, renders Russian jammers completely ineffective, unable to pull a DART missile off-target or 'confuse' it in any way. The target seems not to be civilians or combatants but rather to restrict Russia's ability to wage war by targeting infrastructure because of how the missile functions.

DART carries a warhead of roughly 10 kilograms that scatters conductive graphite filaments, a small-scale graphite bomb meant to short out electrical infrastructure. This also means it might not need the level of precision that many other missiles do: power stations and electric grids tend to sprawl, making them much easier targets than alternatives.

The more impressive part might be that the balloons, which often cost as little as $200, can lure out expensive S-300 and S-400 interceptors to respond, depleting far more costly ammunition and batteries on the Russian side.

Ukraine is also a direct beneficiary of geography: winds across the front generally blow west to east, allowing balloons from Ukraine to easily reach Russian territory, while Russian ones have to fight the current, often floating back into their own territory as a result.

While DART remains uncodified by Ukraine's military, it has already been showcased at trade shows, with the Eurosatory defense expo outside Paris in June marking its first major outing. It also has both allies and adversaries taking notice as the Ukrainian conflict continues to offer modern battlefield lessons.

The US Army has been evaluating tethered aerostats for drone detection and communications relay, with an eye toward launching drone swarms from them in the future.

Russians, on the other hand, are investing in a different kind of drone technology: the Barrazh-1, a stratospheric relay balloon carrying a communications payload of roughly 100 kilograms, which it says is entirely domestically built and aims to balance out the lack of Starlink terminals available to the country for data and internet services on the battlefield.

Watch out Windows users, a Secure Boot update has been blocked on Windows 11 PCs due to failing on some devices — here's how to check if you're affected

  • Microsoft has blocked Secure Boot updates on some devices
  • There have been issues with some devices updating from the 2011 certificate to the latest 2023 certificate
  • Some older devices or those not supported by their OEM may be restricted in downloading the latest Secure Boot certificates

Microsoft has blocked some Windows 11 PCs from installing Secure Boot updates due to known issues with certificate updates.

The company is currently rolling out an update for Secure Boot on devices using certificates issued in 2011, which are now expired. The new 2023 certificate is being applied through Windows Update, but issues on devices with faulty firmware have forced Microsoft to halt the rollout.

“Devices in this group are affected by a known issue. To reduce risk, Secure Boot certificate updates are temporarily paused while Microsoft and partners work toward a supported resolution,” Microsoft said.

Secure Boot issues

Secure Boot has long been a device-saving feature when it comes to removing malicious files, as it allows the device to verify and load only authentic software before booting to Windows. However if the device cannot receive certificate updates it can fall victim to threats at the boot-level before Windows is loaded.

Microsoft is currently working with manufacturers to issue a patch that will allow affected devices to install the new Secure Boot 2023 certificate, with HP issuing a BIOS update to allow the installation of the latest certificate.

What this means in practice is that some older devices, or devices that no longer receive updates via their Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), will not be able to apply Secure Boot and Boot Manager protections. Microsoft clarified that, “this results in a gradual reduction in long-term security—not an immediate risk or system failure. Continue to follow standard security practices, including staying current with Windows updates.”

So even if your device is blocked from installing the latest Secure Boot certificate, it will continue to work properly, other Windows updates will continue to work, and your Secure Boot version will continue to protect against known vulnerabilities. It’s just future vulnerabilities that users affected by this issue will need to be aware of.

Many users may not be aware of issues until they need to use Secure Boot, so the silver lining in Microsoft’s warning is that now is the perfect time to check if your Secure Boot is working properly.

How to check Secure Boot is up to date

To check if you are using the latest Secure Boot certificate, take the following steps:

  • Open the Windows Security app using the search bar
  • Navigate to the Device Security dashboard using the menu on the right hand side
  • Look at the Secure Boot section, and check for the following messages:

The Windows Secure boot section on the Device Security dashboard, showing that Secure Boot is working properly.

(Image credit: Microsoft)
  1. "Secure Boot is on"

If you see this message, Secure Boot is likely working properly. However, this does not display your certificates’ current state. Microsoft has been rolling out an update to show if your Secure Boot is running on the latest certificate, so make sure your don't have any pending Windows updates.

The Windows Secure boot section on the Device Security dashboard, showing that Secure Boot is affected by a known issue but can be updated by the OEM.

(Image credit: Microsoft)
  1. “Devices in this group are affected by a known issue.”

Devices with this message will likely be able to install the latest certificates once a firmware update has been issued by your OEM. Check your OEM update channel for availability.

The Windows Secure boot section on the Device Security dashboard, showing that Secure Boot is not supported for the latest Secure Boot certificate.

(Image credit: Microsoft)
  1. “Secure Boot is on, but your device does not support the automated Secure Boot certificate update due to hardware or firmware limitations.”

Devices with this message may no longer be supported by your OEM, or the OEM might no longer be able to provide the firmware updates needed. Microsoft recommends checking your OEM’s Secure Boot support page to confirm whether your device is out of support.

Via WindowsLatest

Space Force has a new weapon to target enemy satellites — Meadowlands electromagnetic beam marks a 'huge milestone' in US capability

  • 32 “Meadowlands” Counter Communication Systems have been commissioned by U.S. Space Force Combat Forces Command
  • Rather than laser, microwave or plasma, the weapon is an electromagnetic beam
  • Enemy satellites can be disabled and signals jammed using the weapon

A fleet of 32 “Meadowlands” Counter Communication Systems (CCS) is being assembled by US Space Force Combat Forces Command, which has just taken receipt of the first mobile electromagnetic warfare system.

While recent projectile-free weapons systems have employed lasers, microwaves, and ionized plasma gas, a Meadowlands unit – portable enough to be transported by air – uses targeted electromagnetic fields.

Electromagnetic warfare has proved successful in recent years, with Operation Midnight Hammer – the June 2025 US airstrikes on Iran – using the technology to create a “silence zone” over the country to facilitate the attack. By disrupting communications with the electromagnetic weapon on that occasion, targets were struck with minimal countermeasures deployed.

What does an Electromagnetic Weapon (EW) do?

Systems like Meadowlands CCS have the capability to interfere with enemy satellites and jam their signals (affecting uplink and downlink transfers). Described as being able to “detect, deny, disrupt, and degrade adversary capabilities” the technology can also change or disrupt target data, and generate confusion.

US Space Force Col. Angelo Fernandez is the commander of Mission Delta 3 – Space Electromagnetic Warfare, a unit dedicated to “training and equipping electromagnetic warfare professionals.”

He states: “Our Guardians are at the forefront of joint operations, so we are fielding capability that best enables their success and the success of the joint force. Every day, Space Force electromagnetic warfare forces become better organized, trained, equipped, and mentally prepared to operate in hostile environments.

The Meadowlands units are mounted on a six-wheel chassis, and appear to be intended for ground deployment using a separate tractor. They’re small enough to be deployed in harsh environments or behind front lines, and can be controlled remotely.

What is Space Force?

It was reported in February 2026 that Space Force was involved in Operation Midnight Hammer, which included gaining control of the electromagnet spectrum.

While sounding like a fictional arm of the military, Space Force was created in 2019 to protect U.S. interests in space. Operating under the Department of Air Defense, it is concerned with putting satellites into space, managing GPS, and tracking space debris. Its operatives are referred to as “Guardians.” These are recruited from the USAF, other branches of the military, or from civilian application pools.

(Conversely, NASA is concerned with exploration and scientific research, and is a civilian agency.)

Meadowlands CCS join existing high-powered microwaves, precision lasers within the arsenal of Space Force, which holds no kinetic weapons for deployment.

“This upgraded system enables us to more effectively and efficiently support the joint scheme of maneuver across the continuum of conflict,” said U.S. Space Force Lt. Col. Ryan Skilling, 4th Electromagnetic Warfare Squadron commander.

This AI-powered shape-shifting wing could make aircraft tails obsolete — and slash travel costs

  • Engineers at the German Aerospace Center are developing a morphing wing currently intended to reduce drag and replace functions of other parts of the plane’s design
  • A drone equipped with a morphing wing has been used in testing
  • The Morphing Technologies and Artificial Intelligence Research (morphAIR) project has a one million Euro budget

A wing that changes shape is in development at the German Aerospace Center, as part of a one million Euro project that could redefine the traditional view of an aircraft.

Rather than a tube with fixed wings and tailplane, future aircraft based on this technology could change shape to cope with changes in flight conditions, reduce drag, and even morph a portion of the wings to handle pitch control and other tailplane functions.

Engineers have tested the technology – part of the Morphing Technologies and Artificial Intelligence Research (morphAIR) project – with a 70 kilo drone, equipped with a 3-meter wide morphing wing.

How does the AI morphing wing work?

The morphing wing relies on a smooth surface with motorized components inside that can alter its shape. Success so far has led to the introduction of a follow-up program, UAdapt (Unmanned Aircraft Wing Adaption) to focus on reducing fuel consumption, by making the plane’s surface less prone to drag, and potentially removing the tail completely.

On the team is Martin Radestock, senior adaptive systems engineer, who told Aerospace America that current wings are essentially inefficient: “Aircraft are flying with turbulent flow over their wings, because they have steps and gaps [e.g. ailerons and flaps] between their control surfaces.”

Smooth wings have no gaps, no screws and rivets, and are assembled in a completely different way to standard aircraft. The wing is described as a “morphable trailing edge” and appears to be a series of motorized, actuator-controlled arms that move left, right, up, and down.

Morphing aircraft is nothing new

While morphAIR’s approach takes full advantage of modern technology, the concept of employing multiple profiles for aircraft to suit different flight conditions and deployment purposes is an old concept given a new life.

The most famous implementation of this is the “swing wing” technology, first tested in 1951 (the Bell X-5 experimental craft) and later a key element of 1967’s F-111 Aardvark. 13 production craft used the tech in total, although the most famous is probably the Grumman F-14 Tomcat, which co-starred with Tom Cruise in the movie Top Gun. These craft were able to sweep the wings backward, sharpening their angle (to 68 degrees from perpendicular to the fuselage) for stable high-speed flight, while the "straight" wings (22 degrees) generated lift for short takeoffs, such as on an aircraft carrier, where the runway is short.

Interestingly, a Grumman Gulfstream II was fitted with morphing flaps as part of testing by FlexSys in partnership with NASA and the U.S. Air Force Research Laboratory, so morphAIR is not the only group researching the next stage of flight.

Developments in aerodynamic flight technology and flight control made the swing wing generation obsolete, but morphAIR’s intriguing re-visitation of the concept of a craft that changes shape in midair could take it in a whole new direction.

‘The fate of humanity must not be decided behind closed doors’: US artificial intelligence sovereign wealth fund sees surge in support as AI job losses mount — 69% of Americans want to see half of AI stock placed into new state-owned investment fund

  • Americans want the massive wealth of AI firms added to a sovereign wealth fund
  • 69% would see AI firms forced to transfer 50% of stock into a sovereign fund
  • The fund would help redistribute wealth and back new infrastructure and developments for working class Americans

A national survey has found over two-thirds (69%) of US citizens want to see AI firms transfer half of their stock into a sovereign wealth fund.

The survey, conducted by Verasight among 1,690 adults, also found that there was overwhelming support (89%) for AI companies to publicly disclose the results of all internal safety testing.

The sovereign wealth fund, proposed by Senator Bernie Sanders, would provide wealth for current and future generations, as well as acting as a source of capital for investment in new projects and developments designed to improve the lives of working class Americans.

Americans want AI wealth redistribution

At the announcement of Sanders’ proposed American AI Sovereign Wealth Fund Act, the senator said, “It would guarantee that the economic benefits generated by AI are used to improve the lives of all of us — not simply to make the richest people in the world even richer.”

“The future of AI and the fate of humanity must not be decided behind closed doors in Silicon Valley by billionaires seeking to maximize their power and profit,” Sanders said.

Interestingly, the survey only saw a small dip in support to 64% when the sovereign wealth fund was tied directly to Sanders, showing the bi-partisan desire for the enormous growth in AI wealth to be redistributed among Americans.

According to a Goldman Sachs report, companies operating in the AI industry have added more than $27 trillion in market value since late 2022, with corporate profits and tech investment soaring. But at the other end of the scale, working class Americans are seeing jobs replaced and entry level positions disappearing due to AI technologies.

A further report from Goldman Sachs predicts that during the 10 year AI transitional period, up to 15 million US workers could lose their jobs - around 9% of the current US workforce.

In 2026 alone, the tech sector has seen more than 166,000 layoffs, with many attributed to the adoption of new AI technologies. The trueup layoff tracker expects this number to rise to 312,000 by the end of the year.

Electricity prices are also surging in the US due to the demand of AI data centers, raising the cost of day-to-day life of millions of Americans. As a result, US representatives have put forward a bi-partisan Ratepayer Protection Act that would force AI companies and hyperscalers to pay for the energy they use, with additional charges to help fund the expansion of electricity infrastructure that has been placed under additional load by data centers.

Via CNBC

'The precision and quality of the print finish are exceptional': We love the beginner-friendly Anycubic Kobra S1 Combo 3D printer — and it's got a massive discount right now

We absolutely loved the Anycubic Kobra S1 Combo when we tested out this 3D printer. It's fast, user-friendly, and suitable for beginners, hobbyists, and even micro-business users.

I'm always on the look-out for unmissable 3D printer deals, so I was very happy to see the Anycubic Kobra S1 Combo is currently on sale for $430 (was $650) at Amazon.

Built around a high-speed CoreXY motion system, the Kobra S1 Combo reaches print speeds of up to 600mm/s without loss of accuracy, which is important when producing prototypes, home projects, or detailed models. In the UK, the Kobra S1 is now £400 (was £599)

Today's top 3D printer deal

This fully enclosed 3D printer offers fast 600mm/s CoreXY printing, built-in four-color support, active filament drying, automatic bed leveling, smart app control, and reliable performance for detailed, multi-color creations.

In the UK: now £400 (was £599)View Deal

In his rave review, our 3D printer expert Alastair said the Kobra S1 delivered "next-generation multi-filament printing at an outstanding price" and called it "a printer that you can't fail to be impressed with."

He added that the model "blends build quality, price, and absolute precision" and "when it comes to single-material printing, not only can you print with a wide variety of materials, but it's fast and the precision is hard to beat."

One of the features we liked most is the built-in active filament drying system. This helps prevent moisture-related problems such as bubbles and clogged nozzles. Keeping filament dry improves print quality and reliability, especially during long, multi-day jobs.

Beginners will appreciate one-click auto-leveling, vibration compensation, and flow rate calibration which work together to produce consistent results with minimal setup.

The fully enclosed design maintains stable temperatures for more demanding materials such as ABS.

The Kobra S1 Combo brings color printing within easy reach and supports four-color printing out of the box. Connecting two Ace Pro units expands that to eight colors while reducing filament waste via an optimized printing algorithm.

The Anycubic app and LAN connectivity allows you to monitor and control jobs remotely. Maintenance is simple thanks to a quick-swap nozzle system that lets you replace nozzles in seconds instead of dismantling the print head.

Having tested a wide range of machines, the Kobra S1 remains one of our favorite 3D printers thanks to its combination of speed, ease of use, and excellent print quality. As Alistair noted, "there's a lot to be impressed with here."

If you’ve been thinking about getting into 3D printing or upgrading your current setup, this is an excellent opportunity to pick up a highly capable multi-color 3D printer at a fraction of the usual price.

For other options, check out the best 3D printers we've tested.

Also consider

Anycubic's fast CoreXY 3D printer offers native four-color printing, expandable to 19 colors, 600mm/s print speeds, AI monitoring, automatic bed leveling, Wi-Fi connectivity, and a spacious 260 × 260 × 260mm build volume.

In the UK: now £280 (was £329)View Deal

This high-speed 3D printer offers native seven-color printing, expandable to 19 colors, automatic bed leveling, AI monitoring, Wi-Fi connectivity, a spacious 260 × 260 × 260mm build volume, and print speeds up to 600mm/s.

In the UK: now £500 (was £629)View Deal

'Exceptional performance for an extremely balanced price': GMKtec M6 Ultra is our number one mini PC for work and study — and it's $100 off at Amazon right now

I'm forever looking out for great mini PC deals and was pleased to see that Amazon has cut the price of the GMKtec M6 Ultra mini PC to $600 (was $700) ahead of the back-to-school season.

Ideal for students, professionals, creators, multitaskers, and even gamers, the M6 Ultra is powered by an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor with six cores and 12 threads, reaching speeds of up to 5.0GHz and featuring integrated Radeon 760M graphics.

In his glowing review, our mini PC expert Alistair said the M6 Ultra offered "exceptional performance for an extremely balanced price." He went on to sum up the device, saying: "If you're looking for an exceptionally well-priced mini PC that offers plenty of upgradeability and is able to handle pretty much anything you throw at it, then the GMKtec M6 Ultra is a perfect option."

Today's top mini PC deal

This compact mini PC features an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, a 1TB SSD, triple 4K display support, USB4, dual 2.5G Ethernet, Wi-Fi 6E, and Windows 11 Pro pre-installed.View Deal

The M6 Ultra comes with 16GB DDR5 RAM and a fast 1TB PCIe SSD. There's also room to grow, with support for up to 128GB of memory and dual M.2 SSD slots offering up to 8TB of storage.

Dual 2.5Gb Ethernet ports, WiFi 6E, Bluetooth 5.2, USB4, HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort, and multiple USB ports make it easy to build a flexible workstation or connect loads of peripherals.

It can drive up to three displays, and USB4 output means it is capable of up to 8K at 60Hz — making it a great fit for home offices, students, creative workflows, and anyone who likes spreading work across multiple screens.

Despite its tiny size, the M6 Ultra includes dual-fan cooling to help maintain consistent performance during longer, more intensive workloads.

With a welcome $100 discount, this is easily one of the top mini PC deals available right now. If you're after a compact desktop with modern connectivity and plenty of upgrade potential, this Amazon deal is not to be missed.

For more options, take a look at our roundups of the best mini PCs you can buy right now.

'Class-leading 4K camera': The impressive DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Creator Combo delivers 'amazing video quality and beautiful slow-motion scenes' — and content creators will love the Amazon discount too

Amazon has slashed the price of the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Creator Combo to $549 (was $629), saving you $80 on one of the most capable pocket-sized 4K cameras for content creators and travel vloggers.

The Osmo Pocket 3's compact size means it's easy to slip into a pocket, hence the name, or small bag, yet it packs features normally found on much larger cameras. If you regularly create videos for YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, or travel content, this is a terrific opportunity to save big on a premium model.

In his glowing review, our expert Paul called the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 "an impressive camera that delivers amazing video quality and beautiful slow-motion scenes. The all-new 1-inch sensor boosts the image quality in low light, while the portrait filming mode enables on-board filming in this orientation, and the timelapse and motion lapse features further expand the functionality."

Today's top DJI creator camera deal

The DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Creator Combo captures stunning 4K/120fps video with smooth 3-axis stabilization, intelligent face and object tracking, plus an included microphone for clear, professional-quality audio.View Deal

A 1-inch CMOS sensor captures detailed footage in up to 4K at 120fps, giving you plenty of flexibility for smooth slow-motion clips and crisp everyday recording.

It also performs well in challenging lighting, ensuring night scenes and sunsets don't lose any important detail or clarity.

Filming while walking or moving around is where the Osmo Pocket 3 really shines thanks to the 3-axis mechanical stabilization system that keeps footage impressively stable when exploring a city, hiking a trail, or following fast-moving subjects.

The rotating 2-inch touchscreen makes switching between horizontal and vertical recording quick and simple, and lets you create content for different platforms. ActiveTrack 6.0 keeps faces and moving subjects centered, making solo filming less of a challenge.

Fast autofocus helps lock onto subjects quickly, keeping footage sharp. Support for D-Log M and 10-bit color gives creators far greater flexibility during editing, with up to one billion colors available.

Stereo recording captures clear sound alongside your footage. The Creator Combo includes a microphone, making it even easier to record clean dialogue without the need to splash out on extra accessories.

While at $549, this isn't what I'd term a budget purchase, it is one of the best prices I've seen for the Creator Combo, and it's highly recommended.

Also consider: More DJI camera combo deals

The DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro Essential Combo records stunning 4K video at 120fps, featuring a 1/1.3-inch sensor, advanced stabilization, subject tracking, dual OLED touchscreens, 47GB built-in storage, and a waterproof design for adventures.View Deal

This camera can record immersive 8K 360° video with a 1-inch imaging sensor, plus 4K at 120fps and a wide 170° Boost mode. Three batteries provide extended shooting time for longer adventures and creative projects.View Deal

This model can record crisp 4K video at up to 240fps with a 1-inch CMOS sensor, smooth 3-axis stabilization, 2x lossless zoom, 107GB built-in storage, and a rotatable 2-inch touchscreen for flexible shooting.View Deal

Ransomware negotiator jailed for 70 months after he just helped infect victims with malware

  • Ransomware negotiator Angelo Martino will serve 70 months in prison for secretly aiding BlackCat (ALPHV) attackers
  • Martino forfeits crypto proceeds, houses, cars, and boats, and must pay 10% of future salary after release
  • Martino was the third negotiator exposed; his co‑conspirators Ryan Clifford Goldberg and Kevin Tyler Martin previously received four‑year sentences for similar insider collusion

A ransomware negotiator who worked with the attackers behind his clients’ backs has been sentenced to almost six years in prison.

A sentencing memorandum published by the US government said 41-year-old Angelo Martino will spend the next 70 months in prison, and will also lose all of the cryptocurrency the attackers paid him for sharing insider information, as well as all of the houses, cars, and boats, he had bought with this money.

He will also have to pay 10% of any salary he earns after his release.

Asking for a shorter sentence

In November 2025, it was reported that three men who worked as ransomware negotiators to help victims minimize the damages of these attacks were actually agents for the dreaded BlackCat (ALPHV) ransomware collective.

Over the next months, it was reported that the men - Ryan Clifford Goldberg of Georgia, Kevin Tyler Martin of Texas, and Angelo Martino of Land O'Lakes, Florida, not only did not help their victims, but actually infected some of them with ransomware, and later shared valuable insider information with other BlackCat affiliates, in order to maximize the payment.

Their victims included at least five companies: a medical device company from Florida (demanded $10 million in ransom, ended up paying around $1.2 million), a pharmaceutical company from Maryland, a doctor’s office and an engineering company in California, and a drone manufacturer based in Virginia.

While all three faced serious prison time (between 10 and 20 years), they received far less. Martin and Goldberg were each sentenced to four years in prison in April 2026, while Martino will spend five years and ten months behind bars. Martino pleaded guilty and asked for a 24-month sentence, stating he “provided substantial assistance that contributed to the indictment and conviction of two co-defendants.” It didn’t work.

Via Ars Technica

Best SSD deals 2026 — big savings on Samsung, SanDisk, WD and more

My PC lets me handle many activities from watching movies to playing games, editing videos, and of course writing detailed product reviews for my audience. This intensive use requires having more storage space than usual and the ability to transfer files quickly.

To get extra storage, I previously opted for a hard disk drive (HDD) but later switched to a solid-state drive (SSD) for the extra speed, durability, and reduced battery consumption. Although the cost is generally higher than an HDD, an SSD has been a worthwhile investment for my productivity. It’s one of the few purchases where I can confidently speak of having no regrets.

Here, I’m bringing you the best SSD deals you can take advantage of and obtain better storage for the lowest possible price. These SSDs are discounted significantly from their original price, presenting a time-limited opportunity you shouldn’t miss.

Best SSD deals: Quick links

Best SSD deals: Internal solid-state drives

Offering up to 14,700MB/s read speeds, this PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSD pairs 2TB of storage with hardware encryption, advanced thermal control, Magician Software support, and excellent performance for creative workloads, AI applications, and demanding multitasking. You can read our complete review to learn more.View Deal

The Samsung 990 Pro is one of the best SSDs around, especially at an unbeatable price like this. In our review, we hailed it as "an absolutely stellar M.2 SSD for both professional users and gamers." View Deal

The WD_Black SN7100 PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSD offers up to 7,000MB/s / 6,700MB/s read/write speeds. Capacities range from 1TB to 4TB. View Deal

Crucial's P310 NVMe SSD delivers blazing read speeds up to 7,100MB/s, ensuring faster boot times, game loading, and file transfers. Its compact, heatsink-free design suits desktops and laptops, offering reliable, high-capacity storage with efficient everyday performance.View Deal

KingSpec's SSD offers up to 4,000/3,700 MB/s read/write speeds, 3D NAND flash, reliable thermal management, and solid performance for gaming, content creation, laptops, desktops, and PS5 upgrades.View Deal

This internal SSD from WD_Black is a perennial favorite of ours. It reaches up to 7,300 MB/s read speeds and up to 6,300 MB/s write speeds. Capacities range from 1TB to 4TB. View Deal

One of our top SSDs is currently discounted, with the Samsung 990 Evo Plus dropping in price. It features read/write speeds of up to 7,250MB/s / 6,300MB/s respectively.View Deal

Best SSD deals: Portable & external drives

Supports read and write speeds up to 2000MB/s using USB 3.2 Gen2, with IP65 water and dust resistance and capacities reaching up to 4TB. Our review highlighted its excellent performance and durability. View Deal

Transfer, edit, and back up files at speeds of up to 2,000MB/s with this rugged portable SSD. Our in-depth review of the Samsung T9 SSD notes its 1TB of storage, hardware encryption, advanced thermal management, and broad compatibility with PCs, Macs, cameras, consoles, and smartphones. View Deal

Store, transfer, and back up files quickly with this compact portable SSD, offering 1TB of storage, read speeds up to 1,050MB/s, USB 3.2 Gen 2 connectivity, and broad compatibility for work, study, gaming, and travel.View Deal

Offers read and write speeds up to 2000MB/s through USB-C connectivity, with password protection, AES 256-bit encryption, and capacities available up to 4TB. Our review of the SanDisk Extreme PRO notes its advanced encryption and superb performance.View Deal

This ultracompact 2TB portable SSD offers transfer speeds of up to 1,050MB/s and supports Apple ProRes 4K 60fps recording. With IP65-rated dust and water resistance, our review found it a great choice for creators.View Deal

Experts say they were able to create a rogue agent in Google’s AI platform with just a single edit permission

  • Varonis uncovered CVE‑level flaws in Google Cloud Dialogflow CX, where malicious Code Blocks in Playbooks could hijack agents, exfiltrate chat logs, and steal credentials
  • Shared Cloud Run environment with excess privileges meant one compromised agent could control all others in a project, with attacks virtually undetectable in Cloud Logging
  • Google patched the issue between April–June 2026; researchers advise reviewing audit logs, checking anomalous errors, and manually inspecting Code Blocks for unauthorized code

Researchers recently found a critical vulnerability in Google Cloud’s Dialogflow CX, allowing threat actors to take over different AI agents, access chat logs, and even exfiltrate sensitive data such as login credentials.

Dialogflow CX is Google Cloud’s conversational AI platform used to build many voice and text chatbots. This platform lets developers add Code Blocks, which are custom Python snippets, into conversation “Playbooks”. These blocks all execute inside a single Google-managed Cloud Run service, shared across all agents in a Google Cloud Platform project.

Security researchers Varonis said they discovered a critical vulnerability in which the theoretical attacker didn’t need broad admin access. With permission to edit a single chatbot’s settings, they would be able to plant malicious code relatively easily. The Cloud Run environment had no code restrictions, Varonis further explained, but had a writable filesystem, public internet egress, and ran with excess privileges. Key files could have been overwritten entirely, it was added.

Google issues a fix

As a result, the attacker had access to full conversation history and session state. They could call internal functions and fake LLM-generated replies which, they claim, could lead to phishing and credential theft.

Since the environment is shared per-project, one compromised agent could take over every other agent in that project, and since Cloud Logging doesn’t capture the file overwrite or injected logic, the attack would be "virtually undetectable."

Varonis reported the issue to Google in November 2025, and the latter came back with an initial fix in April 2026. However, the issue had not been fully resolved until June 2026.

In the report, the researchers said there is no evidence of in-the-wild exploitation attempts and advises customers to review DATA_WRITE audit logs for Playbooks.UpdatePlaybook calls, check for anomalous Sessions.DetectIntent errors, and manually inspect each agent's Code Blocks for leftover unauthorized code.

Samsung Gen 5.0 1 TB And 2 TB 9100 PRO SSDs Are Now Retailing For The Same Price As Gen 4.0 990 PRO SSD Variants

13 July 2026 at 18:29

The Samsung 9100 PRO SSD is displayed with the text 'Performance ready for a new era' beneath it.

Both SSDs are now at a much lower price than they were selling three months ago, and make more sense than buying the previous-gen drives. Samsung 9100 PRO 1 TB SSD Drops from $320 to $249 in the Last Three Months; 2 TB Capacity Drive Also Received Nearly $100 Discount The current state of the SSD market is quite volatile. You never know when the prices might suddenly jump by another 20%. There is no stability in both the DRAM and SSD markets, and we continuously witness a rise in their prices, yet some SSDs are seeing noticeable price drops […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/samsung-gen-5-0-1-tb-and-2-tb-9100-pro-ssds-are-now-retailing-for-the-same-price-as-gen-4-0-990-pro-ssd-variants/

Vibe coded threats shift again — hackers are using AI chatbots to write malware using natural language

  • Huntress analyzed AI‑generated malware “Untitled1.ps1,” a noisy custom AD enumeration tool likely built by low‑skilled attackers using generative AI
  • Attackers paired it with s5cmd for rapid data exfiltration and SharpShares.exe for share enumeration before being detected and removed
  • Report warns AI “vibe coding” lowers barriers for cybercrime, producing unique payloads that evade signature‑based defenses, requiring behavioral analytics to catch attack lifecycles

“Unsophisticated” cybercriminals can now easily write malicious code using Artificial Intelligence (AI) and run devastating data breach attacks with speed, forcing defenders to rethink their strategies, researchers have claimed.

Security experts Huntress thoroughly investigating a piece of AI-written malware, and explained how the bespoke, AI-generated payload was a “highly aggressive, noisy, custom-built AD enumeration tool.”

Since cybercriminals are generally careful not to make too much noise and to try and do their bidding without raising any alarms, the researchers hint this was the work of a low-skilled attacker.

Significant challenge

The malware, labeled Untitled1.ps1, was designed to map the Active Directory environment and apparently, it did its job well. In the next step, the crooks deployed a legitimate high-speed command-line tool for Amazon S3 operations called s5cmd which, according to Huntress, is often used for data exfiltration.

Before being spotted and kicked out, the attackers also deployed a known enumeration tool called SharpShares.exe, filtering common administrative shares while hunting for further user-accessible data repositories.

The move from off-the-shelf frameworks to custom, bespoke AI tools is a “significant challenge” for the defenders, Huntress warns.

“Historically, AVs and EDR platforms have relied heavily on file hashes and static string signatures,” they say. “Vibe-coded scripts are inherently unique. Untitled1.ps1 has never existed before and will likely never be compiled in this exact configuration again.”

As a result, defenders must focus on the “fundamental behaviors of the attack lifecycle.” AI can change the code syntax, they’re saying, but cannot change the underlying mechanics of Active Directory enumeration.

“Vibe coding lowers the barrier to entry for cybercrime, allowing unsophisticated actors to generate highly capable, evasive tooling on the fly,” the researchers concluded. “While the code itself may be messy, over-engineered, and filled with AI hallmarks like left-behind comments, the threat it poses is very real. To combat this, defenders must abandon rigid, signature-based thinking and embrace behavioral analytics to catch the underlying actions that no LLM can hide.”

TeraBox AI review

TeraBox built its name on 1TB of free cloud storage, which is still the headline pitch. What's changed is everything sitting next to the storage. An AI Presentation Maker, an essay writer, a scanner, a transcriber, and a research tool called Deep Research are now baked into the same free account I've used for years.

Until recently, TeraBox functioned more like a toolkit than a dedicated AI assistant. Many of the tools only did one job, like generate a deck, paraphrase a paragraph, or scan a document — then handed back results rather than a conversation.

But now, Terabox has added a dedicated research assistant that can access the web and parse through complex queries for information. It can also generate graphics and create properly-formatted documents to help with your research tasks. It's neat, but the most capable versions of these tools sit behind a Premium+ subscription priced under $4 a month.

I've covered hosting, storage, and AI software for TechRadar Pro since 2012, including our 2026 buying guide for vibe coders. If you'd like to see a wider selection of dedicated AI tools to pick from, check out our list of 70+ other AI tools across different categories. For this Terabox AI review, I had access to a 7-day trial of Premium+, which let me try all of the platform's features in depth over the review period.

What is TeraBox AI?

TeraBox AI is the set of generative tools Flextech Inc. has added to TeraBox, the free storage app it took over from Baidu in 2020. Rather than one assistant, it's a handful of single-purpose tools, an essay writer, presentation maker, paraphraser, transcriber, scanner, and research assistant, living inside the app I use for backups.

I'd call it a productivity add-on rather than an AI platform in its own right. You pick a tool, type or upload your input, and get a finished result. That suits someone wanting a quick deck or a tidier paragraph, but the platform left something to be desired when it came to more complex tasks requiring advanced reasoning.

TeraBox AI: At a glance

Attribute

Notes

Underlying model(s)

Not publicly disclosed. TeraBox doesn't name the large language models powering its tools.

Best for

Quick presentation drafts, document scanning and OCR, meeting transcription, light essay and paraphrasing help, existing TeraBox users.

Distinguishing functions

AI Presentation Maker with Agent Mode, Deep Research reports, AI Scan, AI Transcribe, bundled 1TB free storage.

UI features

Web app at terabox.com/ai, plus desktop and iOS/Android clients, each with a simple prompt box per tool.

Subscription costs

Free (basic AI, ad-supported, 1TB storage), Premium around $3.49/month (2TB storage, no AI), Premium+ around $3.89/month or $39.99/year (full AI suite, 2TB storage).

API pricing

No dedicated AI API. A separate OAuth-based Open Platform API covers file storage access only.

Buy it if…

  • You already use TeraBox for storage. The AI suite rides on cloud space you may already pay for, so the extra cost is small.
  • You need quick scans and transcripts. AI Scan and AI Transcribe handle everyday OCR and meeting notes well for casual use.
  • You want a fast presentation starter. One prompt turns into a usable slide deck in seconds, ready for further editing.

Don't buy it if…

  • You need a serious writing or design tool. Dedicated tools go deeper than TeraBox's essay writer and paraphraser for professional output.
  • Data jurisdiction matters to you. TeraBox's storage business began inside Baidu before Flextech took over in 2020, which still gives some professionals pause.
  • You can't stand ads. The free tier's AI tools sit behind the same ad-supported experience as TeraBox's storage.

My time with TeraBox AI

I tested TeraBox AI through the web app and Android client, running presentations, transcriptions, and scans over several days. The Presentation Maker stood out. A one-line prompt about small business marketing trends produced a ten-slide deck, icons and chart included, in under a minute.

AI Scan and AI Transcribe felt the most useful day to day, turning a printed invoice into clean, editable text in seconds. Transcribing a short interview gave me a readable summary alongside the full transcript. The essay writer and paraphraser, by contrast, were serviceable but generic.

However, my experiences with the dedicated AI chat and Research Assistant were somewhat mixed. A simple query asking for Elon Musk's updated net worth returned accurate input, but a more complex task involving generating a graphic of his net worth over the years seemed to fail entirely.

TeraBox was able to offer the information as a table instead on further attempts, which led me to believe that the failure was a result of being unable to pull up the necessary integrations for data visualization rather than an error in the research itself. That does redeem it in my eyes given the price point, just don't go in expecting the same level of functionality as a dedicated AI platform like ChatGPT.

On value, Premium+ is an easy call. It costs under $4 a month and bundles 2TB of storage with the full AI suite. The caveat is that nothing here matches a tool built solely around AI writing or design.

TeraBox AI: Features

TeraBox AI isn't the best do-everything assistant, which also shows in how the features are organized. Presentation, writing, scanning, and research tools each live in their own corner of the AI tab, which keeps things simple but means there's no unified chat for mixing tasks together.

The Presentation Maker impressed me most, with Agent Mode generating decks up to 40 slides from a prompt or uploaded document, complete with citations when it pulls from web sources. A separate Beautify option restyles slides you've already made. For students or small business owners needing a deck fast, this alone might justify upgrading.

AI Scan and AI Transcribe are the most practically useful tools for office work, handling OCR, ID document capture, and on-the-fly translation on one side, and audio-to-text conversion with an AI summary on the other. Both worked reliably in my testing, needing only minor cleanup afterward.

Deep Research, the suite's research tool, builds a structured outline you can edit before it writes a full report. The output reads more like a market briefing than original analysis, so treat it as a starting point rather than a finished document.

The essay writer and Smart Paraphraser are the weakest links. Output reads competently but generically, and TeraBox doesn't disclose which model is doing the writing. Given the price for Premium+, the overall feature set still feels reasonably generous for a bundle riding on storage you might already want.

TeraBox AI: User experience

I got started in under a minute. I logged into my existing account, tapped the AI tab, and was generating a presentation within seconds, with no separate sign-up or onboarding flow to slow things down. Each tool opens to a simple prompt box, so the learning curve is close to zero.

But the experience feels bolted onto a storage app rather than designed around AI from the ground up. Switching tools means backing out to the main AI menu each time, and the free tier's ads occasionally interrupt what otherwise feels quick and uncluttered.

TeraBox AI: Customer support

Support looks decent on paper. Users across review platforms rate TeraBox's customer service 4.0+ out of 5 and Flextech representatives respond to public reviews directly, including the ones flagging slow replies.

I didn't need to contact support during testing, since the AI tools worked as expected. The bigger caveat is documentation, since TeraBox's help content for the AI suite leans on blog posts and FAQs rather than a structured knowledge base.

TeraBox AI chat session

(Image credit: TeraBox)

TeraBox AI: Pricing

  • Free tier includes limited AI access, plus 1TB of ad-supported storage.
  • Premium adds 2TB of storage and removes ads, but doesn't unlock the AI suite.
  • Premium+ is the only tier with full AI access, priced from around $3.89 a month or $39.99 a year.

TeraBox's free plan gives a limited taste of the AI tools, including a small number of free presentation generations, on top of the full 1TB allowance. That's enough to test whether the tools suit your workflow before paying anything.

Premium+ is where the AI suite lives, bundling the essay writer, presentation maker, transcriber, scanner, paraphraser, and search tools alongside 2TB of storage for under $4 a month. TeraBox's official pricing page renders dynamically and didn't return visible data when I checked the source directly, so these figures come from cross-referenced third-party listings instead. There's no separate API pricing, since TeraBox doesn't offer developer access to the AI tools.

TeraBox AI: alternatives you should consider

  • pCloud: A privacy-focused cloud storage service with optional zero-knowledge encryption, starting around $49.99 a year for 500GB, without TeraBox's bundled AI tools.
  • Google Drive with Google AI Pro: Google's storage plans now fold Gemini directly into Drive, Gmail, and Docs, bundling 5TB of storage with AI access for $19.99 a month.
  • Canva: A more polished option built for AI-assisted presentations and design, with Magic Studio included in Canva Pro for around $15 a month.

How I tested TeraBox AI

  • Used the Presentation Maker, AI Scan, AI Transcribe, Deep Research, and Smart Paraphraser across free and Premium+ access.
  • Tested the AI suite through TeraBox's web app and Android app over several days of regular use.
  • Cross-checked pricing and ratings against TeraBox's official site, G2, and Capterra, noting where the vendor's pricing page wouldn't render visibly.

I focused testing on the tools most useful for a typical small business or student workflow, presentations, scanning, and transcription, rather than edge cases. Beyond the data obtained from their official website and documentation, I cross-referenced features across multiple third-party sources. as well as verified them during my own testing, to confirm consistency before including them here.

What the CAIO wave signals for UK companies yet to follow suit

Something shifted in early 2026. In the space of just a few months, HSBC named David Rice as its first Chief AI Officer, Lloyds appointed Sameer Gupta as Chief Data and AI Officer, and the UK government hired Kalbir Sohi to the newly created role of Chief AI Officer, the most senior AI leadership role in the public sector. This is just the tip of a massive iceberg.

Nearly half of Britain's biggest companies have now appointed dedicated AI leaders, with 42% of those appointments made in just the last year alone.

For organizations yet to act, the more pressing question is what is actually holding them back, and whether they have thought clearly enough about what the role needs to look like to be worth doing at all.

In fact, Thoughtworks research found that 69% of UK financial services organizations have already appointed a Chief AI Officer, well above the 46% average across industries. A further quarter are actively recruiting.

In its early form, the Chief AI Officer was often more of a coordinator aligning teams, reassuring regulators and shepherding pilots. In some organizations, that model still exists, with the role functioning more as a symbolic PR appointment than a genuine driver of change.

The Chief AI Officers who are making a real difference today look very different. They are evolving into P&L owners: controlling budgets, shaping investment decisions and being held directly accountable for business outcomes.

They sit at the heart of commercial strategy rather than on the edge of it, directly influencing how AI drives revenue, product innovation and customer experience.

A broader shift

This evolution reflects a broader shift in what boards are actually asking for. For several years the AI conversation centered on efficiency, covering automation, productivity and cost reduction. Those gains are now largely understood and, in many cases, already realized. The harder question dominating boardrooms now is growth.

Growth is a completely different brief. It requires calculated risk, long-term investment and a genuine rethink of how value is created. It also demands faster decisions and clearer accountability. Committees and distributed ownership models struggle with this, particularly when AI initiatives cut across technology, data, operations, legal and customer-facing functions simultaneously.

That is where empowered Chief AI Officers earn their place. Backed by a mandate to prioritize initiatives, a strong Chief AI Officer will halt projects that are not delivering and scale the ones that are, bringing focus to what can otherwise become a sprawling, fragmented AI program.

They also play a critical role in balancing ambition with responsibility, embedding governance and ethics into delivery from the start rather than bolting them on at the end.

Outside of financial services and professional services

For UK organizations outside financial services and professional services, the recent wave of appointments should land as a practical prompt. Across HSBC, Lloyds and the government, this is no longer a sector-specific story. To organizations that have just appointed this role, make sure your new leader is given the genuine authority, budget and accountability to actually matter.

Timing matters too. Lloyds reported that generative AI delivered around £50 million of value in 2025, with more than £100 million in additional value expected this year. These are the returns that flow from having leadership in place early. The gap between organizations experimenting with AI and those scaling it with clear ownership is already widening quickly.

Lessons learned

The lesson from this wave of appointments is not to appoint a Chief AI Officer at all costs, but rather to be clear-eyed about what specific problem the role is meant to solve.

First, audit how AI decisions are actually being made today. If ownership is split across innovation teams, data functions, risk committees and product leaders, your AI strategy is almost certainly moving more slowly than the business expects. At scale, it becomes a liability.

Second, get explicit about outcomes, not activity. AI roadmaps that focus purely on use cases and tools miss the point. The question boards are now asking is how AI will drive measurable growth, new revenue, better customer retention and faster product cycles. If AI leadership cannot be tied directly to those levers, the role will never carry the authority it needs.

Third, embed AI leadership alongside financial and product strategy, not beside it. The most effective Chief AI Officers sit with CFOs and CPOs, rather than operating as a technical advisory layer. Budget ownership and commercial responsibility matter far more than job titles.

The cost of delay

Finally, move. The cost of delay is rising. Organizations that clarify ownership now will be better placed to scale responsibly and competitively. Those that wait risk discovering, too late, that they have a huge leadership gap.

What is often underestimated is how far the CAIO role stretches beyond technology. The most fundamental challenges presented by AI are not purely about bringing in new tools. They are about people, practices and the processes that underpin everyday business. In that sense, the role has as much in common with a Chief People Officer as it does with a senior technologist.

Building organization-wide AI literacy, managing cultural change and setting clear guidelines around what tools staff can use and what data they can use them with are just as central to the job as any technology decision.

We've reviewed and ranked the best online collaboration software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'Cryptomining can be a lucrative post-compromise activity in cloud environments': Experts warn AI gateways connected to Amazon Bedrock are being hijacked to steal crypto

  • Darktrace reports cryptojacking via a compromised AI gateway (LiteLLM‑Proxy on AWS Bedrock), breached through exposed SSH and abused with XMRig mining
  • Attackers also showed suspicious IAM activity, hinting at possible cloud credential misuse, with connections traced to Vietnam
  • Experts warn AI gateways concentrate privileged access, urging strict port closures, least‑privilege roles, and control‑plane monitoring to reduce blast radius

If you are using AI gateways as part of your tech stack, be wary - they are being leveraged in cryptojacking attacks, experts have warned.

Cybersecurity researchers Darktrace have published a new report on a cloud-hosted AI gateway, connected to Amazon Bedrock, which was compromised and used for cryptocurrency mining.

An AI gateway is a piece of software that runs between users or applications and one or more AI models. It is not unlike a reverse proxy or an API gateway, but just for AI services. In this case, an Amazon EC2 instance running an AI gateway called LiteLLM-Proxy was given centralized access to large language models (LLM) hosted on Amazon Bedrock (AWS’ fully managed generative AI platform).

Shady Vietnamese accounts

According to Darktrace, threat actors gained access most likely through a brute-force attack, since the EC2 instance was configured to accept SSH connections from anywhere on the internet.

After breaking in, they downloaded XMRig, by far the most popular cryptocurrency mining program. Within minutes, the instance started making repeated encrypted connections to a cryptocurrency mining pool, which also set off Darktrace’s alarms and spotted the attack.

Soon after, Darktrace spotted more suspicious activities, this time involving an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user. This account started giving out unexpected and previously unused commands, such as enumerating and invoking Amazon Bedrock foundation models, or trying to set up a new IAM user account.

The final red flag was the IP address of that user - tracing back all the way to Vietnam. Darktrace said there was insufficient evidence to conclusively link the IAM activity with the earlier compromise of the AI gateway, but stressed that the behavior could indicate attempted cloud credential misuse.

Brave Leo AI review

Brave Leo arrived in November 2023 as a sidebar AI assistant for the Brave browser, and it has grown into one of the more unusual offerings in the AI chat market. Unlike most platforms that treat privacy as an afterthought, Leo bakes it into the architecture: no IP logging, no conversation storage, and no requirement to create an account. In late 2025, Brave went further by introducing Trusted Execution Environments (TEEs) powered by NEAR.AI and Intel TDX technology, giving users cryptographically verifiable assurance that requests are processed exactly as described.

Two features set Leo apart from the field. The Bring Your Own Model (BYOM) option lets you connect Leo to locally-running models via Ollama or your own API endpoints, which is rare among browser-native AI tools. The Skills feature, launched in December 2025, lets you assign keyboard shortcuts to frequently used prompts to cut down on repetitive setup.

Agentic browsing, which lets Leo autonomously navigate and complete tasks on your behalf, entered early testing across all Brave release channels in May 2026.

I've been covering AI platforms and B2B software at TechRadar Pro since 2018, including our 2026 vibe coding buying guide and the Microsoft Build conference this year in San Francisco. Here's how Leo holds up.

What is Brave Leo AI?

Brave Leo is an AI chat assistant built directly into the Brave browser, accessible from a sidebar panel, a full-page view, or the address bar. It's available on Windows, macOS, and Linux on desktop, and on Android and iOS on mobile. No separate installation, app, or account is needed to get started with the free tier.

Leo's defining quality is page awareness. It reads the content of the active tab, whether that's a webpage, PDF, Google Doc, Google Sheet, or YouTube video, and uses that content as context for your questions. You don't need to copy-paste anything or upload files to an external server.

Moreover, Brave Search pulls in real-time information from across the web when your question calls for it.

The platform targets privacy-conscious individuals, students, and professionals who want AI assistance without feeding personal data to third parties. It's also a practical option for people already running Brave who'd rather not switch tabs to reach a separate AI app.

Brave Leo AI: At a glance

Attribute

Notes

Underlying model(s)

Qwen, Meta Llama, Google Gemma (free); Claude Haiku, Claude Sonnet, DeepSeek V3.1 (premium); all hosted on Brave's own secure infrastructure

Best for

Privacy-conscious users, web research, document summarization, coding assistance

Distinguishing functions

Privacy proxy, BYOM, Skills shortcuts, Automatic mode, agentic browsing (early access)

UI features

Sidebar panel and full-page mode; address bar integration; in-chat model selector

Subscription costs

Free (open models, rate-limited); Leo Premium at $14.99/month or $149.99/year

API pricing

Not available; Leo is a browser-only product with no public API

Buy it if…

  • You prioritize AI privacy above all else. Leo doesn't log your conversations, store your IP address, or use your chats for model training. For users handling sensitive research or confidential work, that's a real distinction from most AI chatbots.
  • You're already a Brave browser user. Leo is built directly into Brave with no extra installation required. It picks up page context automatically, making web research faster with very little setup.
  • You want model flexibility. The ability to switch between Llama, Claude, Qwen, and others, or connect your own model via BYOM, gives you more control than most browser-native AI tools offer.

Don't buy it if…

  • You need AI across multiple browsers or tools. Leo only works inside Brave. If you regularly use Chrome, Firefox, or other apps, you won't have Leo available in those environments.
  • You rely on intensive daily free usage. The free tier hits its ceiling quickly during heavy use. A Premium subscription is more or less necessary for anyone using Leo throughout the working day.
  • You need enterprise features or team access. Leo is a personal assistant with no team accounts, admin controls, or organization-level management. Businesses looking to deploy it across multiple users will need individual subscriptions for each.

My time with Brave Leo AI

My first impression of Leo was how little friction there was to getting started. No account confirmation, no model selection screen, no onboarding pop-ups. Within seconds of opening the sidebar, I was summarizing a lengthy policy document open in another tab.

The sidebar stays out of the way until you need it, which I found more practical than switching to a dedicated AI app.

Automatic mode worked well in practice. Leo picked Claude Sonnet for a nuanced writing task and shifted to a faster model for a quick factual question, all without me having to intervene. I did run into rate-limit warnings during a longer research session on the free tier.

Those limits don't reset frequently enough for sustained daily use, and that was what ultimately pushed me to test the Premium plan.

The Skills feature was a useful addition for repetitive tasks. I set up a shortcut for a summarization prompt I return to frequently. After a few days, it saved real time.

New users may not find it easily, though, since it's tucked away and not highlighted in Leo's default interface.

Brave Leo AI: Features

Leo's feature set has expanded considerably since its 2023 launch. The platform covers summarization, translation, code generation, content writing, question answering, and document analysis across webpages, PDFs, Google Docs, Google Sheets, and YouTube videos. Image understanding was added more recently, and agentic browsing, which lets Leo autonomously complete multi-step tasks in an isolated browser profile, entered early access across all release channels in May 2026.

Page awareness is one of Leo's strongest practical assets. It reads whatever you're currently viewing and uses it as live context for your prompts. This works without uploading anything to a third-party server, which keeps the privacy model consistent across all use cases.

BYOM is a genuine differentiator. You can connect Leo to locally-running models via Ollama, to OpenAI-compatible endpoints, or to other third-party APIs. For developers or power users who want a specific model or prefer to keep everything on-device, this adds a level of control that most browser AI tools don't offer.

The Skills feature lets you save and trigger custom prompts with keyboard shortcuts. It's useful for repetitive workflows, though the current library of built-in skills is still relatively narrow. More customization here would strengthen the feature, and it's an area I'd like to see Brave expand.

Multi-tab context and Tab Focus Mode let Leo work across several open tabs rather than just the active one, which helps when cross-referencing multiple sources. The Brave Talk integration is a useful bonus for anyone using Brave's video conferencing tool: Leo can transcribe meetings in real time and produce summaries and action items without sharing data externally.

The one area where Leo falls behind dedicated AI platforms is memory. Leo doesn't retain context between separate sessions, so every conversation starts from scratch. Users who want a long-running assistant that remembers preferences or project history will find this limiting.

Brave Leo AI: User experience

The interface is clean and minimal. The sidebar slides open without disturbing your active page, and the full-page view at brave://leo-ai works well for longer sessions. Switching models takes a couple of clicks from the dropdown at the top of the chat.

Automatic mode removes the decision entirely if you'd rather not think about it.

The address bar integration is a small but practical touch: typing a question and selecting "Ask Leo" opens the response in full-page view without interrupting your browsing. Mobile support on Android and iOS covers the same core features as desktop, with voice input available on iOS. The experience is consistent across platforms, which isn't always the case with browser-based AI tools.

Brave Leo AI: Customer support

Brave handles Leo support through its Help Center at support.brave.app. The documentation is well-organized and covers most common scenarios, from initial access to advanced configuration options like BYOM and model settings. Articles are generally current, which is more than can be said for some AI products that update fast but leave documentation behind.

There's no live chat or dedicated support line for Leo. Community forums and the Help Center are the primary routes for getting help. For a free or modestly priced tool, this is standard, but business users with time-sensitive issues may find the self-serve model inadequate.

Brave Leo AI in action

(Image credit: Brave Browser)

Brave Leo AI: Pricing

  • Free tier: Access to open-source models (Llama, Qwen, Gemma), rate-limited usage, no account required
  • Leo Premium: $14.99/month or $149.99/year, with a 7-day free trial. Includes Claude Haiku, Claude Sonnet, DeepSeek V3.1, and other advanced models; higher rate limits; early access to new features

The free tier works for light, occasional use. You get solid open-source models and full privacy protections without signing up for anything. Rate limits are the catch: they kick in faster than you'd expect during sustained sessions, and there's no way to pay for a small top-up without committing to Premium.

At $14.99/month, Leo Premium is cheaper than ChatGPT Plus ($20/month) and sits comfortably within range for an individual AI subscription. The annual plan at $149.99 brings that down to about $12.50/month, which is reasonable given the model access on offer. There's no team or enterprise pricing.

Leo also has no public API, so external workflow integration isn't an option.

Brave Leo AI: alternatives you should consider

  • ChatGPT Atlas: A Chromium-based web browser from OpenAI with built-in access to the most widely used AI assistant. However, it's only available to macOS users for now and has now Windows version.
  • Microsoft Copilot: Built into Microsoft Edge and deeply integrated with the Microsoft 365 suite. The stronger pick for users already working in the Windows and Office ecosystem.
  • Perplexity AI: A research-focused AI that delivers sourced, real-time answers from the web. Worth considering if web research and fact-finding are your primary use cases rather than general-purpose chat.

How I tested Brave Leo AI

  • Used Leo's free tier for web research, PDF summarization, and content drafting over multiple sessions to assess response quality and the real-world impact of rate limits.
  • Tested Premium-tier models including Claude Sonnet on complex writing and analysis tasks, comparing output quality against the default open-source models.
  • Configured BYOM with Ollama, created custom Skills shortcuts, and put the multi-tab context feature through a multi-source research task.

Testing covered Brave Leo on desktop (Windows and macOS) and on Android, using both the sidebar and full-page chat modes. I evaluated response accuracy across summarization, factual questions, code generation, and writing tasks, and cross-referenced Brave's privacy claims against official documentation and third-party reporting from sources including The Register.

Why AI coding agents keep stalling before production and the governance controls that fix it

Across 100 engineering organizations, 61% already run AI agents. Yet almost none trust them enough to bring them into production.

There are a few reasons for this. Firstly, agents are prone to making mistakes that humans know to avoid through experience. They move at a much faster pace, and by their nature operate autonomously. If something goes wrong, there’s often no audit trail or visibility into what they are doing across the organisation.

This is problematic when a rogue agent inevitably leaks credentials, hits unauthorized repositories, or burns through cloud budget before anyone notices.

This unreliability is why most organizations keep agents away from anything that matters.

However, the real problem is not the agents. It’s the absence of governance around using them. The controls already exist, and have for a long time.

They are the same principles that have been applied to human engineers for years: minimal privileges, audit logging, identity management, and scoped access. Though familiar, companies struggle to apply these fundamental rules.

To ensure organizations get off to a good start with deploying AI agents, they should implement three simple governance controls: isolate, scope, and approve.

Isolate by default

Start with isolated, ephemeral workspaces. Every task that is spun up from a clean template should be erased the moment it is completed. No shared state or bleeds between runs. This means that should something go wrong, the damage will be confined to that task, and nothing beyond it.

Then from that workspace, all agents should have zero outbound access by default. Not limited. Zero. An explicit ‘allowlist’ then defines exactly which domains, methods, and paths an agent can touch. Everything else gets blocked. And even with narrow access, sensitive systems such as GitHub or Salesforce should get read-only access also.

Your agent is in an isolated workspace. Network connectivity is limited. Now it’s time to control tool calls. Model context protocol (MCP), for instance, is how agents invoke external tools, including file systems, databases, and APIs. Without airtight guardrails, an agent can reach any MCP server available to it.

The danger is that this is a significant and largely invisible attack surface. Proxies that sit in front of those tools allow administrators to define an approved list, filter at the per-tool level, and log anything that tries to reach outside the boundary.

Scope permissions and real-time monitoring

Even a well-isolated agent can cause problems if it’s running with more permissions than it needs. Agents should never inherit a user’s full credentials. API keys should only carry the permissions required for that specific task, and nothing more.

In addition to scoped identities, there must be clear visibility. Streaming every request through real-time monitoring and alerting teams when an agent makes 10x its typical API calls, contacts a new domain, or starts burning tokens unusually fast will provide timely, and actionable signals.

Identity-aware LLM routing ties it all together. Authenticating users through existing SSO, and routing all model requests through centrally managed keys solves the problem of API key sprawl. Without this measure of control, hundreds of loose keys with no attribution or clear revocation path quietly accumulate.

Approve agentic tasks with a human in the loop

Think of an agent as a talented junior employee. High output, eager to help, but not yet trusted to push to production unsupervised. AI agents should generate output but not decide what ships. This is where human approval gates, backed by existing role-based access controls, come in. Humans must be held mutually accountable for their agent’s output. This is as much a mindset as a technical control.

However, there is one area where you should assist human oversight: model selection. Not every task should go to the same model. For example, regulated data has different requirements than content generation. Routing by policy ensures that compliance requirements are met without relying on individual developers to make the correct call every time.

Full audit trails make the whole lot accountable. Every prompt, every tool call, every model interaction should be mapped to an authenticated identity and exportable to whatever observability stack is already in place. It should always be clear which authenticated user sent which prompt to which model, and why.

Embed governance in your infrastructure, not your apps

Overall, the goal is to empower organizations with the confidence to deploy their AI agents safely without slowing down their developers, agents or the business. Ensure this happens by laying down a governance layer to make AI agent adoption sustainable. But there’s a catch. Implement governance at the infrastructure layer. There are two reasons why.

Firstly, it avoids duplicating policy for every AI stack you deploy. Secondly, it ensures a consistent governance across a very fast-changing world where agents, models, and harnesses will leapfrog each other monthly. You do not want to rewrite governance policies at the pace of AI change.

Done right, infrastructure-lever governance makes AI production ready. Security teams with visibility over what agents are doing will be more inclined to approve more, compliance teams with clear audit trails will sign off faster, and developers who trust the guardrails will be able to push further.

Those enterprises that build in governance now will not just have better security posture, they’ll outpace competitors waiting for sign-off to run their first pilot.

We've reviewed and ranked the best small business software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

HuggingChat AI review

HuggingChat is Hugging Face's free, open-source chat interface . It might be the most underrated AI tool available right now. You get access to over 120 open-weight models including Llama, Mistral, Qwen, DeepSeek, and Falcon, all without spending a cent. The newest addition is Omni, a routing layer that automatically picks the most suitable model for your request.

What makes HuggingChat worth paying attention to is the sheer scope of model access it bundles into a single free product. I've been reviewing B2B software at TechRadar Pro for the past 10 years and our team covers the AI space closely. Take a look at our 2026 best AI tools roundup and read our in-depth explainers on open-source platforms like OpenClaw and Moltbook.

What is HuggingChat?

HuggingChat is the conversational AI interface built by Hugging Face, the company behind the world's largest open-source AI model repository. Instead of locking you into a single proprietary model, it lets you chat with any of 120+ community-hosted, open-weight models directly from your browser.

It's aimed squarely at developers, ML researchers, and technically curious users who want to compare model outputs, test different architectures, or simply avoid handing their data to a closed-source provider. For anyone evaluating an open-weight model before self-hosting it internally, this is an obvious starting point.

The platform also works for general use cases: writing, coding help, document analysis, and Q&A. But it's at its best when the person on the other end knows what they're asking of each model.

HuggingChat: At a glance

Attribute

Notes

Underlying model(s)

User-selectable from 120+ open-weight models including Meta Llama, Mistral, Qwen, DeepSeek, Falcon, and Cohere Command R+

Best for

Developers testing open models, researchers, ML engineers, privacy-conscious users

Distinguishing functions

Multi-model switching, Omni routing, web search, custom Assistants, document upload

UI features

Clean single-column chat interface with persistent model selector and sidebar conversation history

Subscription costs

Free (unlimited), Hugging Face Pro at $9/month

API pricing

Via Hugging Face Inference API; pricing varies by model and hardware; starts from $0.03/hour for CPU instances

Buy it if…

  • You want to compare open-weight models side by side. HuggingChat is the fastest way to test how Llama, Mistral, and Qwen handle the same prompt without switching tools.
  • You need a free AI chat tool with no usage caps. Unlike many free tiers, HuggingChat doesn't cut you off after a certain number of messages per day.
  • Avoiding vendor lock-in matters to your organization. Every model on the platform is open-weight, meaning you can evaluate it here and self-host the exact same model later.

Don't buy it if…

  • You want a polished, feature-complete interface. There's no canvas mode, no voice input, and no image generation. That puts it behind ChatGPT and Claude for everyday productivity use.
  • Consistent response speed is critical. Inference speed varies depending on server load, and the free tier runs on shared infrastructure. Peak hours can slow things down noticeably.
  • You need mobile-first access. HuggingChat is browser-only with no dedicated iOS or Android app, which limits how well it works on the go.

My time with HuggingChat

My first impression was that HuggingChat is more of a research tool than a daily driver. The interface is minimal: a chat window, a model selector, and a sidebar. That's about it. Once I got past the expectation of feature parity with ChatGPT, I found myself appreciating how little gets in the way of just talking to a model.

The Omni routing feature is a genuine improvement. Rather than guessing which model handles a given task best, In my testing, Omni made sensible choices more often than not. For users who don't want to manage model selection manually, it reduces friction considerably.

Where I ran into friction was speed. During busier periods, response latency was noticeably longer than on paid commercial platforms. For quick back-and-forth conversations, that's tolerable. For longer document analysis tasks, it started to feel slow.

HuggingChat: Features

The model catalog is HuggingChat's biggest selling point, and it's hard to overstate how much value that represents for free. At the time of writing, you can chat with 120+ models including Llama 3.1 405B, Mistral Large 2, Qwen 2.5 72B, DeepSeek V3, Command R+ from Cohere, and several Falcon variants. The list updates regularly as new community models are released.

Web search integration is available and works well enough for pulling in current information, which helps avoid stale knowledge cutoff responses. It's not as tightly integrated as Perplexity's approach, but it does the job without requiring a separate tool.

Custom Assistants let you set system prompts, attach knowledge bases via retrieval-augmented generation, and share a pre-configured assistant via a direct link. This is particularly useful for teams who want a repeatable AI workflow without paying for an enterprise platform. Document upload is also supported, which lets you drop in a PDF or text file and ask questions against it.

HuggingChat's limitations are harder to ignore if you're coming from a commercial product. There's no image generation, no voice mode, no plugin system, and no equivalent of ChatGPT's canvas or Claude's Projects feature. For general productivity use, those gaps matter.

HuggingChat: User experience

The interface is clean and gets out of the way quickly. A new conversation starts within seconds. The model selector is easy to find, and conversation history is accessible from the sidebar once you're logged into a Hugging Face account. There's no learning curve beyond understanding what each model is good at. That knowledge gap is real for non-technical users.

Hugging Face has been transparent in interviews about positioning HuggingChat as the open-source community's answer to proprietary chat products. That framing shows in the design decisions: the priority is access and transparency over UX polish. For the target audience of developers and researchers, that's a reasonable trade.

HuggingChat: Customer support

Support for HuggingChat itself is primarily community-driven, via the Hugging Face Discord and forums. There's no in-product live chat or dedicated help desk for the free tier, which means troubleshooting usually involves hunting through documentation or community threads.

Hugging Face Pro subscribers gain access to prioritized support channels, and Enterprise customers get dedicated support. For individual users on the free plan, the documentation is thorough but the response loop can be slow if you hit an edge case.

HuggingChat interface

(Image credit: HuggingFace.co)

HuggingChat: Pricing

  • Free: Full access to all 120+ models, web search, document upload, and custom Assistants with no daily message limits
  • Hugging Face Pro ($9/month): 20x inference credits, 10x private storage, ZeroGPU priority access, Spaces Dev Mode, and early access to new features
  • Team ($20/month per user) and Enterprise ($50/month per user): Adds SSO, audit logs, storage regions, SCIM provisioning, and dedicated support

The free tier is impressively generous and covers most use cases without restriction. Upgrading to Pro makes sense if you're a developer who also uses Hugging Face's broader platform for model hosting, inference, or dataset work. The credits and storage benefits extend well beyond HuggingChat itself.

There's no standalone HuggingChat subscription. The Pro plan is a Hugging Face platform upgrade, which means you're paying for the full platform rather than just the chat product. That's either good value or unnecessary overhead, depending on how embedded you are in the HF ecosystem.

HuggingChat: alternatives you should consider

  • ChatGPT (OpenAI): The most polished AI chat product on the market, with voice mode, image generation, and a canvas editor. Better for general productivity but fully proprietary and locked behind a subscription for advanced features.
  • Claude (Anthropic): Strong at long document analysis and nuanced writing. More consistent response quality than most open-weight models, though it's closed-source and doesn't offer model selection flexibility.
  • Perplexity AI: A strong alternative if web search and real-time information retrieval are your main use cases. Less flexible on the model side but more tightly integrated with live web data.

How I tested HuggingChat

  • Ran identical prompts across Llama 3.1, Mistral Large 2, and Qwen 2.5 to evaluate output consistency and quality differences.
  • Tested web search integration, document upload, Omni routing, and custom Assistant creation over multiple sessions.
  • Ran tests across different times of day to assess latency variability on the free tier.

Testing covered both technical tasks (code generation, document Q&A) and general use cases (writing, research, open-ended reasoning) to give a representative picture of day-to-day performance.

Zoom will let you add an AI receptionist at work, as 'businesses shouldn’t have to replace their phone system to benefit from AI'

  • Zoom Virtual Agent Receptionist is now available to any business
  • As a first port of call, it frees up humans to handle more valuable calls
  • Available from $24.99/month, it speaks 10+ languages and works 24/7

Zoom has announced the launch of a dedicated AI receptionist that customers can deploy within their existing business telephone system, meaning that prospective customers will no longer have to commit to migrating to Zoom Phone, as was previously the case.

By helping customers to avoid disruptive infrastructure changes and waste years of investment in other telephone solutions, Zoom could end up with even more paying customers who would otherwise have dismissed the tool due to the migration requirements.

The system is designed to supplement existing human teams by answering incoming calls and directing them to the right support channels.

Zoom's AI receptionist is now available to all, including non-Zoom Phone customers

"Businesses shouldn’t have to replace their phone system to benefit from AI," Zoom Phone GM Chris Moss wrote.

The company boasted that its virtual receptionist can speak more than 10 languages, will work around the clock and has built-in transcription to help agents later down the line.

It can automatically handle routine business questions and schedule appointments, but it will also transfer calls to the relevant people or departments wherever necessary. By pairing customers up with an AI agent first to hopefully answer some of the most basic and common questions, it frees up human workers time to handle the more valuable and complex interactions.

The virtual receptionist also promises to plug the gaps when human agents might otherwise be busy handling other calls, or our of hours when customer service would usually be unreachable.

According to the company's own data, one in two consumers say they'd switch to a competitor after a single bad experience. Around three-quarters (71%) also said they find calling a company more stressful than the issue itself.

Zoom Virtual Agent Receptionist is available now, priced at $29.99 per month for 100 minutes, or $24.99 with an annual commitment.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

Ireland’s data center electricity consumption rises 360% in ten years, and is set to account for as much power as every home combined — 23% of national power sent to servers despite moratorium on new data center grid connections

  • Ireland's data center electricity demand reportedly rises 360% in ten years
  • Data centers now account for 23% of the entire country's power consumption
  • New data centers can now only be constructed if certain power demand considerations are met

Ireland’s data center electricity consumption has risen 360% in ten years, and now accounts for 23% of the entire country’s electricity demand in 2026.

With total residential consumption accounting for 28%, and data center demand rising quickly, it won’t be long before the server farms overtake the consumption of Ireland’s population of just over five million.

These figures come from an Ireland Central Statistics Office report, which shows data center electricity consumption has risen 10% year over year from 2024 to 2025, despite a moratorium on new data center grid connections enacted in 2021. In total, the country’s data centers consumed 7,663 GWh last year, despite the rest of Ireland's demand rising only 2% in the same period.

Ireland battling data center power demand

The 2021 moratorium, put in place by Ireland’s Commission for Regulation of Utilities (CRU), required the national grid operator, EirGrid, to stop processing standard power applications for data centers in the Greater Dublin Area. New data centers built after this ruling were therefore required to supply their own on-site energy or construct new projects in regions not subject to this restriction.

Consumption since 2021 has risen steadily, prompting the CRU to replace the previous moratorium with the Large Energy Users (LEU) Connection Policy, which subjects new data center projects to a set of measures designed to ease the level of consumption on the national grid, while also creating new sources of energy.

Data centers over 10 MVA are now required to construct on-site, flexible power generation that covers 100% of demand, while also sourcing at least 80% of their annual electricity from new, unsubsidized renewable projects within six years.

Ireland has become a hub for big tech. Many companies have built European headquarters in the country, with hyperscalers such as AWS, Google, Meta, and Microsoft building and operating the majority of Ireland’s 89 data centers to power cloud infrastructure and AI models.

As a result of the rapid increase in demand, Ireland now has the highest electricity cost in Europe, with Irish households paying around €480 ($550) more per year compared to the EU average. Higher electricity prices have been a catalyst for data center opposition, especially in the US, where working class communities are challenging new data center projects at an unprecedented scale.

This opposition has been a leading contribution to more than half of US data centers being cancelled or delayed, with US citizens citing rising electricity costs, concerns over water consumption, and fears of AI job replacement as the main causes for opposition.

My top HP, Asus and Microsoft business laptops are up to £600 off at Currys — including powerful AI-ready models

UK tech retailer Currys has cut the price on a number of big name laptops, including models from HP, Asus and Microsoft.

The Surface Laptop 13.8", Copilot+ PC, powered by a Snapdragon X Elite processor and backed by 16GB of DDR5 memory and a 512GB SSD, sees the biggest discount. Usually priced at £1599, it's currently available for just £999, a solid £600 saving.

If that's not a big enough incentive for you, the laptop also features a Quad HD+ touchscreen and up to 20 hours of battery life, so you won't have to spend ages looking for someone to plug it in.

My top 4 business laptop deals at Currys

This Microsoft Surface Laptop runs Windows 11 and is powered by the Snapdragon X Elite X1E-80-100 processor. It features 16GB DDR5 RAM, a 512GB SSD, a sharp Quad HD+ touchscreen, and up to 20 hours of battery life.View Deal

This Asus Zenbook laptop runs Windows 11 and features an Intel Core Ultra 9 285H processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, 1TB SSD, a sharp 2K touchscreen, and up to 15 hours of battery life for productivity daily.View Deal

This Asus Vivobook laptop runs Windows 11 and is powered by an Intel Core Ultra 5 225H processor. It includes 16GB RAM, a spacious 1TB SSD, a vibrant Full HD+ OLED display, and up to 20 hours of battery life.View Deal

This HP laptop runs Windows 11, powered by an Intel Core Ultra 5 226V processor, with 16GB DDR5 RAM, 512GB SSD storage, a responsive Full HD touchscreen, and up to 12 hours battery life daily.View Deal

Also on sale at Currys are two Asus laptops. The Zenbook 14 OLED 14" model is powered by an Intel Core Ultra 9 285H Processor and comes with 32GB of DDR5 RAM and a 1TB SSD.

It also comes with a 2K touchscreen and promises up to 15 hours of battery life, which will be more than enough to get you through a full working day

That model usually sells for £1399 but you can snap it up for £999 at Currys right now, a solid £400 saving.

If you need a larger laptop, the Vivobook S16 OLED S3607CA 16" model is powered by an Intel Core Ultra 5 225H Processor with 16GB of RAM and a 1TB SSD. It also comes with a Full HD+ OLED screen and up to 20 hours of battery life.

That model usually costs £999 but Currys has slashed the cost down to £599, which means you'll also save £400 with that one.

If you're after a laptop with a bigger-than-normal display, then HP's OmniBook 7 AI is the model you want. It features a 17-inch, Full HD touchscreen and is powered by an Intel Core Ultra 5 226V chip, backed up by 16GB of DDR5 RAM and a 512GB SSD.

That model promises up to 12 hours of battery life. It should be enough to get you through a full working day, but depending on what you're using it for, it might require a top up when you're out and about.

While the OmniBook 7 AI usually retails for £999, you can save £699 right now at Currys, which is a welcome £300 off.

For more top picks like this, these are the best business laptops we've tested and reviewed.

OpenAI shuts down its Atlas browser after not even a year

  • Agentic Atlas browser pulled as OpenAI focuses on one single app
  • New ChatGPT desktop app includes built-in browser and agentic capabilities
  • Could this finally be the 'superapp' we were promised back in April 2026?

Not even a full year after OpenAI launched its own, dedicated agentic browser, ChatGPT Atlas has been axed amid a broader ChatGPT reinvention and the introduction of what might just be the superapp we've been teased for months.

Launched in October 2025, OpenAI has confirmed that Atlas will stop working from August 9, 2026, however it's not technically the end of the company's browser ambitions.

Instead, the browser is simply being moved into the new ChatGPT desktop app and will form part of existing AI workflows without the friction of having to move apps.

ChatGPT Atlas pulled after 10 months

In April, Chief Revenue Officer Denise Dresser described the company's future as one that stops pursuing side quests and fragmented interfaces. She teased an upcoming 'superapp', and while the company didn't explicitly describe the new ChatGPT desktop app as that 'superapp', the significant overhaul and the integration of Codex, other agentic AI tools and a browser within the single app implies this could indeed be said 'superapp'.

"We’ll begin sunsetting the standalone Atlas browser, and will share information with users about how to transition to ChatGPT," the company wrote in a recent announcement.

The new app launch coincides with the introduction of ChatGPT Work, which adds new agentic capabilities in light of the fact that many Codex users are actually knowledge workers, not coders.

ChatGPT Work bridges the gap between generative and agentic AI by enabling users to complete longer-running tasks, rather than instructing the tool prompt-by-prompt. The tool can run both locally and on the company's cloud servers, allowing access from anywhere and continues progress regardless of the primary PC's state.

Further OpenAI tools are also being made available via Chrome extensions to keep some AI available within a dedicated browser environment.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

Apple’s M6 iPad Pro To Get An Early 2027 Launch Alongside A Revamped Apple Pencil, Which Gets A Readily Replaceable Battery Amid Pressure From The EU

12 July 2026 at 19:56

A hand uses a stylus pen on a tablet displaying digital art of a woman's face, with three additional stylus tips shown above.

Apple has tossed its heretofore predictable M-series chip launch cadence into the air, adding a hefty dose of unpredictability into the proverbial mix. Now, however, the legendary tipster Mark Gurman is out with yet another scoop, disclosing an early 2027 launch window for the M6 iPad Pro and a redesigned Apple Pencil. Apple's early 2027 launch window is already becoming crowded with a growing array of products We reported recently that Apple has significantly revamped its silicon-related plans, settling on the launch of the M5 Ultra and the base M6 later this year, and then jumping straight to the base M7, […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apples-m6-ipad-pro-to-get-an-early-2027-launch-alongside-a-revamped-apple-pencil-which-gets-a-readily-replaceable-battery-amid-pressure-from-the-eu/

iPhone 18 Pro Unlikely To Use CXMT DRAM Due To Deep Integration Between A20 Pro’s Newer Packaging And Samsung, SK hynix Memory; Rumor Shares One Silver Lining

11 July 2026 at 11:55

The deep integration of Apple's A20 Pro and Korean DRAM might make it difficult for the iPhone 18 Pro models to feature Chinese memory

The industry is hyping up the alliance between Chinese memory manufacturer CXMT and Apple, with the latter previously reported to have begun testing the company’s DRAM chips for use in future products. Unfortunately, a new rumor buries any hope that these modules will be found in the upcoming iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max, and it’s not due to any political pressure. Apparently, it’s a technological limitation involving the A20 Pro’s Wafer-Level Multi-Chip Module Packaging (WMCM). All hope isn’t lost because Apple’s standard A20 found in the iPhone 18 and iPhone 18e could still be paired with CXMT DRAM For […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/iphone-18-pro-unlikely-to-use-cxmt-dram-due-to-deep-a20-pro-packaging-integration/

Samsung Galaxy S27 Pro camera specs reportedly downgraded

11 July 2026 at 12:18

A new leak suggests Samsung has downgraded the Galaxy S27 Pro model’s camera specs. Rather than offering an Ultra-like imaging system, the Pro model is now expected to sit between the base S27 and the S27 Ultra.

Naver blogger Lanzuk reports that Samsung has revised its plans for the Galaxy S27 Pro variant’s camera specs. Instead of delivering a near-Ultra experience, the company is now expected to position the device in the middle of the lineup.

That said, the Galaxy S27 Pro will no longer inherit most of the Galaxy S27 Ultra’s imaging hardware. Rather, it will share only selected camera specs with the Ultra while adopting others from the standard S27 and S27+.

Earlier rumors suggested the S27 Pro would replace the Edge concept with premium hardware in a slimmer form factor. If this leak proves accurate, Samsung appears to be creating clearer separation between the Pro and Ultra models.

Buyers wanting the absolute best camera experience may still need to step up to the Ultra, while the Pro could become a more balanced flagship focused on design, performance, and price.

Samsung has traditionally kept the Ultra as its photography showcase, and limiting the Pro’s camera hardware would preserve that distinction.

The source claims Samsung’s roadmap beyond the Galaxy S28 remains uncertain for this product line, with long-term plans still reportedly undecided.

As always, these details are based on early development information and should be treated with caution. Samsung is still many months away from unveiling the Galaxy S27 series, leaving plenty of time for changes before launch.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra SG26U rear camera

The post Samsung Galaxy S27 Pro camera specs reportedly downgraded appeared first on Sammy Fans.

MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ Gaming Handheld Review – Intel Disrupts The Handheld Segment With Arc G3

10 July 2026 at 23:30

A handheld gaming device displays the 'Cyberpunk 2077' game icon under the 'CENTER' logo alongside two '3DMark' icons on its screen.

PC gaming handhelds have become a vibrant segment that is seeing continued innovations thanks to modern-day CPUs' ability to deliver outstanding performance and efficiency. All major hardware manufacturers are into the handheld craze. Compared to the first iteration of handhelds, these newest devices offer a lot of gaming performance backed up by unique designs and shapes/sizes that cater to all kinds of gamers. Now, Intel is going all-in on the gaming handheld segment, not just rebranding a chip made for power-efficient laptops, but introducing a purpose-built handheld SoC called the Arc G series. The first of these SoCs is called the […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/review/msi-claw-8-ex-ai-review-intel-disrupts-the-gaming-handheld-segment-with-arc-g3/

Argentina June 2026: Ford (+28.4%) defies sinking market (-13.7%)

9 July 2026 at 09:40

The Territory (+167.1%) helps Ford up 28.4% this month.

It’s another poor month for new light vehicle sales in Argentina, with June volumes down -13.7% year-on-year to 43,199 units. The year-to-date tally is off -10.5% to 277,049. Toyota (-17.8%) leads the brands ranking for the 4th month in a row and finally ascends to the first spot year-to-date, displacing Volkswagen (-31.6%) in complete freefall this month. Fiat (-28.2%) also endures a harsh fall but Ford (+28.4%) defies the negative market and stays at #4 with 10.1% share. Chevrolet (-13%) evolves like th market and rounds out the Top 5 above sinking Peugeot (-37.3%) and Renault (-49.3%). Newcomer BYD equals its ranking record at #8 and is at an all-time high 1,740 sales. Chery (+1316.3%), BAIC (+302.9%) and Haval (+180.6%) stand out in the remainder of the Top 20.

Over in the models charts, the Toyota Hilux (+34.1%) goes against the depleted market and achieves its highest share so far this year at 6.9%. The Fiat Cronos (-34.6%) is back up to #2 ahead of the Ford Ranger (-16%) while the Ford Territory (+167.1%) continues to perform very well at #4. The VW Amarok (-34.7%), in poor form, rounds out the Top 5 which is better than the 7th spot it holds year-to-date. The VW Tera (#6) is the best-selling recent launch in the country above the Toyota Yaris Cross (#9), BYD Atto 2 (#24), BYD Dolphin Mini (#26) and BYD Song Pro (#27).

Previous month: Argentina May 2026: Sales plunge -26.2%, BYD breaks records again

One year ago: Argentina June 2025: Market surges 68.9% to best June in 7 years

Full June 2026 Top 40 brands and Top 284 All models below.

Argentina June 2026 – brands:

PosBrandJun-26%/25May2026%/25PosFY25
1Toyota6,77515.7%– 17.8%138,58013.9%– 26.8%11
2Volkswagen5,48712.7%– 31.6%237,91713.7%– 28.3%22
3Fiat5,22612.1%– 28.2%334,18012.3%– 20.1%33
4Ford4,37510.1%+ 28.4%426,8219.7%+ 11.7%46
5Chevrolet3,8478.9%– 13.0%523,6458.5%+ 4.7%57
6Peugeot2,7186.3%– 37.3%720,7367.5%– 28.4%65
7Renault  2,6706.2%– 49.3%620,4787.4%– 35.2%74
8BYD1,7404.0%new88,2493.0%new925
9Citroen1,7254.0%– 15.1%910,8993.9%– 21.8%88
10Jeep1,0712.5%– 49.5%107,2792.6%– 38.5%109
11Nissan9842.3%– 36.4%126,9312.5%– 7.2%1110
12Mercedes7061.6%+ 47.4%115,2341.9%+ 60.1%1311
13Chery6941.6%+ 1316.3%143,1211.1%+ 714.9%1620
14BAIC6891.6%+ 302.9%135,2361.9%+ 297.0%1214
15Hyundai5111.2%– 0.2%153,4371.2%+ 41.5%1412
16Ram5111.2%+ 9.7%163,2451.2%+ 4.0%1513
17Honda3920.9%+ 75.8%173,0771.1%+ 45.2%1715
18Audi3790.9%+ 87.6%181,7490.6%+ 32.0%2218
19Haval 3760.9%+ 180.6%192,6601.0%+ 446.2%1817
20MG3400.8%new221,9020.7%new2034
21BMW3240.8%+ 50.7%201,8010.7%+ 79.7%2119
22Kia2700.6%– 5.6%212,1820.8%+ 60.2%1916
23Changan1960.5%+ 6433.3%231,0180.4%+ 7171.4%2342
24Suzuki1620.4%+ 390.9%264990.2%+ 349.5%2835
25Foton 1300.3%+ 66.7%257410.3%+ 93.0%2523
26DFSK1000.2%+ 49.3%285320.2%+ 49.9%2722
27Iveco1000.2%+ 58.7%274570.2%– 1.3%2921
28JAC770.2%– 7.2%295700.2%+ 67.6%2624
29Jetour540.1%+ 42.1%248310.3%+ 383.1%2428
30Dongfeng520.1%new302140.1%new3340
31Subaru520.1%+ 48.6%323330.1%+ 52.8%3027
32GAC Motor500.1%new341750.1%new35 –
33Mini480.1%+ 128.6%312570.1%+ 89.0%3233
34Lexus350.1%40.0%n/a1640.1%-0.60%3632
35Mitsubishi350.1%+ 9.4%352630.1%+ 61.3%3129
36Arcfox340.1%new33890.0%new42n/a
37Shineray290.1%– 12.1%n/a1880.1%+ 79.0%3436
38Kyc230.1%+ 21.1%371450.1%– 5.8%3831
39Porsche230.1%+ 91.7%381020.0%+ 209.1%4039
40DS210.0%– 61.1%401520.1%– 63.2%37n/a
 –Resto1680.4%n/a –9600.3%n/a – –

Argentina June 2026 – models:

PosModelJun-26%/25May2026%/25PosFY25
1Toyota Hilux3,0026.9%+ 34.1%115,5495.6%– 9.4%11
2Fiat Cronos1,9004.4%– 34.6%312,0584.4%– 35.0%23
3Ford Ranger1,7864.1%– 16.0%210,3983.8%– 24.8%55
4Ford Territory1,5843.7%+ 167.1%410,5923.8%+ 70.1%412
5VW Amarok1,2292.8%– 34.7%68,0882.9%– 40.8%76
6VW Tera1,1312.6%new108,2403.0%new638
7Chevrolet Tracker1,1132.6%– 33.0%97,6032.7%– 20.7%89
8Peugeot 2081,0892.5%– 53.5%511,4704.1%– 38.3%34
9Toyota Yaris Cross1,0752.5%new84,4701.6%new16247
10Chevrolet Onix1,0732.5%– 16.4%77,2102.6%+ 11.6%913
11Toyota Yaris1,0062.3%– 64.3%126,0612.2%– 61.0%112
12Peugeot 20088231.9%– 48.6%136,0722.2%– 24.7%1011
13Toyota Corolla Cross8211.9%– 54.8%155,6342.0%– 43.3%138
14Renault Kangoo II7901.8%+ 624.8%193,3801.2%+ 117.5%2249
15VW Polo7771.8%– 66.9%165,5682.0%– 53.8%147
16VW Taos7481.7%– 43.8%115,6822.1%– 45.0%1210
17Peugeot Partner6311.5%+ 106.9%422,0920.8%+ 28.1%4243
18Renault Kwid6081.4%– 59.9%175,2341.9%– 6.5%1514
19Fiat Strada6041.4%– 3.0%213,6171.3%– 15.6%2122
20Jeep Compass6011.4%– 43.2%243,9261.4%– 32.5%1818
21VW Nivus5551.3%– 49.5%253,7421.4%– 34.3%1917
22Chevrolet S105461.3%– 5.9%272,8951.0%+ 21.6%3033
23Fiat Argo5291.2%– 25.8%283,1601.1%+ 160.1%2642
24BYD Atto 25231.2%new142,5450.9%new35 –
25Renault Kardian 4941.1%– 54.5%184,0541.5%– 39.2%1715
26BYD Dolphin Mini4811.1%new292,1780.8%new40133
27BYD Song Pro4721.1%new352,4980.9%new37105
28Citroen Basalt    4621.1%– 27.4%302,8791.0%– 15.7%3125
29Fiat Fiorino4571.1%+ 2588.2%223,3731.2%+ 60.8%2334
30Nissan Kait4441.0%new1274720.2%new81 –
31VW T-Cross4441.0%– 41.0%313,3451.2%– 48.7%2419
32Mercedes Sprinter4321.0%+ 35.0%233,1901.2%+ 45.3%2535
33Jeep Renegade4151.0%– 54.6%322,8211.0%– 47.1%3220
34Chery Tiggo 74111.0%new381,7630.6%new49126
35Citroen Aircross3920.9%new402,4680.9%new38 –
36Citroen C33850.9%– 10.7%342,9831.1%+ 18.0%2932
37Fiat Titano           3820.9%+ 6266.7%392,5140.9%+ 41800.0%3659
38Baic BJ30             3780.9%+ 950.0%203,6911.3%+ 3137.7%2053
39Citroen Berlingo3780.9%+ 43.7%501,8850.7%+ 19.7%4545
40Fiat Mobi3730.9%+ 62.0%511,5990.6%– 67.6%5326
41Toyota Corolla3600.8%– 51.2%333,0021.1%– 45.2%2821
42VW Virtus3570.8%+ 839.5%651,2250.4%+ 3123.7%57 –
43Fiat Pulse3450.8%– 35.3%432,3940.9%– 32.8%3928
44Chevrolet Captiva3270.8%new361,8190.7%new48268
45Ram Dakota3100.7%new441,6050.6%new52238
46Chevrolet Montana3090.7%– 38.9%462,1090.8%– 5.0%4137
47Toyota SW42960.7%– 31.2%372,5970.9%– 27.2%3429
48Hyundai HB20  2920.7%+ 12.7%471,9730.7%+ 36.8%4344
49Fiat Toro2800.6%– 60.2%263,0341.1%– 34.5%2723
50Fiat Fastback2640.6%– 66.8%481,8660.7%– 46.6%4630
51Renault Boreal2370.5%new458750.3%new67 –
52Ford Maverick2360.5%– 0.4%591,8860.7%+ 36.9%4441
53Haval Jolion2100.5%+ 233.3%531,0420.4%+ 251.1%6061
54Nissan Kicks2040.5%– 71.1%412,6190.9%+ 36.4%3331
55Changan CS551870.4%new528390.3%new68223
56Ford Everest1870.4%+ 405.4%647850.3%+ 4883.3%7066
57Ram Rampage1840.4%– 54.5%561,2240.4%– 55.7%5839
58Kia K3   1830.4%– 3.7%491,6930.6%+ 191.5%5055
59Honda WR-V1780.4%new548760.3%new66320
60Chevrolet Spin1770.4%– 26.6%629160.3%– 17.9%6447
61MG ZS1760.4%new678820.3%new65143
62Chery Tiggo 41560.4%+ 231.9%666630.2%+ 61.5%7377
63Haval H61430.3%+ 146.6%601,2000.4%+ 978.6%5963
64Ford Transit1410.3%+ 24.8%704600.2%– 48.9%8264
65Chevrolet Sonic  1370.3%new –1370.0%new133 –
66Ford Bronco Sport1370.3%– 31.5%639730.4%– 2.7%6251
67Audi Q51300.3%+ 188.9%723820.1%+ 5.0%8690
68Honda HR-V1300.3%– 9.1%571,4160.5%+ 7.8%5452
69MG 31250.3%new586690.2%new72146
70Renault Oroch1240.3%– 38.0%799950.4%– 17.2%6154
71BYD Shark1170.3%new692690.1%new97 –
72Hyundai Creta1160.3%– 26.1%616480.2%– 1.8%7465
73BYD Yuan Pro1150.3%new775770.2%new77134
74Ford F-1501130.3%+ 189.7%735090.2%+ 7.9%8072
75Nissan Frontier1120.3%– 81.6%741,8620.7%– 48.1%4727
76Renault Duster1100.3%– 77.0%841,2760.5%– 51.5%5540
77BAIC EU51060.2%+ 10500.0%1521650.1%+ 490.0%120192
78Toyota Hiace1040.2%– 39.5%685930.2%– 30.1%7656
79Suzuki Swift1010.2%new951760.1%new117 –
80BAIC X55910.2%+ 11.0%886180.2%– 17.9%7558
81Mercedes GLC870.2%+ 210.7%753550.1%+ 20.7%8780
82Iveco Daily840.2%+ 75.0%853310.1%– 27.6%9075
83Nissan Versa830.2%– 5.7%557300.3%+ 88.1%7157
84Fiat 600820.2%new814120.1%new84141
85VW Vento820.2%+ 105.0%1012480.1%– 51.3%10079
86Nissan X-Trail770.2%+ 234.8%764360.2%+ 34.0%8369
87Toyota RAV4740.2%+ 236.4%963460.1%+ 1713.3%8983
88VW Saveiro740.2%– 69.7%711,2430.4%– 30.9%5648
89Ford Mustang 710.2%+ 914.3%245800.0%– 81.6%155137
90BMW X1670.2%+ 52.3%823300.1%+ 134.8%9195
91VW Tiguan650.2%– 40.4%982970.1%– 40.5%9468
92Peugeot Expert630.1%– 7.4%923300.1%– 9.5%9285
93Hyundai HB20s 610.1%+ 96.8%803530.1%+ 981.5%8898
94Renault Arkana610.1%– 36.5%899390.3%+ 1040.3%6367
95BMW 1 Series570.1%+ 50.0%992000.1%+ 41.6%10894
96BMW X3570.1%+ 850.0%832700.1%+ 317.6%96107
97Renault Kangoo570.1%– 94.4%911,6140.6%– 68.9%5116
98Audi Q3530.1%+ 60.6%782890.1%– 6.7%9582
99BAIC BJ40530.1%+ 381.8%1511390.1%+ 152.9%129150
100Suzuki Jimny530.1%+ 71.0%1002360.1%+ 147.3%101112
101Audi SQ5480.1%n/a110880.0%n/a151263
102Peugeot 3008470.1%+ 4600.0%933020.1%+ 1600.0%9384
103Citroen C4460.1%new1061550.1%new123 –
104Chevrolet Spark450.1%new1401670.1%new119122
105Foton Tm2440.1%+ 25.7%971860.1%+ 100.0%114118
106Renault Master440.1%– 22.8%942620.1%+ 13.5%9973
107Audi A1420.1%+ 23.5%1181750.1%– 20.4%118100
108Foton Tm1420.1%+ 27.3%1161920.1%– 28.9%11196
109Jeep Commander420.1%– 64.7%863830.1%– 26.7%8560
110BMW 3 Series400.1%+ 60.0%1221530.1%+ 39.5%124110
111Audi A3370.1%– 9.8%1032280.1%– 20.1%10386
112Chevrolet Silverado 370.1%– 14.0%1051850.1%– 57.1%11578
113GAC Motor Emkoo370.1%new1131200.0%new139265
114Mercedes GLA360.1%+ 176.9%872070.1%– 12.3%10787
115Nissan Sentra360.1%– 50.7%1251900.1%+ 51.0%11281
116Renault Logan360.1%– 86.4%1395570.2%– 78.7%7836
117BMW 2 Series340.1%+ 100.0%1041860.1%+ 145.2%11399
118Foton Tunland340.1%+ 385.7%1021930.1%+ 3875.0%110142
119Chevrolet Trailblazer330.1%– 62.9%1141980.1%+ 4.4%10976
120Honda ZR-V330.1%– 29.8%1122670.1%– 40.9%9874
121DFSK C31320.1%+ 357.1%1152170.1%+ 168.1%105139
122Audi A5280.1%+ 600.0%1281220.0%+ 1075.0%138123
123Mercedes A Class280.1%– 9.7%1262240.1%– 13.3%10489
124Chery Tiggo 2270.1%new1351090.0%new145221
125DFSK C35260.1%+ 160.0%1631090.0%+ 36.1%146132
126JAC JS6260.1%new1331410.1%new127250
127Mitsubishi L200260.1%+ 116.7%1321380.0%+ 69.7%131121
128Baic U5 Plus250.1%+ 400.0%1071650.1%+ 122.2%121125
129Mini Cooper250.1%+ 92.3%1471040.0%+ 33.9%148130
130Subaru Crosstrek             250.1%n/a1421100.0%+ 107.3%144135
131Kia K2500240.1%+ 4.3%1311340.0%– 23.1%134106
132BAIC X35220.1%– 12.0%1211460.1%– 42.6%12592
133Jetour X50220.1%new902310.1%new102222
134Ford Bronco 210.0%n/a –400.0%– 36.7%186159
135Arcfox T1200.0%new143350.0%new196 –
136Chery Arrizo 8200.0%new1111370.0%new132 –
137JMEV Easy 3200.0%new1091250.0%new137326
138Mercedes C Class200.0%+ 1900.0%1171410.1%+ 332.1%128129
139Mercedes GLB200.0%+ 5.3%1241380.0%+ 19.2%130119
140BMW X2190.0%– 29.6%144700.0%– 47.4%162117
141BYD Seal   180.0%new –180.0%new228 –
142Kyc Mamut180.0%+ 5.9%1341070.0%– 32.1%147104
143Mercedes Vito170.0%+ 325.0%201550.0%+ 322.2%176170
144Citroen Jumpy160.0%– 69.8%1381290.0%– 46.7%13588
145Mercedes GLE 160.0%+ 45.5%1085240.2%+ 2108.7%79172
146Peugeot Boxer160.0%+ 77.8%141700.0%– 73.7%165102
147Renault Koleos160.0%+ 433.3%1601120.0%– 51.8%14391
148Zanella Z Truck 160.0%+ 220.0%150730.0%– 34.5%160144
149Citroen C5 Aircross150.0%+ 400.0%240180.0%– 91.7%229187
150Dongfeng Captain W 412 Sc150.0%new154580.0%new171190
151Hyundai Tucson150.0%– 66.7%1291250.0%+ 0.9%13697
152JMC Grand Avenue150.0%+ 400.0%171750.0%+ 1900.0%158184
153Kia Sportage150.0%+ 36.4%213700.0%– 61.3%163116
154Honda CR-V140.0%– 22.2%145790.0%– 70.2%156103
155Jetour Dashing140.0%– 30.0%1231600.1%+ 105.6%122120
156Kia Carnival140.0%– 30.0%164570.0%– 61.3%173128
157Lexus UX130.0%+ 225.0%185380.0%+ 108.3%191179
158Mercedes CLE130.0%new –130.0%new247 –
159Audi S3120.0%n/a162420.0%+ 900.0%183174
160Kia Seltos120.0%– 45.5%190660.0%– 58.1%169108
161Mercedes CLA120.0%+ 0.0%1461160.0%+ 10300.0%140153
162Mini Countryman120.0%+ 71.4%120850.0%+ 43.1%152155
163Subaru Forester120.0%+ 71.4%158810.0%+ 72.5%154138
164Volvo EX30120.0%– 14.3%236380.0%– 60.0%194140
165DS 7/Crossback110.0%– 42.1%136690.0%– 65.7%167101
166Geely EX5110.0%new169420.0%new184 –
167Jac JS2110.0%new182670.0%new168183
168Kia K4110.0%new137400.0%new188 –
169Porsche Macan110.0%+ 1000.0%157520.0%+ 583.3%177212
170Shineray M7110.0%new223320.0%new204342
171Lexus NX100.0%+ 25.0%192280.0%– 69.5%208149
172Porsche Cayenne100.0%+ 150.0%159310.0%+ 200.0%205207
173Shineray T30100.0%– 67.7%173760.0%+ 1.5%157115
174Arcfox T590.0%new161240.0%new216282
175BMW X490.0%+ 50.0%153690.0%– 18.9%166147
176BMW X690.0%– 30.8%168330.0%– 57.1%199152
177DFSK E590.0%new –390.0%new190216
178DFSK K01H90.0%– 62.5%175440.0%– 53.9%179114
179Honda Civic90.0%+ 28.6%220370.0%– 49.1%195151
180Iveco 10-190 90.0%+ 50.0%230200.0%– 47.6%225177
181Jac JS4  90.0%– 71.9%183840.0%– 13.8%153109
182Jac JS8  90.0%– 47.1%170440.0%+ 133.3%180148
183Jetour X7090.0%– 35.7%130730.0%+ 56.1%159145
184Maxus T6090.0%n/a215160.0%n/a235 –
185Mitsubishi Outlander90.0%– 43.8%156890.0%+ 33.3%150124
186Dongfeng Mage80.0%new198150.0%new238 –
187Jac T980.0%new200330.0%new202324
188Peugeot 500880.0%n/a186490.0%+ 78.3%178161
189Range Rover Evoque80.0%+ 700.0%235160.0%+ 100.0%236258
190BMW 4 Series70.0%– 50.0%179400.0%– 5.7%185158
191Chery Tiggo 870.0%new187430.0%new181211
192DFSK C3270.0%– 46.2%207390.0%– 23.8%189154
193Forthing T5 HEV70.0%new155320.0%new203 –
194Jeep Wrangler70.0%– 56.3%231200.0%– 27.8%226178
195Peugeot 40870.0%new193600.0%new170191
196Renault Alaskan70.0%– 92.2%1722170.1%– 61.7%10662
197Shineray G03F70.0%+ 250.0%203230.0%+ 1500.0%218246
198Toyota Land Cruiser70.0%+ 250.0%195380.0%#DIV/0!193164
199Agrale Ma 8.760.0%+ 200.0%255210.0%+ 25.0%222202
200Audi RS360.0%– 68.4%166350.0%+ 31.8%197168
201Citroen Jumper60.0%– 71.4%206430.0%– 76.6%182113
202Dongfeng Captain V 41460.0%new218180.0%new230286
203DS 460.0%– 50.0%244290.0%– 78.7%206127
204Foton Wonder60.0%new228400.0%new187237
205Jetour T160.0%new1891000.0%new149199
206Lexus RX60.0%+ 20.0%214270.0%+ 23.5%210200
207Mini John Cooper Works60.0%n/a280190.0%n/a227251
208Volvo XC6060.0%– 14.3%178570.0%+ 104.0%174165
209Audi Q850.0%– 28.6%165260.0%– 40.0%212160
210Citroen C3 Aircross50.0%– 99.2%1807920.3%– 82.1%6924
211DFSK Glory 50050.0%+ 66.7%226150.0%+ 25.0%237194
212Dongfeng Huge50.0%new208120.0%new248 –
213Forthing Friday50.0%new –120.0%new249 –
214Kyc V750.0%new191130.0%new246 –
215Subaru Impreza50.0%n/a194270.0%n/a211219
216Subaru WRX50.0%n/a282380.0%+ 312.5%192259
217Baic BJ6040.0%– 20.0%204260.0%+ 69.2%213186
218Domy V1             40.0%+ 33.3%216240.0%+ 1900.0%217209
219Dongfeng Captain V 31240.0%new242130.0%new243285
220Dongfeng Captain W 31040.0%new219160.0%new233311
221DS 340.0%n/a243200.0%– 67.3%224163
222Gac Motor Empow40.0%new26770.0%new267 –
223Great Wall Ora 0340.0%new211290.0%new207196
224Hyundai Santa Fe40.0%n/a199330.0%n/a201240
225JAC S240.0%– 86.7%184550.0%– 58.5%175111
226Leapmotor C10   40.0%new –40.0%new279 –
227Mercedes G-Class40.0%n/a23280.0%+ 100.0%263260
228Renault Stepway40.0%– 98.0%2221430.1%– 89.1%12646
229Arcfox S530.0%new174140.0%new240 –
230Audi Q230.0%– 25.0%196700.0%+ 31.4%161131
231Audi Q730.0%+ 200.0%197130.0%– 23.1%242198
232BMW 5 Series30.0%n/a167170.0%+ 16.7%231206
233DFSK Glory 580  30.0%– 66.7%227270.0%+ 0.0%209162
234Dongfeng Captain W 412 Dc30.0%new181220.0%new220213
235Forthing U-Tour30.0%new246110.0%new252 –
236Great Wall Poer30.0%– 57.1%247100.0%– 72.0%256180
237Great Wall Tank 30030.0%new176330.0%new200224
238Hyundai Staria30.0%+ 0.0%269130.0%– 54.5%245173
239Isuzu Dmax30.0%n/a27080.0%n/a260277
240JAC X20030.0%n/a27280.0%+ 25.0%261233
241Lexus LBX30.0%+ 0.0%250250.0%– 35.3%215171
242Toyota Crown30.0%+ 50.0% –70.0%– 71.4%269189
243Xev Yoyo30.0%new254110.0%new254297
244Alfa Romeo Tonale20.0%– 81.8%238100.0%– 81.4%255167
245BMW Ix2               20.0%+ 0.0%25860.0%– 76.5%270208
246BMW X520.0%– 33.3%205220.0%– 41.2%219175
247Changan Deepal S0520.0%new –20.0%new295 –
248Coradir Tita20.0%+ 100.0% –60.0%– 55.6%271229
249DFSK EC35            20.0%new24170.0%new266273
250Forthing T5-MT20.0%new209170.0%new232 –
251GAC Motor GS820.0%new229130.0%new244276
252JAC EV30x20.0%new248100.0%new257 –
253Kaiyi KYX7 Pro  20.0%new –20.0%new300 –
254Lexus IS20.0%+ 0.0%27740.0%– 71.4%280234
255Mercedes E Class20.0%– 50.0% –80.0%– 33.3%262214
256Porsche 91120.0%– 60.0%252120.0%+ 400.0%250228
257Ram 150020.0%– 95.7%221580.0%– 74.2%17293
258Rely R8  20.0%new –20.0%new304 –
259Toyota Etios   20.0%n/a177150.0%– 55.2%239203
260Arcfox Kaola10.0%new22540.0%new276 –
261Audi A410.0%– 75.0% –10.0%– 100.0%312182
262Dongfeng Box10.0%new21760.0%new272 –
263Ferrari 296  10.0%new –10.0%new323 –
264Fonix K5ms10.0%new –10.0%new325 –
265Ford E-Transit    10.0%n/a2661130.0%+ 5500.0%142230
266GAC Motor Aion ES  10.0%new –10.0%new328 –
267Gac Motor GS3 Emzoom10.0%new210110.0%new253319
268Holiday Rambler Dakota10.0%new –10.0%new329 –
269JAC T610.0%+ 0.0% –30.0%– 66.7%286255
270Jeep Gladiator 10.0%n/a27320.0%+ 0.0%298261
271Jetour T210.0%new212220.0%new221241
272Kaiyi KYX310.0%new –10.0%new333 –
273Land Rover Defender10.0%– 50.0%24970.0%– 14.3%268217
274Lexus GX10.0%– 50.0% –20.0%– 50.0%301257
275Mercedes AMG GT10.0%n/a –210.0%+ 25.0%223218
276Mercedes Benz Amg SL 6310.0%n/a25130.0%n/a289 –
277Mini Aceman10.0%new23450.0%new275 –
278Peugeot e-2008   10.0%new –10.0%new340 –
279Range Rover10.0%n/a10.0%n/a341340
280Subaru Outback10.0%– 96.3%224100.0%– 90.1%258136
281Toyota GR8610.0%n/a –140.0%– 59.4%241176
282Volvo C4010.0%+ 0.0% –30.0%#DIV/0!291215
283Volvo XC4010.0%+ 0.0% –20.0%– 96.9%310188
284VW Nuevo Virtus10.0%– 99.4% –1800.1%– 88.4%11670

Source: ACARA

❌
❌